Loading...
Contract - Patin Construction LLC - 2/9/2023 ORIGINA CITY OF ROUND ROCK DEPARTMENT NAME ROUND ROCK TEXAS Project Manual For: HERITAGE TRAIL — WEST November 2022 Prepared By: a Vp ADS p UJ c> APPROVED BY 11-4-2022 CITY ATTORNEY ■■■ 13620 Briarwick Dr. Austin, Texas ■■■ HALFF R (512)777 460029 ■■■ TBAE: BR1085 I TBPE: F-312 ROUND ROCK TEXAS PARKS AND RECREATION ADDENDUM #1 Date: November 3011, 2022 Project Name: Heritage Trail West This Addendum forms a part of contract documents and clarifies, corrects or modifies original bid documents, dated November 2022. Contractor Question 1) Would the City consider extending the bid opening date? Response: Yes. New bid opening date shall be December 15th, 2022 at 10:00am. All remaining contractor questions shall be answered by issuance of Addendum #2. anticipated to be issued 12/1/2022 by 5pm. Acknowledgement of this addendum is required. All bidders shall acknowledge receipt of Addendum No. 1 by making a note on the proposal form. Sincerely, Katie Baker, PLA I ASLA Park Development Manager City of Round Rock Page1 � 1 ;;; HALFF Addendum No. 001 Date of Issuance: Thursday, December 01, 2022 Project: Construction Documents for Heritage Trail West, Round Rock, TX Bid Date: Thursday, December 15, 2022 (10 a.m.) This addendum modifies the Bid Documents and, upon execution of the Agreement, becomes part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Proposal Form and on front of Bid Envelope. Modifications are as follows: Item No. 1 Chisholm Trail Rd. iointinq • Sht. C5.4— revised the jointing layout to accommodate adjustments made to the storm system. Item No. 2 Chisholm Trail Rd. Stormwater&Waterline • updates to the pipeline alignment and profile, addition of design notes, removal of the proposed casing crossing Chisholm Trail, replacement of existing sanitary sewer line crossing Chisholm Trail and addition of necessary project details. • The proposed storm drain trunkline was lowered to avoid a conflict with the existing 12" wwline,and about 63 ft of the 36" RCP was replaced with a 4'x2' box culvert. A junction box was added and the other junction box was upsized. CONTRACTOR QUESTIONS 1. Is there a Bid Form? a. No,this is a lump sum, competitive seal bid. 2. Has everything associated with the Emmanuel parking lot area been removed from this bid? a. Yes. The parking lot and all item's associated with it will be part of a future project and should not be part of the current bid. 3. Has rebuilding the Homestead Pavilion been removed from this project? There is a big note over the Site plans that says Not in Contract, but it's hard to tell if that note is only for the Emmanuel parking lot or if it's for everything shown on that plan sheet. There is another note on Sheet G1 that states "Future phase except for demo of existing wood house and fence." Does Future phase mean a totally different project? a. Yes,this is not part of this project. The City may come back on a future project and add this but should not be part of the current bid. The detail on L-71 is NOT to be installed. The only item that should be included in the bid is the demo and removal of the old wood house and the chain-link fence that surrounds it. The City want's that removed but to save the chimney. 4. The Boardwalk shown on Sheet L-18 also states to be in a Future phase. Anytime we see Future phase is that not part of this project? ._ a. Correct,the boardwalk is not part of the current bid. Also correct, anytime"future phase" is used it denotes an item that is not part of the current bid. 5. Same note about Cantina House Remodel to be in Future Phase? a. This structure is NOT part of this project. The City may come back on a future project and add this but should not be part of the current bid. Heritage Trail West Addendum No. 001 Page 1 of 1 Addendum No. 001 Date of Issuance: Thursday, December 01, 2022 Project: Construction Documents for Heritage Trail West, Round Rock, TX Bid Date: Thursday, December 15, 2022 (10 a.m.) 6. Same note about Walkway on Sheet L-23 to be built in Future phase? a. The walkway extension to the east on the north side of Brushy Creek on L-23 is not part of this current project. Addendum No. 001 Issued By: Brandon Hay a Lp,NDS pF �t,Q�p aoON .9P�, 35 Z e 9� m UJ n �j '•,2755 12/01/2022 Brandon Hay, PLA Project Manager END ADDENDUM NO. 001 Heritage Trail West Addendum No. 001 Page 2 of 2 -r:}� i SCALE N FEET o a Z 20 40 80 LU 41 Ex ASPHALT PVMT SEE SHEET cs.o � � LEGEND � 7 T� • EXISTING FEATURES J STA,2.00.1.ICU of Ao"s"w LLC PROP GUARDRAIL _ Y OFYT 20.76'LT WIT"CONCRETE j Y NOS567J g I[� j AND CURB U W e • SEE DETAIL 4 Cr AND GUTTER GFf711 `o U DIRECTION OF Z STAMPED CONC -- TRAFFIC FLOW p N 10'CURB WIET 6]Sr )- W Z Hn {� TTTO_REWfN ___ ,y x •- _ —.—_—.PROPERTY LINE U i 1 • R=50.50' tt WDURR 'ri PROP GUARDRAIL i iT I +�4 _---_-_EXISTING R.O.W. F 0 STA ' u M 10160702.0 495 LF E 7128 06 BEG' N GUARDREAII GFf30-19 I ' / ' -------PROPOSED R.O.W. '�- ---- ]•62..9,16.8] m I .. _ ' LU Lip -_ �- TEMPORARY I � N57AL•�Lt " -- •� I ' ----C _ _ I EASEMENT Doom _ _ f�E1 _ r 7. _ I I I ST r1 _R _ ANCMORTR S�A_K-55555.7777,1 65 't` CONIC RPRAP IS'1 1 I ID ST M - NYSIf 1111' i59 ST •-. PROPOSED SfA 2 85.92 ' r - STA 290.36 TERWAL DAT)_' T I!� ----EASETMEN 2 w i I y./ T I1BEGN ITR - T AND WTI C- --� �- •50. 3•H'Y 7 1 5T .. CONCRETE RIPRAP EXISTING - - Y 'SGTI 2SE31Al -15 _ _ O � C RE 1•Y� • • ~ CONCPRESED STAMPED i O TE F j N 0160268.16 CNSMOLM TRLL CURVE N0. = W i - a~' CHISHOLM TRAIL 15 E 71M24.91 � SEE SHEET CSJ MIWCUT AID EIOSTNO IDTE 51 - _ 1 of LRE ER VE IFY TNG UTILITY PLANS AND . •SIa92' I - _- i- - -� - _ TIMI VERIFY LOCATION OF NEARBY 1i F I JI` H e- -i n THE CONSTRUCTION ON BEFORE[O 8SERV *N.COREr T T RV R f CONE LI S THE CONS RUC ION OBSE E C •� f, i Tr 9 ExISi. [ ____-- "��_ 'A T 125 SY S 1441 _-__!JIS 0_ _ MAX-TRANS VERSE ILME 1 LL GUTTER.AHL OTHER S ARE E CALIOUTS ARED TO ��0 1 • TRACTON JOINT BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 W T"F:BZe. �.�WN SPACING ].SEE HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT DATA SHEET �{ • ¢T� Pte' BEGIN TRANSITION TO E%IST.CURB FOR CURVE NF ORMATION. �p 1 4,ALL STA/OFCSEI CaILOUTS ARE FROM RG t .`' _ 4ATKp I IRRIGATION SLEEVE STA.6.20.00 c011 CL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. � ae (REF IppIG1TgN P 1 OFFSET=15.50'RT SAONGITUONAL CDNSTRUCTIWN/ ,• `\�" g[ CONTRACTION JONiS SHALL BE lOC1TED ki ''L:: •::1 ''•\� `;:•. 'II�'•?' it`1 i ALIGN CONTRACTION JONTS EOGE OF ROPOSED 1 BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES AND AT LW OF P NTSAfF BO%.NO SNL�T.AWN GUTTER.SEE T%DOT STANDARD DETAILS ■:■ M A FACE Oi CRCPI1)-17 AND JS-14. 6.RIG10 PAVEMENT REINFORCEMENT SHALL I -'I.�f. F•A�BIBI BE•3 BARS AT I8-DN CENTER EACH,AY. ■■■ REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LOCATED I APPROXIMATELY]'BELOW THE SURFACE OF THE SLAB. 7.SEE SHEET C5.1 FOR TYPE PAVEMENT II .. SECT INS. I 1 _----•---------------------- --------••-F--••— -- -�---•——•--•i.CHISHOLM TRAIL---- •--•- •—•—• ----------- ----- DESIGN SPEED = 30 MPH — FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION = LOCAL COLLECTOR MATCH BEGIN PROPTING PGL - T A.2.000.0 E _— -- ELEV.=720.00 1•/-) ...-._-_.�..___ ._ __ _— _.- ..-__._._ I - ---E- --- -- -- - -- --�-- ----�- -�-- --- ? - I POL•cl.C145NOLM TRAIL �Z I ' Si I I R j o STA.N4S.00 ex -D.28' - I �_--- / m$ ---vy.---- VISI -T V.• E-.e0 $� I 95.00'T'C Tic - -----.- PVI STA 3•06.10 - o `� w TA • 1 'S7 _-_.__ ........... --.- 17:d5____ ___ ______-. - Vt,, ... ___ ___------- _ --_--___t________�__PV - ___---.-.-...__ __ ______ u IS 5 66.2 eWFY «m 1 W .7 >„ aEv �Di ' t . ^ - o ex=0.31 •^ �� o_ -> %=JI 1 J�111WA'L•MAOV aTa ^ i^ _ 146100'vc i JGROUND C "-- '---" I ------I '__--- -_----- •---•- - ---Hm a%IGROUND CL NCHISHOLM TRAIL 14 SS X 1. --STAt-3928 ---- TOO - -_ _-__-j_-__-_ ._+_--_-_ _ +_ —_I_-- .._ ....f_-_ t___---.-. ___�.-__-.-_ MAT PROPOSED PGL -- f Too IND ____- _ ___-_— _. CN EXISTING �._.--_-- -_---- Ns. TI1.1 6.39.28 Hx+x q»aai EIEV.•Toz.00 L/-I 3 Norto- a ; F F F r= rF a n ! C M N 2.00 3.00 4.00 b.oD 6-Do C5.4 F I 1 ■ 141,t;.;I 1 7 I 1 1 t 1 i Heritage Trail = West Civil Engineering Specifications j BRENNA K.VONASEK j .................................. IO� C4-N-0 Q: 4� 1/ye ti\/N Date: 11/30/2022 3410 Far West Blvd. C Suite 315 Austin,Texas 78731 ENGINEERING R (512)767-1009 F-20690 The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards (found online at https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: UNDERGROUND PIPED UTILITIES No. 503..........................Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers No. 506..........................Manholes No. 507..........................Bulkheads No. 508..........................Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances No. 509..........................Trench Safety Systems No. 510..........................Pipe No. 559..........................Portland Cement Concrete Box Culverts The following specifications from the "TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges" dated November 1, 2014 (found online at https://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/txdot-specifi cations.htm1) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: EARTHWORK AND LANDSCAPE 110.......................... Excavation STRUCTURES 400.......................... Excavation and Backfill for Structures 401.......................... Flowable Backfill 420.......................... Concrete Substructures 421.......................... Hydraulic Cement Concrete [ 440.......................... Reinforcement for Concrete 496.......................... Removing Structures t t E CURB INLET CALCULATIONS (25-YR) w Sc TDP of ALLONAELE ALLDNAeLE V PROFILE CROSS LONGITUDINAL SPAM CLOG 25-YEAR PONOED POKED 0 PROFILE CURB DEPRESSION CURB CAPACITY BY PASS BY PASS PONDEO vONDED JX( INLET ID STATION OFFSET ALIGNMENT TYPE INLET DESCRIPTION SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE IMNNING'S REDUCTION OIS[NA." HIM DEPTH RATES J F TYPE LENGTH (FT) ELEVATION (CFS) (CFS) TO MIOTN DEPTH (%) (%) (%) N FACT011 (CFS) R (FT) (FT) Z A-B 2.36.67 18.22 C CHITRL Curb EXIST TY I CI On Grade 20 1.0 2.0% 0.960% 0.012 0.25 119.11 N A 33.5 17.7 15.8 A-9 13.5 1.1 0.5 0.19 1,4 A-9 5.15._00 _._ 13.50 CLzCHITRL Curb and Gr1ie _P[Y(3FT�SRIGNT,_ On Grade 10 7.0___2.r%_ 6.950% _,__0_011 _ 0.25_ 703.99. �_ 0_SO__ 16,_7 8_0_ d 7 •A-[MECE, 9.0 12.7 0_S 0.31 _ _ e-8 2.12.39 -10.49 C CHITRL Curb EXIST TY I CI On Grade 10 1.0 2.0% 0.960% 0.012 0.25 718.98 N A 10.8 5.1 5.1 B-9 13.S 15.9 0.5 D.32 3 1 w 2 a-9 5.15.00 -13.50 CL CHITIR Curb and Grate PCU 3FT LEFT On Grade 10 7.0 2.6% 6.950% .012 0.25 703.99 0.50 6.9 /.5 2.1 NA-CHECK 9.0 8.9 0.5 0.23 Q 0>8 R SEE NOTE 5. F- CURB INLET CALCULATIONS (100-YR) R w TOP OF ALLONABLE ALLOWABLE PROFILEd24% LONGITUDINAL SPREAD CLOG 25-YEAR PONDED POMDEO PROFILE (URB DEPRESS IOM CURB ,CAPACITY BY PASS BY PASS PONDEO PONDED INLET ID STATION OFFSET ALIGNMFM TYPE INLET DESCJRIPTION SLOPE SLOPE WANMIMG'S REDUCTION DISCHARGE: NIDT. OEM NOTES TYPE LENGTH (R) ELEVATION (CFS) (CFS) TO NIDTH DEPTM EiE (%) (%) N FT FACT011 (CFS) FL (FT) FE (FT) A-e 102.36.67 18.22 C [NITRE Curb EXIST TY I CI On Grade 20 1.0 0.960% 0.012 0.25 719.17 M A 17.6 11.1 26.2 A-9 13.5 27.8 O.S 0.56 1 A-9 105.15.00 13.50 C CHITRL Curb and Grate PCU 3FT RI On Gr■de 10 7.0 6.950% 0.012 0.25 703.99 0.50 27.1 10.9 15.6 •A-CHECK 9.0 15.1 0.5 0.36 B-8 102.12.39 -16.19 C CHITRL Curb EXIST TY I rade 10 1.0 0.960% 0.012 0.15 718.96 N A 15.1 6.1 8.7 8- 13.5 18.1 0.5erg .15.00 -13.50 C CHIrRI Curb and Grate PCu 3FT LE On rade 1 7.0 6.9 0.012 0.25 703.99 0.50 10.8 6.0 /.8 KSE ECN 9.0 10.7 0.5 0.27 •SEE NOTE S. LINK CALCULATIONS (25-YR) US FL 31711 05 FL ACTIML N1a1 1 ACTUAL LONG FRICTION IS MODE OS NODE US NGL DS IIGL MANNING'S DISCHARGE CAPACITY LINK ID ELEV LOSS ELEV VELOCITY SIZE OF LENGTH SLOPE SLOPE NOTES ID RD (FT) (ft) N 25-YR (CFS) CR) (FT) CET) (FPS) BARRELS (R) (%) C1q V. A- A- A- .1 711.50 720.36 l 77 713.69 716.61 10.7 21"RCI 1 23.3 .I8 3. 0.012 3 49.2 Y 2 A-9 A- A-9.1 699.10 699.0 0.10 699.30 699.62 3.3 1"RCD 1 1S.1 0.67 0.70 0.012 0.9 10.0 8-8 B-8 6-8.3 711.50 716.29 0.10 713.66 711.10 10.2 21"Ac 1.0 6.02 6.00 0.012 10.8 61.7 3 w�; B-9 a-9 A-9.3 699.10 700_07 0.09 699.30 _699.61 5.1 le"RCP 1 1 S Z 21 __2.20. _ 0_032_ 1.S 18.3 A-$.1 A-6.1 A-8.2 712.10 714.06 0 16 709.89 711.17 15.1 36"RCP 1 37. .87 5.90 0.012 13.e 1l.3 =!Y_ A-/.2 A-6.2 A-8.3 709.89 712.29 0.10 701.10 702.17 19.1 36"RCP 1 119.9 5.87 5.90 0.012 13.6 18.3 A-6.3 A-11.3 A-9.1 6%.21 699.01 0.08 695.83 698.70 5.5 1' X 2' SBC 1 63.0 0.60 0.60 0.012 13.8 75.7 z!ti A-8.1 713.69 716.61 0.81 713.10 714.SS 13.7 N-RCP 1 6.1 9.32 9.30 0.012 33.5 80.5 ' w 1 NUT 695.83 698.70 0.38 695.00 69/.00 6.1 36"RCP 1 13e.7 0.60 0.60 0.012 15.3 60.1 -8.1 8-5.1 A-8. 713.66 715.28 0.11 733.0 713.8 10.1 1" P 1.7 11.13 11.10 0.012 10.8 9.8 LINK CALCULATIONS (100-YR) US FL ]UNCTION DS FL ACTUAL NUM6ER ACTUAL LONG FRICTION US NODE DS MODE US NGL DS NGL MARMING'S DISCHARGE (CFS)LIMt ID (FT) LOSS (ALEVFT) VELOCITY SIZE Of LENGTH SLOP! SLOPE NOT[S ID W (R) (") (R) (R) (f<) (FPS) BARRELS (R) (>() (%) M 25-YR (CFS) A-6 A-8 A-8.1 711.50 725.29 3.57 713.69 717.53 1S.2 21"RCP 1 23.3 3.18 3.50 0.012 17.6 19.2 3 A-9 A- A- 99.10 699.97 0.1 699.30 699.6! 3.6 1/•RCP S.1 7 .70 0.012 1. 30. B- - 6- 714.50 7 6.77 0. S 713.66 714.57 0.9 21'RCv 11.0 6.0 0.012 S. 61.7 3 _ -9 8-9 A-9.1 699.10 700.37 0_12 699.30 _699.70 S. 18•RCP 1.5_ 2.2� _t.20 0_01;_ 2.1_ 18.3.._ A- .1 A- A-8.2 712.10 715.27 0.19 709.89 711.18 16.2 36•RCP 1 37.8 5.87 S. 0.012 62.1 .1 A-e.2 A-6.2 A-8.3 709.89 71.73 0.16 101.10 702.11 20.9 36•RCP 1 119.9 5.87 5.90 0.012 62.1 e.3 A-t.3 A-6.3 A-9.3 696.21 700.12 0.13 695.83 699.53 7.8 1' X 2' SBC 1 63.0 0.60 0.60 0.012 52.1 7.7 A-t.1 A-6.1 A-e.1 713.69 717.53 1.63 713.10 711.79 16.8 14•RCP 1 6.1 9.31 9.30 0.012 17.6 .5 j - A-9.1 A-9.1 A-aur 695!3 699_53695.00 698.00 _9.1 36'RCP 1 138.7 0.60 0.70 0.012 61.3 60.2 !f 6-6.1 8-6.1 A-e.1 733.66 715.58 .1 7 .314 711.00 - .1 21"RCv 1 /.7 12.3 11.10 0.012 15.1 9.e 11/30/2022 BRCNw. NOTES, 1. INLET AND LINK ANALYSIS PERFORMED USING GEOPAK DRAINAGE (2001 EDITION). 2. DESIGN CRITERIA PER CITY OF ROUND ROCK DCMI ROAD TYPE •COMMERCIAL COLLECTOR DESIGN 6 CHEEK STORM-25 L 100-YR MINIMUM CLEAR WIOTH 12 FT MIN 6 WAX VELOCITY 2.5 FPS L 20 FPS tCA t tatUfWML3. EXISTING IMLET/LINK TO REWIN, �y1. PONDING EXCEEDS CRITERIA. PROPOSED ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS CAUSES NO ADVERSE atIMPACT FROM EXISTING CONDITIONS. DWAYS. FLOW THAT BYPASSES NODES A-9 AND B-9 TRAVEL TO EXISTING CURB CUTS OUTSIDE SEWEROF THE PROJECT LIMIT. ATIONS ■ 1 R P - I 1 1 1 1 ) i V 6...../ %WW m R• I.:w bw...wr 163 163gw:110 69.■4r W,,,. CAP]6' RCP LINE A•7.1 CT STA 2.00, -3.60' PROP%•RCP NOTES- .00,` 8-6 �,Z 1. SEE DRAINAGE LATERAL SHEET FOR _i,"':I EXIST 10' INLET E3y ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. f '�1 LINE B-/ / 0 20' HO' 2. SEE STORM SERER CALCULATIONS I I EXIST 24'RCP EXIST 16'6R LIME FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J_a,xx XIST REMOVE EXIST INLET HORIZONTAL SCALE F TIE INTO E%IST 24'RCP / 0 5' ip• 3. ALL PIPES ARE CLASS III UNLESS p ','f R/CONCRETE COLLAR AS NOON 18 LF B-y OTHERWISE NOTED. Z ' � - 45• BE MO EXIST IS*RCP VERTICAL•) Ci PCU-15.00, -LEFT) / A. PIPE LENGTHS ARE FOR TEE PAY K VI t� CT STA 2.53.1/, -11./7' CT STA S•IS.00, -1].50' LIMITS OF THE ENTIRE SEGMENT. �p -----Fp -�•• -„�-_ LINE B-6.I REIIDVE 109 Li / 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY W LL C PROP 4 RCP EXIST 30'RCP RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD _ A.pU7 VERIFYING LOCATIONS AND Q ---- - _••_- - LINE A-B.2 PR RCP rr REMOVE 16 LF TIE INTO EXIST 12-6'x6' MBC ELEVATIONS OF ALL EXISTING t i EXIST 24'RCP - PROP 36'RCP / w/CONCRETE COLLAR UTILITIES AFFECTED BY [T STA 6.56.09, 1.60' �N�OSSN ILLI IMMEDIATELON FOR Y ARRANGE uJ JECT RESTORATION ��'�•�• 2 _ / NOTTivCTOR-DMAYA D UT IL ES` _ ABANDON AA LF - _L -� Ex IS LINE I NOTE S. 6 EXIST 30' RCP T B4' RR REMOVE/LF -- -- - ---.� OBSERVERHI FCONSTRUCTION CpISFL ICTSOEXI5T5. _ E%ST 24'RCP 0-ww' •�_�-�•� I 6. THE INFORMATION(INDICA INDICATING SIZE,THESE REIDVE 246 LF LINE A-9.1 1 DRAWINGS INDICATING SIZE, T EXIST 30' RCP _ PROP 36•RCP LINE ' SBC' ll%1DE�i AROl111DOCA ON OF PROP s G S NOT AERIAL UTILITIES 1 {10 yiC - --+nrRTTV� -- CNI w .1 GUARANTEED TO BE E%ACT OR .- NOG I O)- - CawIE TE. THE COIITRAC TOR SMALL j IEXIIST 20. 10*97 _M T . - _ CON7ACT TEXAS CHET NE CALL AND ANT Rq OTHER UTILITY NOT COVERED I EIII •_•_•_ C Li E ST A6 NOIINSTESS SYSTEM AT • LINA-B ' E%1ST 24' RCP -' ` ----- I-I COMAE NCING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AFFECTING .......q.... \ .� R R T TIES. ` PROP -5.BEND _ NDE RGROUND 11D U ILI IES 11 A-11 -�.- 1/CONCRE RETE COLLAR CT STA 2.93.07, 6.67 NOTES 16 0=--�iNDTE-S. 6 �7. THE RESPONSCONTRACIBLE FO SHALL BE SOLELY IY2 A-6.4 TES 6 TIE INTO EXIST 24" RCP i40• BEND LINE A-B.1 - - - _ DRAINAGE DIXi ING CONS77RRUCTION. S CT STA 2.53.45, 4.06' PROP 36'RCP 4_.. _ ANY OBSTRUCTION TO EXISTING A-6.1 '�'�*'aT• DRAINAGE DUE TO THE E • PSL cR[)(5%5) A-6.3 •- CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS WILL 2�J_ INE A-8.4 CT STA 2.53.63, -4.77' BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR �W 1'! PROP 2a" RCP PSL 1RC116XS) ' - AS REWIRED BY THE ENGINEER AT L5 ! CT STA 4.45.73, -6.64 THE CONTRACTOR'S ENTIRE ,1 Z E EXIST 10'NATER LINE EXISTING 12'RR LINE LInE A-9 EXPENSE. 70 BE RELOCATED TO BE REPLACED I PROP IB' PCP 6. CURB INLET STA/OFF ARE TO FACE SEE UTILITY SHEETS A-9 OF CURB. PROP RATER LINE I A_g-I PCU 13FT)(E%i RIGHT) SEE UTILITY SHEETS PSL (RCI(6%5J CT STA 5.15.00, IJ.50' 9. Jl1NC710N BO%STA/OFF ARE TO CT STA 5.15.00, -5.28' BOx CENTER. m................_r_...__._...r_.... ......_...... __._. ....... .... ......... .. ........ .............__._._..._ ._..... ......_. __...... .. _._....._ _._.. _... ! Y.._ T... _ Tzs MN A-6.1 RIIA. 716,46 .A-A.4 69-6.1 ' n0 ? `713.16 i i i Tzo ILn z.es EXIST GROUND Q9 • CMISMOW TRAIL S 715 ........... ...... ......... _ ......._ ......._- - ...... _------- -----'_ -._......_ _._...... _......_. _._.__. ......... ........ _...... ......... .__..._ ........_ ......... ......... ..._._.- _.- _... ......... ........ ... ...;.... '... .... 1113012022 RIM.707.36 j i i L OF 1 _ t E -- i ....110.... .... �..... .., - ........ _. '............. .... ..`.._. ......... ._...... ........ ........... _.710 ---� ...100-YR MOL. ... :W A-6.Ii LINE A-1.1 52 LF ' - - 25-YR HGL ' tRiY•Tata .. .�• %36'RCP• .A-9 S 1 RRMIA x voMAeoc Sq .. f......... el.........C9.•7A..e..i...i«o.�_...._: _._........,i............ - - E = 0 � k I.. _ ' 7.._......__._i..._._...-4 ................ .... i- i70... ...........- 1..T.u-9 LINE A6.1 3/LF _ % RCP•s.e7% 700 • .__ ----- Do __ 09.69 _ .... _._. ._....._ ,... _«...-...... _4-----------4.............._H..........._._. ......._ 695LINE A6.2 130LF %36• a•s.67% 01.1 - .....-.-.. p ................ ....}_. ...i.... LINE A-6.3 63 LF LINE A-0.3 139LF E •� X 4'%2' SBC•0.60X ...._690.....__.............j.............._i_.............}-------......_._....__.........__._..._....,.............._.._..._.........1..._....__....a_.__......_... _ ... .. _.. .... _ ..... ......... ......... .. __ .. _ ......... ...... •PROP..12':.IIM..LINE:... E i i 1-1.0* CLEARANCE) M...1+n1 ' ...... ...i. ... ... 690 SE UTILITY SHEETS E%1ST 12-6'X6' III, x36•RCP•o.60X EXIST IS*ON LINE 665 ._... _ __ .663 a.dr .TAc E 695.63........... ,1-0.2' CLEARANCE) � I ' 456' TR(NCH PROTECTION i.f DRAINAGE ROADWAY i D IN GE PLAN !211 3j 6••RR LI AND PROFILE :1-23' C EARANCEI; 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 C4.7 -- To- U) ..._..._._.. __........ ....._._L_._._...__' _.._.__}_ a.__._. __._.. ......i.........._....•__............i............._. ...._......... ._. ... _._. _ .. _. ............ VERTICAL HOP IONTAL SCALE w Y 0 2.5' S' O 1 ._. T..._...... J�x CI B-B W A-11 Cl A-8 i NOTES, ZO 770 : E%1ST INLET RIM• 718.16 E%IST INLET i i I. _ ..._.._ NO E5 0 w ._._..._................_..: GC 0 .._............._.............. :.. ........_........... ...... ......._. .............. ..._. ........ ......... ......... _ ......... . .. LD w UL z ...._. _. u.... PROP GROUND i.... 0 IOO-YR HGL ADJUSTAPROPOSED AS�NEEDED.EAN IE Q ! 2. SEESTORMSEWER A CALCULATIONS F FOR 1 ___�__ . ...._..._......................j...... .. ..........._.'1. ......7y-YR,IOL.; 1....:................•................4............._.-............. ......... ......... ......... .......... .......... _ .......... ......... ......... ......... ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Urc : � 3.1 -� ^--- REFER 0 EXISTING Ullll v PLANS AND E 0VERIFY LOCAT ION OF NEARBYTZ _.715 ..:��_ . ;1 .. .. ......... ... .. .. ........ ........ .. r CONFLICTSTIUTILFI THEBCONSTRUCTION OBSUC ERVER IF 1 _... ..._.........:. ... ♦ ... .. .. x..........._. ....... ..i.... ....... .... ... .. 715 � E {F itE ._..._._... __..... .. ... ........ i- ..._.` ..•. - ............. s. ...._ ........ ..... ......... ... ....... ....... 1 OTHLITTIES AAOTEUNKNOWN UNLESS FOP . UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN TE ELIE .. .. ..� r.... i LINE B-t` � LIME A-t �, TIOIS ARE EXIST ING 21"RtP' : EXISTING 21•RC► 5. PROTECT ..... .: i... S CONTRACTOR SHALLAND S SUPPORT XISTING UT ILITLINET 710 ..... CONCRETE COLLAR i : ...�..CONCRETE COLLAR......... .. .... ..... j„.. .... ! 1 R PAY). O ._._..._.. ..._... ......a..._._._...... .........i.... a... .._�... ... ......... ... .. _ ITEMS 61 NOEXT EXTRA SUBSIDIARY M/ IS' BEND ”' R/10' BEND ` TRENCHES. i .....710.... C 713.66 - E 71 J.69 6. 2S-YR AND 100-YR TAILWATER IS ASSUMED TO BE AT THE SOFFIT OF THE LINE B-B.t 5 LF LIRE A-0.1 T LF - OUTLET NODE. X 24 " RCP•12.13% i % 21" RCP P 9.32% L'! -.1. i... ..}..._......_....�..._._.-. ._.:. ...............'..... .. ......_.....x_"..............: ..w........ .............. ...... .... .. .. U Z E 713 10 _ . : k 713.10 7I Is' TRENCK W 1 PROTECTION; Y•-.... ... ........ _ ....... 70S.... W i ..._705..... ............ A-7.1 6 A-6.1 ..._..-'•1. _ ... ... .. ...... ._. Z 36' RCP IL 712.10 ................ .. .....:.. ....._.. :........_......... ..................................;.. ......._..............._........_....._.... ....-......... ...... ......... ._.... ......... _................_................_ ... ...... .... LINE B-8, 8-8.1,1 A-8. & A'88 _....... : .. ' TC 707.10 i RI RIM.A-9.1. : 1--►�A W PROP GROUND - _.... ....1......Ct. 9.. .i __1... .. TC- 703.99 3 BARS•12 •3 BARS 6 12' 11/30/2022 _ OR WELDED WINE FABRIC _ .... .... O�IREEiAEBRit ........ ....... .1 ..... t ._._._..._................................... . ......i..... f 699.30 t_r.__� _ /// _\\\ NIENIw XWINMF• _ _....................i ........ ......... .. ..i.. ................. ... �. �: .. ..... .. ....� ..... \�... ......... _......_ .... \ / E 699.10 C 699.40 _. ...._...... .... i........... ...v............... ... ._.. _ _ r.�...... ..... ......... : LINE B-9 S LF X 18" RCP P 2.21% 100-YR HGL �I-✓ C 699.30 - 2S-YR NGL .. .. ... ....._.. LINE A 9 16 LF' �SEE' PROVIDE 2' ABOVE O 0. PIPE. X 16' RCP•0.67% A INAY DRAINAGE PUN AND PROFILE A-6.J A-9.1 : OR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. A X2' SBC RcP E 695.67 ._........ .....-:. _. :. ...... _ CONhECTI TO EXISTING PIPE SECTIpN A-A 1•31131 IT' TRENCH PROTECTION o� ' °KY .....................................................1...................................L..._..._....................._i..... .. ......... .......... ............................. ......................... ......... LINE.B-9 8,A-9 CONCRETE COLLAR OETAIL ROADWAY DRAINAGE LATERAL .• ■Marr %brr.ir .ter. ..rr i 6-00 %0WWd 0 Writ www g .1061Ym" 90000W NIMMOMl/ ...r •MMIM10 ibnomri 010004W i BOX DATA Ts s Ts Ts s TS SECTION DIMENSIONS REINFORCING(sq.In./IN (D 1O11 M ti ASI AS7 Fill N Lift 1 5 H n TB TS Height (Min) Weight k k � AS/ A52 A53 ASI ASS A57 AS8 (ft.) (ft.) (In.) (In.) (in.) (It) (InJ (tans) _ a 2 7.5 6 5 <2 - 0.18 0.27 0.15 0.12 0.18 0.18 0.11 43 Id Nin A b Min j 1 2 5 5 5 21 3 38 0.18 0.19 0.17 0.12 - - - 3.6 radius frYp) A ]4$'Na+ radius(TYp) AS P Max / 2 5 5 5 3-S 38 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.12 3.6 p5 t MaxIor TS s 3' A51 for TS s 5' 1 1 5 5 5 /0 38 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.12 - - - 3.6 A51(top) radius(TYp) a'Mln a-Min 1 1 5 5 S 1 15 38 1 0.14 0.16 0.16 0.12 3.6 AS3(bottom) for TS z 6' I'(Typ unless for TS z 6' w = ASI(side) 1 1 5 5 5 20 3B 0.18 0.70 0.11 0.13 - - - 3.6 1, 2 not a rot se 8 I 2 5 5 S 25 3B 0.23 0.25 0.25 0.17 - 3.6 1' Minimum length is equal to (TYpI I• >iF 1 1 5 5 5 30 38 0.18 0.30 0.30 0.11 - - - 3.6 (TYp) spacing of longitudinal ASI (Typ) TS rein/arcing plus 7 fTYp/ TS 7 Maa radius ASI i=o I 3 7.5 6 5 <2 - 0.18 031 0.18 0.i2 0.18 O.1B 0.11 5.0 _ A (TYp1 e� 1 3 5 5 5 2<3 38 0.15 0.I3 0.10 0.11 - - - 1.1 A F A53 �gF I 3 5 5 S 3-s 38 0.11 0.16 0.16 0.12 - /.1 - ' I 3 5 5 S 10 38 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.12 - - 1.1 $ 1 3 1 5 5 5 is 38 1 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.12 - - - 1.1 LonglWillnal ASB I (al I 1 3 S 5 5 10 38 0.14 0.33 0.24 0.17 /.1 re/nlorc/np i+a / 3 S S 5 25 38 0.17 0." 019 0.12 - - - 4.1 - + a 3 5 5 5 30 36 0.21 0.35 035 0.12 - - - 4.1 CORNER OPTION'A' CORNER OPTION"B" CORNER OPTION"A" CORNER OPTION'R' I W8^ 1 I 7s 6 s <1 0.18 0.33 019 0.12 D.le Bu 0.11 ss FILL HEIGHT 2 FT AND GREATER FILL HEIGHT LESS THAN 2 FT EY I 1 5 5 S 2<3 38 0.12 016 0.23 0.12 - - - 1.6 E i 1 1 S S 5 3-5 30 0.12 0.18 0.18 0.12 - - 4.6 O Length Is equal to sparing of longitudinal ` 1 I 5 5 5 10 38 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.12 - - - 4.6 reinforcing plus 2-.(Ur Nin)(TYp) 1 1 5 5 5 15 38 0.12 0.19 0.20 0.12 - - - 4.6 _$a OS S$'Min(Typi $� 1 1 s s 5 20 3s 0.17 015 0.15 0.12 - a.6 1 I 5 5 S 25 38 O.II 031 031 0.11 - - - 4.6 6'Min 2-Max fiyp) e a 0 5 5 5 30 3B 0.17L. Longitudinal einforcement II .8a i •ooy A52(topl (Dourer tape 3 W'€G AS3(bottom) clrcumfererdial AS2(top) C2 rain/orcement A53(bottom) npE at groove end. SECTION A-A MATERIAL NOTES: (Showing top ant bottom Provide 0.03 sq.in./ft.minimum longitudinal reinforcement sla0 joint reinforcement.) at each face In slabs and walls.This minimum requirement maY be met by[he transverse wires when wire mesh reinforcement is used. Provide Class H concrete(fc-5,000 psi). GENERAL NOTES: Designs shown conform to ASTM C1577.Refer to ASTM C1577 for information or details not shown. See Or,Culverts Precast Miscellaneous Details(5CP-MO) standard sheet/or details and pores not shown. In lieu of furnishing the designs shown on this sheet,the contractor may furnish an alternate design that Is equal to exceeds the box design for the design fill height In the table.Submit Shop plans for alternate designs in accordance with Item'Precast Concrete Structural Members(Fabrication7. i HL93 LOADING ,RmaD+varmlerM dlYNrsapsetatlgn Standard SINGLE BOX CULVERTS PRECAST 4'-0" SPAN O For Dax length=B-0' OAST thlu A51,A57 and ASB are minimum required areas of SCP-4 reinforcement per linear foot of box length.ASS Is minimum aptas-2041 :TWO( se TSWT ee TsOff <,TSW required area of reinforcement Per linear loot of box width. �xpOl lNrurr MM CyJ' m Iter MpppRIM Heritage Trail - West Civil Engineering Specifications 11/30/2022 ��P�E O F TFC iS) AV *: •c�jV •• */� ANNE C.HOSKINS ....................... X00 103447 � . l�;l /ONA FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 FREESE 10431 MCircle 5 Suit Building 5 Suite 300 Austin, Texas ICHOLS R (512)617-310078759 N The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards (found online at https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: EARTHWORK No. RR 101.....................Preparing Right of Way No. RR 102.....................Clearing and Grubbing UNDERGROUND PIPED UTILITIES No. 508..........................Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances No. 509..........................Trench Safety Systems No. 510..........................Pipe No. 511..........................Portland Cement Concrete Box Culverts The following specifications from the "TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges" dated June 1, 2014 (found online at https://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/txdot-specifications.htmi) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: 104.............Removing Concrete 110.............Excavation 132............Embankment C.I.P.STANDARD CONSTRUCTION NOTES GENERAL NOTES: TRAFFIC MARKING NOTES: U)Y ronstruT n nsu lnsra Ina[roreame whM1 lneClry of Round Ro[k 5landard 5pe[gl[allons Manual nymet ,ser noon [nalem,cattxylor warniM molorhls.warning pedeilrlanf or eMerling(,alit[durrM cont\rut\ton fhall[onform to 5 r' i, AnYtra th eh\ing utilaix,Oavenrmt curbs,slMwalks,itructures,trees,ac.,not panned for daHunron or,emovalthat are.amaged or removed shall b•reparred or e Texan Manual o(Unlorm TraH.Control Devi[a for Streets and Mighwap,latest edhion. I IJJCF replied Con at tra.tco".prose. 2ll. Apnemen markings,markers,parol,traffk bons, uttffic cm"olt and,i,m shall be installed In,....dce anwRh the Teaxepartm Dental J 3. The[on(ractor shall verify all deahs and lo<atmm of eanting millets prior\o any mnslruttbn.Any dkcrepamin whh the contlrunlan plans lound in life lieltl snail Transportation5unda,d Specification,for of HlgM1wayt,S"eetsand&mgx and,the Teax Manual of Undorm TaH,Control Dew.es for �Y the brought immedweNIn Ise mmlion of the Engineer wino snail tr repomibefor revising the plain as apprmprlate. Streets and Highways.lata[edition. A. Manholeframet.[overs,valves,cleanouti,acshall ne,raved to IinisM1ed grade ono,to final paying comt-lon. Q 5. The Contractors hall give the Cay a Round Rock 48 nuo"nonce More b,gorong each pox,of conaroction.Conus lit.xt,l proles Manager. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL NOTES: Hoa 6. Allarean tlkturbedor.pmed duingcons[runpnihall be revege,ated in acro-dan[ewith the dam and ipeclka[ions.Where no\ipeificalNindentlied, rmr on\ro measures,site Inti k an rx[oranon wor a actor anewiththeCi[V of Round R«YErmion and Sedimentation Control Ordinance. Wa'Z evegea\ron of all Ok[urbed or stoned area snail ronik[al sodding m,seeding,at the Cmtranor's damn. ]. All dnturbed r.wyed are.and slopes shall be sotltled orsseeded with apaoyed grans,grass mixture or grornd cava suaadeto the area andsexdn in t� 7. Prior In any.omirrktion,apreomlru[tlm conlemcrthall be held between the City d/Rornd Rockthe Engineer,Ise Contract«,other nlin,companix,any wn.ntney are apWleaanema[mrdamewrcntnepam �60 ahttted padres and any olne,mlhylheChy«Enginmr mayrmuire 3. Siltfencx,rock berms,sedimm[alion banins andsimilarN remgniaedlehnrWa antl-ale,lak shall beemphiyetid-irri...t,.a,,to waves[point 8. The Iontranor snail ken,act--mm.of all.--nm.that d.-from the pWrrs.The Con"act«shalt f,rnkh the City of Round Rock accurate"A,Bpll" .sedimentation loading of do-seam lacilhies.Suh mslalla"ori shall be regularN inpeted oytheCity of Round flock for eHectiyeness.Addl-I aced dr-h.,following-orpecki of all coralrutlm.Ti"A,Buih'dawings shall meet An lhesnhf tion.1 the Clry prior to final xceptance. mexrres may br reyured if,In ine opnion of the City,in,are.......M. eV When on on,bairn,."lee out whhln exe-mt,the(nnnacor shall...the hot-k to Inulin\he permanmf and any temporary easements.Prior 1. d. All tempo ,e,mwn control-..-shall not he removed until finalimpemmn sed approval of the pine[[try the CRy 11 thall bel he,epominla,of �E.2 fm acleptame,the Contranor shall be respontlble for removing.11 hath and deck whnin the pen-mem and temporary einem-,Clean-up shall be to the the Contracts to maintain all temporary mdoon conrblit,unaet and to remove each whom,.as app.ovM by the Cityw lnlanion of the Chr. S. All mud.din,Incks,debit.etr.idled."-lied or mhawke deposited on mo,nng payed strMs,d er and area used bl2 the public than be[leaned up 11.Prior to any.om"onion,the Con"xtor shall appN for aha secure all pope,permit,from the apaoalate anharhles. imm,do l'* 12.Available-loolaW(NAYD'U Datura)that may be utilized for the ontroction of\Ms protect are described x lolknw TRENCH SAFETY NOTES: e 1. 1,-irdlar,re e,lth the Ins o 1 exan tae of Taha the U.S.D.cupa[bnal Salnea y and Hhh Admmit"al..reg-n-,.111... ova chm 5 led in dan ei 5 Mica nave ane mmpxt or snit and online sal shah b•Slwed,shored,sheete4 bated.,o[he,wke swP.rted.Eunh-me,all hm[hes less than 5 rJ feet m aeon inan,k.6e eneniyely pnleted when nag,adra ardpne moyenmt mar be.,paled.Trm[n tarery irtlams In be mooed for Ink open �g (will be provided ovine Contactor;are on meet ,eRcl- $ 1. ordain wih the ll.5.Ottupatlonal Ssfe,y and NeaRn Atlminkiratgn regulations,wM1m persons are In trm[ha d IM 4ep or more,edequale ns M also t«n,a Weee-or step[.mw ee woyieed ane corned to x l0 legaa n.moo loan 2s feel of 1.en tiavel. i. mord h satery system Oa,ls were not aovrded in the pans became lrmchx wne antlnpated to ....in-e hue,in deptmmd during romtrrnion h k louse roar lrmrnes ate in fan S IM or more in depth or lren[net lest titan S IM In OMM1 are rn an area where nxardom 8nund emml n are I-c, allro nshall ren.,the trmrhed area shall be barrrladedandiheCMnnmedimmedWlefv.Coostructlonshallnotrxuneunti'=P.appropriate lrmcM1 safety mien d.kl,as-,ned by a pr.1-ma1 er,ori,are rosined. STREET AND DRAINAGE NOTES: 1, All xbngsa ne an in t a story al tneCRy'se.pmse unless spelled o[herWke.Any r.allnBiMll be paid f«by the ConbMor.A W C,ho,.,shall be amen\during III I-,1-in,than be.-dreated with the City lnsperto,and he shall be given a mmimun of 20 noun notice slot N to 2. Bacellil bah,dthe r-1.11 be-pan.to onto.a minimum of 9514 maximum dmshyto whmn 3b1Into.1 curb.Ma\aWl use.shad b,aimanly W 8( granular with no rocks larger than 6"in the greatest dimmsion.The re-sung 3"shall he d...Ind Indoor free from Al clods and shrank f,rsoatamm,pant �� A 9 Ile 3. Dean.1 rove for all clmsmgs once,paormenl inlcming Ran,elenn,telephone,able tv,wne,service,At.,shad be a minimum of 30"baow suboade E 7 7 unlet.1he,wke xceaed by the Cln,. w d. SnM rn,Mt-of wsysnad De graved al+slope mf l/a'pe loot tow,d the...b..1-m-ne-cited.However,I. cane shall the-hof 5. "Iright of way at l/a"per loot slope W less than 10 fed unles a sin is request for an sten[,g,adng scheme k made to antl a[[aaed by the Chy. n ronlrol in accordance whh a dimignned T,aHk Control Plan shall be oared and maintained x ne,-a daing--non,for w.rkes and I.N. 3[3 C .fey. 6. All R.C.P.shalltrminimum[Ixsl11. WATER AND WASTEWATER NOTES: pemntt n.clxs 2001.,1 Ductile Iron lAWWA 0100,min.clans 200)ansnown in the pans.Wales services 12"orless)shagrbepoNehyke,twang(black.200 ai,DR 9). 2. pipe mxe.1 for in-ae wattewater maim shall be WC(AWWAC-900,mW.[Ixs 1501,or Datile Iron(AWWA C-100,nein.class 200)x shown in Me plans. Pipe m r anal for grayly.-ate,mains shall be INC(ASTM D2241 a D3034,mar.DR-26)or Dunlle Iron(AW WA C-100,min.clads 200)x shown in the pan 3. Unless nherwke drttted by the[sly,Bean ol[ova for all lines out of the pavemm\shall be a2'mrnimum ane deah of coves for all llnm urde,pavanes shall be a moo...of 30"below solh t !r I. All lire n,IXam lead shall be donlleo-oi,(AWWA C IW,min ckss 200). p 5. .I.-on pipe and linings shall be wrapped with mmmum 8-mil poyethylme and sealed whh aunt tape or equal I. Aedi by the City. 5 6. The Ionactm shall on act CRy of Round Rock Inspector to co«dlnte utillty tie-im and only him act 1-48 hours pier to.onnening to eo,nng linm. a 7. All manh-shall be-mle\e with can\Iron nog and cove.All manholes loatetl omsme of the pavement shall have noted coven.Tapping of lberglans manhole shall not be allowed 8. The 'no"act.r mal.barn a bulk are,pemn or pu,hane ane install a ovate me-for all Inner reed done Corr-akin.A copy of this permit mint be -tied n all limn by all who me water. 5 , 9. lnellmhing.r any atthitY mingalargequan\i\y of wader mint bt i.neduled win the Cay of Round Rock lnipenor. La 10.the Con\rx\or,at M1k..pane,shall pe,form s[eriliiation of all p.table weer lines nedinncted and snail provide all egppmmt linclu lotn-t gaugesr supplieslinnudmgrdnc.misled[Marine netWmg materia,,and nttearelaborrequired forth.Rocktooed,eacht e.Theineiman procedureshall bem",,n by Coy of Round- p.nonnel.Walarsamples will bec.theC by Contractor, City of Round Rock tollm each hexed Ilse rix.it an initial .M,inero.tofinl of50 ppm.Where means of Rock I, nttessary.[heCon"anor,soak expense,shall aovitle flcnM1in(deutan antl remove sal. 11/10/otos] caul.prior to snot a«eplanc<M the Cny ml Pound R«kiv� r ll.Sampling as shall be b o,ht w to 3 feet above grade and iha11 be ekoly xceslble for City personnel.At the Conractois request,Indio,no prxence, ir`,. save sample,1.baneri Im ltesting will be colleted by the City of Roond Rock not lessthan 24 h....her the treated It,,rix been(loaned of the ..! 4 rated[Monne Iolnron and charged with water approved br he CRy 12.,he eContract—al his e.peme,shall-fm.qualify toting for allw ml-pipeimuredi and pl,-etope hydrmotic testing of all water lin. lun-d snail aov itle sll ryuipnen linnueirn,puma and gaugxl.suDpix and labor necxsary In pMorm[M1e tits.Qualify and pxwre tinting 103aa a ,hall be mm r-ed by C.y of Round Rock a rmnH. 13.The Contranor shall coordinate txtmg an the City of Round Rock Inspector and aovide no less than 24 hours notice prior to performing sterilization, qua lay t.trng or pressue-uhh,. la.The Contractor that not open or rime arty valves unless aothcroed by the Cay o/Round Rock. 15.All vane.....it 1-n that.he rant iron 16.All wne s.mce,wast-te terve and y,Ne masons shad he a WteN marked in,f Aline,wane servke-"W"on top of.orb wastewater service- "S" n,.p of cub vane."y"on face M[rare rook fol-,king the.no than be ao nided by the Contactor.Ohne,apaoaWle mean of m,king tante and valve 0 a shall b providedin are.-no.curbs.yah meant of markingshall be x t-ff-bythe Enorwe,and arc-ed Ink In.Cin,d Almond Rork. 12.Conant the City of Round Rnck to,knktinre in obtaining eller Ing ovate and=.C.In-vion 18.The City of Round Rock to Oepanmmt 0a11 be notified a8 nous oar to lxlirp o/any holding sprinkler aping in order that the Ehe Dno nmem may moral«soh[."Ing. l9.Sand,x d.[ribed in Spttliation sem 510 qpe,shall nm[be used x bedding foo wader and wastewner ling.Acceaabe betltlmg m rich are pipe _ bedded stone,pea oavN and in lieu o/sand,a naturally accusing or manrgattured stone material containing to ASTM C33 fastone gr,lilyand-Ming the fodowirn,oadnbn spelialion. SIEVE SIZE PERCENT RETAINED BY WEIGHT Q2 ge alOds Ha maQnn ll 9s-1o0 n/>aAa2 2D.The contractor It h.ebv not lledthin cm-m,to,shoutsgdown.orlermin,ingexk[Ing.11RY Ilne,man,haze to oc<a A toll-Doak Hun.Sochhdurs P.xmg 1k1rE0.�Og uagy,Inst.rormal working hou,t and pmsibly between 12 a.m.and 6 a.m. y M 21.All wx[ewna construction shall nein accordance whh the T-Common-on Environmental Qualify(TCEw Regolankno,30TH[Chapter 213 and 317, .applkable.Wnen.e iCEQ and CRY al Rountl RocY Spegkrtbns ion/lin,the more stringmt shall apply. UTILITY GENERIII NOTES C6.0 .,,,._ -....,.. •..�.R.41� 6nA44RFF4Ij 0 1K..+..ri kem-A 6-4 Vr 1Ymimvi loomRo babio/ I�I�� Err rE BRIwNr.r =-- Yr n.._....X ►,:.,...>.,y w ......-.H TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL WATERTIGHT PIPE ENCASEMENT.VALVES MUST BE PROVIDED ON EACH SIDE OF THE 12.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MMNTAINAMINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCE INALL (� CAOSSINGWITH FACILITIES TO ALLOW THE UNDERWATER PORTION OF THE SYSTEM TO BE DIRECTIONS OF NINE FEET BETWEEN THE PROPOSED WATERLINE AND 1Ss11 Y QUALITY WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ISOLATED AND TESTED(§290.44(F X2)I WASTEWATER COLLECTION FACILITIES INCLUDING MANHOLES.IF THIS DISTANCE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED,THE CONTRACTOR MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES R4YWAF4br 2019 ll.PURSUAW TO 30TAC 4290.44(AMS),THE HYDROSTATIC LEAKAGE RATE SHALL NOT EXCEED PROIECT ENGINEER FOR FURTHER DIRECTION.SEPARATION DISTANCES, JaF THE AMOUNT ALLOWED OR RECOMMENDED BY THE MOST CURRENT AWWA FORMULAS INSTALLATION METHODS.AND MATERIALS UTILIZED MUST MEET FOR PVC PIPE,UST IRON AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE.INCLUDE THE FORMULAS IN THE NOTES §290.44(E)(1)-(41. U I. THIS WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ON THE PLANS. CURRENT TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY(TCEQ)RULES AND 13.THE SEPARATION DISTANCE FROM A POTABLE WATERLINE TO A WASTEWATER MAIN OR 0 K REGULATIONS FOR PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS 30 TEXAS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE(TAC) THE HYDROSTATIC LEAKAGE RATE FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PIPE AND LATERAL MANHOLE OR CLEANOUT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF NINE FEET.WHERE THE W Z CHAPTER29OSUBCHAPTER D.WHEN CONFLICTS ARE NOTED WITH LOCALSTANDARDS,THE APPURTENANCES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ALLOWED 0R NINE-FOOT SEPARATION DISTANCE CANNOT BE ACHIEVED,THE POTABLE WATERLINE SHALL S�FFSS Lyz MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL BE APPLIED.AT A MINIMUM,CONSTRUCTION FOR RECOMMENDED BY FORMULAS IN AMERICA WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION BE ENCASED IN A JOINT OF AT LEAST 150 PSI PRESSURE CLASS PIPE AT LEAST 18 FEET LONG V 0 O PUB LIC WATER SYSTEMS MUST ALWAYS MEET TCEQ'S-RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR (—A)C-605 AS REQUIRED IN 30 TAC§290.44(AX 5).PLEASE ENSURE AND TWO NOM INAL SIZES LARGER THAN THE NEW CONVEYANCE.THE SPACE AROUND THE < X PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS." THAT THE FORMULA FOR THIS CALCULATION IS CORRECT AND MOST CARRIER PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT FIVE-FOOT INTERVALS WITH SPACERS OR BE FILLED t F CURRENT FORMULA IS IN USE; TO THE SPRINGLINE WITH WASHED SAND.THE ENCASEMENT PIPE SHALL BE CENTERED ON of 0 2. ALL NEWLY INSTALLED PIPES AND RELATED PRODUCTS MUST CONFORM TO AMERICAN THE CROSSING AND BOTH ENDS SEALED WITH CEMENT GROUT OR MANUFACTURED NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE(ANSILNSF INTERNATIONAL STANDARD 61 AND MUST BE SEALANT(§Z90.44(E)(5)j. W CERTIFIED BY AN ORGANIZATION ACCREDITED BY ANSI[§290.44(A)(1)). LDP WHERE: Q.14WY06- 14.FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN NINE FEET VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY 3, PLASTIC PIPE FOR USE IN PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS MUST BEAR THE NSF INTERNATIONAL OF ANY WASTEWATER LINE,WASTEWATER LATERAL,OR WASTEWATER SERVICE LINE SEAL OF APPROVAL(NSF-PW)AND HAVE AN ASTM DESIGN PRESSURE RATING OF AT LEAST REGARDLESS OF CONSTRUCTION[§290.44(EX6)). 150 PSI OR A STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO OF 260R LESS[§Z90.44(A92)j. y Q=THE QUANTITY Of MAKEUP WATER IN GALLONS PER HOUR, 15.SUCTION MAINS TO PUMPING EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT CRO55 WASTEWATER MAINS, i 4. NO PIPE WHICH HAS BEEN USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THE CONVEYANCE OF L=THE LENGTH OF THE PIPE SECTION BEING TESTED,IN FEET, WASTEWATER LATERALS,OR WASTEWATER SERVICE LINES.RAW WATER SUPPLY ONES e DRINKING WATER SHALL BE ACCEPTED OR RELOCATED FOR USE IN ANY PUBLIC DRINKING D=THE NOMINAL DIAMETER OF THE PIPE IN INCHES,AND SMALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN FIVE FEET OF ANY TILE OR CONCRETE WASTEWATER MAIN, WATER SUPPLY[§290.44(A)(3)). P-THE AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE DURING THE HYDROSTATIC TEST IN WASTEWATER LATERAL,OR WASTEWATER SERVICE UNE[§290.44(E)(7)). POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH(PSI). 5. ALL WATER LINE CROSSINGS OF WASTEWATER MAINS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR 16.WATERLINES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED CLOSER THAN TEN FEET TO SEPTIC TANK [0290.44(EX4)(B)). THE HYDROSTATIC LEAKAGE RATE FOR MULE IRON(DI)PIPE AND DRAINFIELDS(§290.44(E)(8)j. APPURTENANCES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ALLOWED OR 6, WATER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION LINES SHALL BE INSTAl1ED IN ACCORDANCE RECOMMENDED BY FORMULAS IN AMERICA WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 173HE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISINFECT THE NEW WATERLINES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AW WA WITH TME MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.HOWEVER,THE TOP OF THE WATER LINE (AW WA)C3 AS REQUIRED IN 30 TAC§29004(A)(5).PLEASE ENSURE STANDARD C4S1-14 OR MOST RECENT,THEN FLUSH AND SAMPLE THE LINES BEFORE BEING M UST BE LOCATED BELOW THE FROST U HE AND IN NO CASE SHALL THE TOP OF THE WATER THAT THE FORMULA FOR THIS CALCULATION IS CORRECT AND MOST PLACED INFO SERVICE.SAMPLES SHALL BE COLLECTED FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS TO LINE BE LESS THAN 24 INCHES BELOW GROUND SURFACE[§290.44(AX4)). CURRENT FORMULA IS IN USE: CHECK THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE DISINFECTION PROCEDURE WHICH SHALL BE REPEATED IF CONTAMINATION PERSISTS.A MINIMUM OF ONE SAMPLE FOR EACH 1,000 FEET OF 1. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAD CONTENT OF PIPES,PIPE FITTINGS,PLUMBING FITTINGS, � COMPLETED WATERLINE WILL BE REQUIRED OR AT THE NEXT AVAILABLE SAMPLING POINT AND FIXTURES IS 0.25 PERCENT[§290.44(B)j. SO J' BEYOND 1,000 FEET AS DESIGNATED BY THE DESIGN ENGINEER[§290.44(FX3)j. 8 WHERE- L 148,000 S. THECONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPROPRIATE OR FINER,RELEASE DEVICESCORROSION RESISTANT OPENINGS 18.DCURRE CUTIOI4RRENT STANDARECTING D MOST REHALL BE CENT. ACCORDANCE WITH ' TO TME ATMOSPHERE COVERED WITH 16-MESH OR FINER,CORROSION RESISTANT CURRENT AW WA STANDARD C655-09 OIL MOST RECENT. i■Fp'�O�] WH SCREENING MATERIAL OR AN ACCEPTABLE EQUIVALENT(§290.44(DX1)j. !B 7 L=THE QUANTITY OF MAKEUP WATER IN GALLONS PER HOUR, ] 1 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PLACE THE PIPE IN WATER OR ERE IT CAN BE FLOODED S=THF LENGTH OF THE PIPE SECTION BEING TESTED.IN FEET, r WITH WATER OR SEWAGE DURING ITS STORAGE OR INSTALLATION[§290.44(F)(1)). D•THE NOMINAL DIAMETER OF THE PIPE IN INCHES.AND NOTE: 9t`c P THE AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE DURING THE HYDROSTATIC TEST IN THE INDICATED REQUIREMENTS ARE THE MINIMUM 10.WHEN WATERLINES ARE LAID UNDER ANY FLOWING OR INTERMTRENT STREAM OR POU NDS PER SQUARE INCH(PSI). REOUIREM ENTS AS REQUIRED BY THE TCEQ IF SEMI-PERMANENT BODY OF WATER THE WATERLINE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A SEPARATE CONFLICTS EXIST BETWEEN THESE NOTES AND AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS,THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL SUPERCEDE AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. �Mr4If.,+F f•�.uF[CW$.imiM..fr..s 103Mor 7n Ne RRX22328 By tIDBfAI2 Uw 8 M T TCEQ GENERAL NOTES C6.1 k fret - I W � 7� lltlHl WlOH51H:) E dbi N� I AIP I L i t � fe I .+- bj5£'IS Qti jgtl 1N0 E ` 4 d st �' I>suy nomar^ FREESE AI'MICHOLS HERITAGE TRAIL—WEST t 12x1 ,. d,s�r y !a c :-Isi Is n9w �ou.i�xtKx.mns CITY OF ROUND ROCK ROUND ROCK.TX 1 r i.-N wJ i)._..J 6-j6luEkla 6--j 6mmi l buillimmoll bm"d irwufd sawma lll� awom ONO" boom" iu kmd bumw d boom" 6 I Y 1 OLplOwx SDUAl,11[ I t 5D 30' N0 1 o N 11 OPP WCT01 eox oninIN FEET J ZON Z U 1 £mi I nDIO.E D® O K I POP STORM DRAIN D=- �� SCALEINRTIT LLI d'z "•A 1 ,A'E. �-'U's rIS LL� I J 1 REFER TO DRAINAG O0 r", EETS FOR DETAILS -�- NOTES: Q K 1-12"11.25'BEN •--- 1.CONTRACTORSHML VEPIFYLOCATION AND ~U '1 N:21161829.62 - ^- DEPTH OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING �I E 3129337. - :•1 y POST 10'Ab1 AFTER LIMITED DPM OF CONSTRUCTION. IJ,I _ 1-1'161'75' fTOlAOM! i.ALL ER AND LUST ES OCCUR LL BE 9:00 T08 _ 10161765.15 HOURS AND MUST OCCUR :31M3M.35 AND BEFORE 600 AM. - -----CHISHOLM TRAIL E H r •. _ 3.THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE / -�B - (RDW VARIES) FOR FIELD VER NG LOCATIONS AND ISTING TILITIES 1-12"TEE,DI,MI -- 1 AFFECTED N BYOCONSTRF ALL UCTION FOR THIS 1-12"GATEVALVE(N 56'l5'OH'E 6 50'00'10911 -iW./-+-{/-/-I--/-/ryyy-{-y--/y/x Zl PROIER AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY ARRANGE Ye 5 LF-12"PVC Wl,STUB-OUT __ FOR REPAIR AND RESTORATION OF 2 FOR FI/NRE CONNECIlO _ - y CONTRACTOR-DAMAGED UTILITIES.NOTIFY ,i 1-12'RESTRAINEDCA -9 y 1/tV.i. `�� THE CONSTRUCTION OBSERVER IF CONFLICTS .. N:101619%. _.�C,� -h-I'f-r _.� 1 ♦ -Ti EXISTS. E:3129317. t SS-)"lAv- -�� `/6T.L0"K VMRAUIE' 1-12"4S*BEN �- r A.THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS INDICATING SIZE,TYPE,AND TAS �' _ PfNBT.wow ITOl AMNWFIEDMw :10161675. Z LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND,SURFACE, / _ OAdR RUEDwFLA[FI E:3129337.0 AND AERIAL UTILITIES IS NOT GUARENTEED 51T33'SD"E f� T I•I 1 I/Pa '- 20'/3. STEELCASIN �� II Sl'32'ln"W TOBEENAROR COMPLETE.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT TEXAS ONE /wANTFw TER w _ I Itl"Ij L" W CALL AND ANY OTHER UTILITY NOT COVERED y� A:2.1. + UNDER THE DIG TESS SYSTEM AT LEAST 0B STAOROD.00 I-32'AS-BEN O HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCING gE -12'05'SENO I ! N 99 START PROP.12"PVC WATER LINE 1016293.00 .30161650.1 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AFFECTING INSTALL: :37129310.19 E:3129313.1 1-13'x3D'REDIM:EP _ THE CONTRACTOR HALL. 15.9 - 0 5.THE CONTRAROII SNAIL BE SOLELY CONNERTO EXIST. N)TUND06MLMTRAILM9WB RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY DRAINAGE IWAC WATERLINE -F'SK107 DURING CONSTRUCTION,ANY OBSTRUCTION oil 1.10'HYMAKSTAINLLSS 1-12'IS'BEND TO EXISTING DRAINAGE DUE TO TH E 9899" STEEL LONG BODY COUPLING 1{DNC.THRUST BLOCK - CIX2TRACTOR'S OPERATIONS WILL BE 3i' CUT/CAPANDABANDON :2161895.51 REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS EXIST.10'WATER LINE :3129310.33 \ f, - RE N:10161901.04UIRED BY THE ENGINEER AT THE 3M.75 _ CONTRARON'S ENTIRE EXPENSE. F-3129307.37 6.WATERLINE VALVES,FITTINGS AND BENDS TO BE RESTRAINED AND THRUST BLOCKED. 7.ALL WATERUNE CROSSING OF WASTEWATER w xln[wT - UNEES SH REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN ON SHEET C66 o�Iy 735 p o 2!� 1%UNE _o 735 i � SF a 730 o o 725 -_ m^ - .. - _-__- _-__..__- 7252 ' 1 I I �. i � AWIIDR IOGTKJN - '... 11/)0/2023 � _ _ F. OL AI'lIV5T0lN. �a F.L DDw 720 _ DIfIDwDDT -- APImxFnsT.GxouxH 720 Ey, CHI LLVVFTATFR DNf •1.7/}L - __'- -Z IHFIDvERIFEI - 1 IOJN07 � 715 4�i.::ttxsc°•', 035% 710 .. ._-` L- 710 PROP.2017 - 20'/30'STEEL I CASING - 705 `• TFN DHE 705 7W 700z W-'o w--- I IFFu No RRIQDA i F- z 695 695 sn.Nn.FR.e LCH WATERLINE PLAN AND PROF ^Iii��=b� SR E: KKK8, E STA.OFOO TO STA.3+00 690 AN AI"' -0+25 0+00 1+00 2+00 3+00 C6.3 � olDrowxsOu.RL 1u ies�as5 F a A x3 3185016103 V0.;59,W.a OP.RW CT. SSK (Y(J 0 ZO AO' (J KALE IN �a ORnx trH N•w3 .MI Z SC ts•H-1 FA4.5W L•Tm STA4.S6.40 HORIZONTAL Q 60.1N•K3.M' / ENDPROP.B'PJCWATERUNE 0 5' 1O IXKl.tO'KwA,FH xf EI05T.1102' ITORAMNODNfO AND - 16'HOUf 6P1A6 • 1NDTG TE VALVE SCVEE® LLL C13 GROUTuufO xPACEI If�_""" - 41All}11111W1u REFER TOD 1X10•.TO-A WATER SLEEVE _- _ Z CHISHOLM TRAIL 1 - cur/CAP AND ABANDON _ 1 EXIST TO-AC ST TER UNE -- --oHF--- NOTES: ��� ' (fl O.W.VARIES( Fly 13• 1{pNC,THRUST BLOCK ' .;.,STA 3.SS.69 wATIEWAT LINE MPROVEMENTS N:1016149LAB 1,CONTRACTOR SNAIL VERIFY LOCATION AND �- RAIN E:3129351.11 DEPTH OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING 4L f.7 L BEND- HEETS FOR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. LU (VERTICAL) I IX6T.16' ,¢ _ 2.ALL WATER OUTAGES WILL BE LIMITED TO R N:I016157067 -wAFTYATFRIWF HOTS D INSAM. Y_ J9 T - h oMxl AND BEFORE OCCUR AFTER 990 PM E:3129316 -_ WORM 3.THE CON TRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FKEKM••A aN K_! 13 I FOR FIELD VERIFYING LOCATIONS AND v0.1W04 R.T�YTOT- - V STEEL _ I ELEVATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES 1 NB3'76'40'E- AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION FOR THIS 4+56 FKm'iw3K PROTECT AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY ARRANGE FOR REPAIR AND RESTORATION OF Q ^----- - - w --- - - CONTRACTOR-DAMAGED UTILITIES.NOTIFY - --' ----- -��-- THE CONSTRUCTION OBSERVER IF CONFLICTS EXISTS. W A. INFORMATION SHOWNON THESE fl I DRAWINGS INDICATING SIZE,TYPE,AND ----- J 1 STAM17.34 STA 4r38 U LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND,SURFACE, .61 = I 1-12'11.25'SEND INSTALL: 2✓• AND AERIAL UTILITIES IS NOT GUAREHTEED U X:10161509.93 1-12'A'TEE I = TO BE EXACT OR COMPLETE.THE W� Q S ONE STA 1135.99 E312330.03 1-12'GATEVALVE CONTRACTOR OTHER ONACTTETAOVER N 1-12'112S'BEND t 1-12'RESTRAINED CAP 1 CALL AND ANY OTHER SYSTEM AT T COVERED W X:10361569.93 T N:10163AB9A5 UNDER THE DIG TESS SYSTEM AT lEASTb 6 I m HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCING E:312312.75 E:3129333.51 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AFFECTING S 9 STA 3.12.2] 1-12"11.25'BEND C9YOF ROUXD ROCS LOT,NOC.A UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. � n 1-12•IL25'BEND RTKAL( IX 17,PG uTK� I [ vAr 5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY $11 :10161543.05 w0L RESPONSIBLEFORTEMPORARYDRAI-AGE RIERpGI) DR W.C.T. I v.RW[T DURING CONSTRUCTION.MY OBSTRUCTION N:10161593.HFFII E:312312.69 1 TO EXISTING DRAINAGE DUE TO THE a9 p1 ANDREPLACEWITH I2-ASTMD30M 5DR-26PJC. I CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS WILL BE tt cE 3i RACEMENi SHALL MAINTAIN THE SAME REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS 10161619. - PSTPEAM AND DOWNSTREAM iIOWlINES. REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER AT THE _ '312312.2] 'E'°n!� ICE FOR WORK SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY CONTRACTOR'S ENTIRE E%DENSE, PASS PUMPING MAIL I,MO GPM TO PERFORM WORK I b.WATERLINE VALVES,FITTINGS AND BENDS TO 11 FLLCZJU• BE RESTRAINED ANp iNRl15T BLOCKED. 7.ALL WATERLINE CROSSING Of WASTEWATER LINES SHALL COMPLY WITH TCEQ REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN ON SHEET C6.6. 725 735 B BEL PER CITY Of ROUEND ROCK STANDAREMENT D iii o - - i - ---- __ -- DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS SANITARY REPLAEMIEENT SHALL BE INCLUDEDINto ER Y� QQ „^ 7? a K a= a f - ..-_ 7ZE) CONTRACT PRICE. 730 _ _.._ € g- 3 v - 715 _ 715 Egg i rt- -- - - -- un0720aa s 3 710 ........� 710 AWIK)K TON ._ <.y pd ' UNE vERNYI . w� 705 -_ - _ tmr. ^.'�. g 705 •t<�R`�!Y 700 ' - 700 IT iT F d. -0.2010 vnOv. VLC 0.1 695 695 . , N RLI E 'WATM UMF 690 --"--690 1M1P. LT--'_._ AEND%IOCATgNOf Po Na RR!(IDN CASING fl' 16'wASRWATER uxi ASRIG - IFKIDYENM !!nWM]3 asK ■ f8S Tr RIO yx WATERLINE PLAN AN PROF KIK K STA 3WO TO ENO 6.a �' Ism 3100 4+00 520 C6A Ir 6domi 60dui r6arii 116r,." .._. . ._„ w ilka irini wIiii" Nino" ►........, X, _. Iaa.°N m r na.ort n1 �n«nw w Y Nw-P,wm sus�a: PR°Pmm Paw wmwz C). zo O=a LL n=mDap ( �� // [SP[C T tl« / <O cu n i _ U c,Uaa..UIP° •. . ..... v. ! W (m:inrul y xw� ass { ..vwti w v I,W`a wrt n1 - .R NU. By� .a W. d �.amv an<>o< Ps,ut • LL��Ray 71.11 t."13 CITY OF ROUND ROCK m_Ds� CITY OF ROUND ROCK r_oc"° *CITY OF"ROUND ROCK° _ '^ten CITY OF ROUND ROCK r, . ... . o a , WATERLINE BEDDING AND - WATERLINE BEDDING AND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY DETAIL VALVE BO%ASSEMBLY DETAIL X_ SURFACE REPAIR DETAIL _ SURFACE REPAIR DETAIL o.n a ........+,.........,.. I tee... ......,,..,'�....,..:.. °.�."..., .ee.e....��...w.� -- .s m...eA•� R: (EXISTING PAVED SURFACE) r !PROPOSED PAVED SURFACE) PIE�ti�i�I.i a,wNP w r Tt�cww.nn w si Naw Im) I 4 E � w,s w. \ - ro o.��K.« .,,E�...aP a,a,_a =T. �•aaP � .v �•'«'"` � r"`i»'�� ,ans.«o,M Inmro,Ea oa ro rcvw un.m.s .PrtP rv. CILV EO Rpl PIPE �'^, mPsr CITY OF ROUND ROCK° w;"` ^w^CITY OF ROUND ROCK 4= OF ROUND ROCK —CITY OF ROUND ROCK F".,-, M 1"THRU 2"AIR RELEASE VALVE ��PP w-ai-a ^,-e.-�. WATERUNE DETAILS an VERTICAL VALVE an INSTALLATION DETAIL .Y�_. °` BATE VALVE DETAIL _ °'^ THRUST BLOCK DETAIL , ,..................�. INSTALLATION DETAIL .....:...,.._........... ...................�. ....,. (DEVELOPED AREAS) C6.5 Joint Restraint Table for Horizontal Bends Joint Restraint Table for Tees Joint Restraint Table For Verti"I Offsets at 44T or greater Depth of Bury lH at Oft Depth of Bury UPP� BeId Lower cant RetraWe6 S Y 5 PIR DUnIltP Gena DIPlpelenQhtoW WCPlpeleotobe Pipe Branch aPlpelarlBM wC Pipe Nrylh to PIOe Anffi Low Sloe DepM Re Wed Pipe LDI Rpeteoathl� RetralneEB Bend S OiamRer (FT) Lm h(FT exn Pipe Length lR 'V RaVaata[FT(sxn Restrained[FT exh XT lerlatFT) to be be ReatraiK61FT aarrletw IMgN pWM exn wen) exn WF'l) we Pipe Way) FT J�x (IN) (DEG) wryl wart (INI DHmRer Run INTI ReabalnaA (IN) (IN) LFT cath wn') exh waYl 12 90 34 30 8 45 5 37 9 24 a Z u 12 45 15 13 12 8 0 128 83 a 22.5 5 18 4 12 4 07¢ 12 22.5 7 6 12 8 5 86 56 8 11.25 5 9 2 6 2 w LL Z 12 11.25 4 3 12 8 10 45 29 8 45 10 37 5 24 4 O O 12 12 0 128 83 Q} 9 72.5 30 L 3 17 1 f—f 12 12 5 86 56 B 11.25 10 9 2 6 1 D= 12 12 1 30 1 45 29 u 45 S s3 12 34 11 LU JONt rostrum naerP Reaucen = a Pipe Nnph toW PVC Pipe WHIM tow 12 22.5 5 26 6 17 S C PaeDNnwta ReA<eGP4e ReraalnMi"exh ReFt*wd(FT eetll u 11.25 5 13 3 9 3 E6 (W) DlNnaler(IN) waY) YtM) Joint Restraint Table for Valves u 45 lD 53 ] 31 6 �9 u 10 6/ w and Dead-Ends IZ 72.5 30 26 3 I] 3 PI"DWnRP DIPI"Im IX, PVC Ape NO to be 12 IL75 10 13 2 9 Z ON, beeas IrmId easo.,W(FroacbwMl (FT each WW) JOINT RESTRAINT TABLES NOTES: John Restraint Calculation FMON 8 90 S8 L.JOINT RESTRAINT LENGTHS WERE CALCULATED USING THE EBM IRON,INC.RESTRAIN LENGTH CALCULATOR RPE LMTD ML SON TYPE FARCTRENCH DEPTH OF BURY PRESSURE E 12 127 83 PROGRAM(VERSION 7.1.2.)AND THE FACTORS IN THE JOINT RESTRAINT CALCULATION FACTORS TABLE. 2.CONT1140OR MUST RECALCULATE RESTRAINT LENGTHS IF THE INSPECTOR ON SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE CIF DIFFER EM FACTORS. DUCTILE HIM INORGANIC 3.WHEN 2 HORIZONTAL 45'BENDS AMIE RACED TOGETHER TO CREATE A 90'BEND,RESTRAIN EACH SIDE OF THE 45' E Vm POLYWRAP CLAY W/ I.S TO 1 5 4'-W 150 PSI BENDS PER THE SO'BEND RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS. H AND PVC GRANULAR .Fp BACRFILL 4.M CONNECTIONS,INCLUDING SE WICES,STUR-OUTS,FIRE HYDRANT LINES AND MAIN CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE FULL RESTRAINT JOINTS AT THE MAIN. 0 C •• S.WHEN CONNERING INTO FASTING WATER MAN,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE IOINT RESTRAINT. (I CONTRACT aI SHALL EITHER PROVIDE CONC.THRUST BLOCKING,M PFR CITY OF RW NO ROCK STANDARD DRAWING f IVT-25,OR ALL EXISTING IOINTS ON THE EXISTING MAIN SHALL BE RESTRAINED AS SHOWN IN THIS SHEET. n RESTRAINED LENGTH VALUE TABLES N.T.S. ANLL 1-GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND CASING RPE OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE. CARRIER RPE A INSULATING PIPELINE SPACER W/304 STAINLESS STEE3 BANDS SPACING A 9'-0"MIN 9'-0'MIN PROPOSED WC MINIMUM CAPACITY RATED FOR LBS/FOOT OF PIPE WATER UNE CASING PIPE _aa d EXISTING SANITARY r 2'M N. NUMBER AND SPACING OF INSULATING SPACERS TO BE DETERMINED BY SPACING 24.txr STEEL SEWER RPE CUA MANUFACTURER AND M APPROVED BY ENGINEER. Ft/ro/aala CASING Prt I I I'MIN. END VIEW 'r�``bl`y?�, ... F�5 CA CUA, f�� �rw•.S SING RPE .. ._ 1/2'EXPANSION TG -EXISTING NON-PRESSURE 5'-0' JOINT MATERIALCARRIERRPE y5.1.r103M7 J 9'-0'MN 91-0'='­ '-0'Ma PROPOSED WC MTED SANITARY MAX. 12-WATER UNE SEWER UNE WATER LINE PROFILE I �' WATER LINE PROFILE4 J 8• I I I I NOTES: NOTES: _ I(6' 1. IF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE IS DISTURBEDOR I(MAK) I I 1. CALMER PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT SFOOT(OR LESS)RrE.WITH SPACERS. SHOWS SIGNS OF LEAKING,R SHALL BE REPLACED FOR 2. EACH END OF THE CASING P PE SHALL BE SEALED WITH A MANUFACTURED WATER AT LEAST WINE FEET IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH AT TIGHT SEAL 1EAST 1511 PSI PRESSURE RATED PIPE.NEW SANITARY CASING END SEAL SEWER PIPE SHALL BE ENCASED WITH 2.5 SACK (TYP) R NUMBEASPACINGa SIDE VIEW 3. IF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER UNE R DISTURBED,SHOWS SIGHS OF LEAKING,R SHALL CEMENTSTAMPED SAND FOR THE LENGTH OF ONE PPE INS NUMBS SPACERS TOM BE REPLACED FOR AT LEAST NINE FEET IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH AT LEAST 150 PSI SEGMENT PLUS 121NCHES BEYOND THE JOINT ON EACH PRESSURE RATED PPE.NEW SANRAM SEWER PIPE SHALL BE ENCASED WITH 2.5 SACK END PER TCEQCHAPTER 290. DETERMINED BY RPE NOTES: CEMENT STARIUZED SAND FOR THE LENGTH OF ONE PPE SEGMENT PLUS 12 INCHES SPACER MANUFACTURER 1. FUMISN AND INSTALL APPROVED END SEA' AT EACH END BEYOND TNF JOINTON EACH END PER TCEQ CHAPTER 290, 2. IF 2'VERTIUL CLEARANCE CANNOT BE OBTAINED, MINIMUM 3 PER JOINT Of Ne R—S. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER. CABRIER RPE OF TUNNEL. xauee rraa,A71 4. CASING PPE THICKNESS SN BE 0.3]5-INCHES. 2. CARRIER SHALL BE CENTERED AND RESTRAINED. R+wnFS lLaE9l4X3 PROPOSED ENCASED WATER LINE CROSSING UNDER PROPOSED WATER LINE CROSSING ABOVE NON-PRESSURE (FOR PVC CARRIER PIPE) HRUST RESTRA NT TABLES EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE DETAIL(TAC 290.44.E.4.B) n RATED SANITARY SEWER LINE DETAIL(TAC 290.44.E.4.8) TYPICAL INSTALLATION IN CASING PIPE ANDCRossING DET ALS N.T.S. `� N.T.S. `� N.T.S. I E a IF I II ! ! l 1 1 J Heritage Trail West Project TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description No. of Pages 00020 Notice to Bidders 1 00100 Instructions to Bidders 4 Exhibit A 1 00200 Bid Bond 2 00300 Proposal Form 6 00410 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 1 00500 Agreement 5 00600 Insurance & Construction Bond Forms Performance & Payment Bond Instructions 1 Insurance Instructions 1 00610 Performance Bond 2 00620 Payment Bond 2 00650 Certificate of Liability Insurance 1 00700 General Conditions 41 00800 Supplemental General Conditions 2 00900 Special Conditions 5 01000 Technical Specifications 5 442 02000 Plans, Details and Notes `^ 8-2016 Table of Contents 00090665 r i Notice to Proposers , Pursuant to the provisions of Texas Local Government Code, Section 2269.056, it is the intention of the City of Round Rock to select,via the Request for Proposal,to select a Prime Contractor by using the Competitive Sealed Proposal process for the construction of the Heritage Trail West as generally described herein.The project includes: construction and completion of concrete trail, bridges, restroom facility and site amenities. Estimated construction budget is $12,000,000.00 Sealed Proposals containing one digital copy, on a USB Flash Drive,and a total of five(5)hard copies of each proposer's complete"Proposal Form,"(Proposal Form not required on digital copy)"Questionnaire,"and any other required or additional materials that follow the"Format of Submitted Proposal"must be submitted to Katie Baker,Parks Development Manager, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street,Round Rock,Texas 78664 no later than December 6,2023 at 10:00am,in an opaque envelope/packaging,sealed,and clearly marked on the outside with: Proposal to Serve as Competitive Sealed Proposal I for the Heritage Trail West Project i_ Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud at Round Rock City Hall,221 East Main St,Round Rock,Texas at December 6,2022 at 10:00am. No oral,telegraphic,or facsimile proposals will be accepted. No late proposals will be accepted. No proposals may be withdrawn after the scheduled proposal opening deadline. All proposals received after _ the scheduled proposal opening deadline will be returned unopened. Proposals are to include the specific qualification information requested in the sequence and format prescribed in the Proposal Packet that may be obtained from https://www.roundrocktexas.vov/businesses/solicitations/. The proposal packets will be available beginning Monday,November 7,2022. A pre-proposal meeting will be held at Chisholm Trail Crossing Park,500 Chisholm Trail Road, Round Rock Texas, 78664 on November 17,2022 at 9:30am. Attendance is encouraged but is not mandatory. The Architect/Engineer and the Owner's Rep will be in attendance to discuss the project. Each proposal must be accompanied by a cashier's check or acceptable bond payable to the City of Round Rock in an amount not less than five percent(5%)of the total proposed contract sum, plus alternates as submitted. The successful proposer will be required to furnish payment bonds and performance bonds in amounts equal to one hundred percent(100%)of the contract sum, in accordance with chapter 2253 of the Texas government Code, within five (5)days of award of contract. Selection of the successful Proposer will be based on the selection criteria set forth in the instructions to proposers. In case of ambiguity,duplication or obscurity in the proposals, The City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals and waive any informalities and irregularities in any and/or all proposals received. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers, workman and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock Publication Dates: Austin American Statesmen 1. November 6,2022 2. November 14,2022 00100 INSTRUCTION TO PROPOSERS City of Round Rock, Texas Instructions to Proposers: Section 00100 { INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS Heritage Trail West Project 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS t A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract forms, including General f Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions and other specification sections, are applicable documents. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions and Supplemental General t Conditions, in Round Rock's "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor," and in other contract documents are applicable to these proposal documents. B. Proposal documents include the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services, Instructions to Proposers, Proposal Form, sample bond and contract forms, and the proposed contract documents including any addenda issued prior to receipt of proposals. C. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of the proposals which modify or interpret the proposal documents (including drawings and specifications) by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. Addenda become part of the contract documents when the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor is executed. D. The City of Round Rock may be referred to in the proposal documents as Owner. E. A proposal is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the proposal documents. F. The base contract sum is the sum stated in the proposal for which the Proposer offers to perform the work described in the proposal documents as the base, to which work may be added or from which work may be deleted, for sums stated in i alternate proposals, if alternate proposals are required. G. An alternate proposal (or alternate) is an amount stated in the proposal to be added to or deducted from the amount of the base contract sum and the corresponding change in the work, as described in the proposal documents or in the proposed contract documents. H. A unit price is an amount stated in the proposal as a price per unit of measurement for materials or service as described in the proposal documents or in the proposed contract documents. I. A Proposer is a person or entity who submits a proposal. a i J. A subcontractor is a person or entity who submits a proposal to a Proposer for _ materials or labor for a portion of the Work. K. The Contractor is the person or entity that has been determined to provide the best value for Owner based on Owner's Selection Criteria and its ranking evaluation, - and to whom Owner awards the contract. L. Contract refers to the City of Round Rock's"Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor." 1.3 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE A. Each Proposer, by making a proposal, represents that she/he has read and understands the proposal documents. B Each Proposer, by making a proposal, represents that she/he has visited the site, performed investigations and verifications as she/he deems necessary, and familiarized herihimself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and will be responsible for any and all errors in her/his proposal resulting from failure to do so. C. The location and elevations of the various utilities and pipe work included within the scope of the Work are offered as a general guide only, without guarantee as to accuracy. The Proposer shall verify and investigate to her/his own satisfaction the location and elevation of all utilities, pipe work, and the like and shall adequately inform her/himself of their relation to the work before submitting a proposal. D. Before submitting a proposal each Proposer will,at Proposer's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information (surface, subsurface, and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site, or otherwise, which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Proposer deems necessary to determine her/his proposal for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the contract documents. E. On request in advance, Owner will provide each Proposer access to the site to conduct explorations and tests as each Proposer deems necessary for submission of a proposal. Proposer shall fill all holes, clean up, and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. F. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed,all rights-of way and easements for access thereto, and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the contract documents. G. Each Proposer,by making her/his proposal,represents that her/his proposal is based upon the materials, systems, and equipment required by the proposal documents without exception. 1.4 PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS A. Complete sets of proposal documents shall be used in preparing proposals; neither Owner nor the Architect or Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from use of incomplete sets of proposal documents. B. Owner or the Architect or Engineer, in making copies of the proposal documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining proposals on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. f 1.5 PROPOSAL PROCEDURES i A. All proposals shall be prepared on the Proposal Form provided by the Architect or Engineer and submitted in accordance with these Instructions to Proposers. t Proposers shall provide all requested information. B. A proposal is invalid if it has not been deposited at the designed location prior to the time and date for receipt of proposals indicated in the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services and/or the Notice to Proposers [included at Section 00020 of the Project Manual],or prior to any extension thereof issued by addenda to the proposers. Proposals received after submission deadline shall be returned unopened and will be considered unacceptable and shall be considered void. Owner shall never be held responsible for lateness of mail, carriers, couriers, etc., and the time/date stamp clock used by the City of Round Rock shall be the official time of receipt. C. Unless otherwise provided in any supplement to these Instructions to Proposers, no proposer shall modify, withdraw, or cancel her/his proposal or any part thereof for one hundred twenty(120)days after the time designated for the receipt of proposals in the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services. D. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the Work to be done. E. Proposers shall make no additional stipulations on the Proposal Form,nor limit,nor qualify proposals in any other manner. Proposals so qualified will be subject to disqualification. F. Itemized Bids and listed Key Subcontractors are due three (3) business days after bid opening or by December 12, 2022 at l 0:00am. Itemized bids must be submitted on the form included with the proposal documents and include a breakdown of major divisions of construction and key Subcontractors list. Key Subcontractors can be described as a licensed trade, any Subcontract totaling 3% or more of the proposed contract sum, or a critical path Subcontractor. Itemized Bids must be emailed to buildingconstruction@roundrocktexas.gov by the date described herein. Email with read receipt is advised. 9 i i 3 1.6 DISCREPANCIES AND AMBIGUITIES A. Each proposer shall examine the proposal documents carefully and, not later than, November 22, 2022 at 5:OOpm, shall make written request, via email and by email only, to the Owner for questions, interpretations, or corrections of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error therein which she/he may discover to: Katie Baker, Parks Development Manager kbaker@rou nd rocktexas.gov Any interpretations, corrections and changes to proposal documents or extensions to the opening date will be made by addenda to the proposal documents by Owner and communicated publically through: https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/businesses/solicitations/ Sole authority to authorize addenda shall be vested in the Owner. All responses will be sent via addenda, prior to bid opening, through the solicitation website. Proposers shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda. It shall be the Proposer's sole responsibility to insure receipt of all addenda before proposal submission. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Each Proposer represents that her/his proposal is based upon the materials and equipment described in the proposal documents. B. No substitution will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the Owner for approval not later than November 22, 2022. -_ C. If the Architect or Engineer and Owner approve a proposed substitution, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. D. Substitutions not submitted and approved by November 22, 2022 may be added as a Voluntary Alternate and submitted at time of bid on the proposal form. 1.8 QUALIFICATION OF PROPOSERS A. Every Proposer shall submit with her/his proposal a properly executed Questionnaire. B. Proposers may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for, by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, any one or more of the following reasons: 1. Reasonable information or belief that collusion exists among Proposers; 2. Proposer being interested in any manner in any litigation involving Owner; 3. Proposer being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on any previous contract; 4. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience and equipment, Questionnaire, or qualification statement; 5. Uncompleted work which in the judgment of Owner will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 1.9 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL A. Proposer shall submit her/his proposal on the Proposal Form furnished as part of the proposal documents in the required format. All blank spaces in all forms shall be correctly filled in and the Proposer shall state the prices, written in words and in figures. Where there is a discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the proposal is submitted by an individual,that person's name must be signed by that person or by that person's duly authorized agent. If the proposal is submitted by a firm, , association or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of Attorney which authorize agents or others to sign proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. r 1.10 PROPOSAL SECURITY A. Each proposal must be accompanied by proposal security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Proposer's maximum proposal price; and same shall be in the form of a cashier's check or a Proposal Bond, duly executed by Proposer as principal and having as surety thereon a corporate surety authorized and admitted to do business in the state of Texas and licensed to issue such bond, as a guarantee that Proposer will enter into the City's contract and execute the required Performance and Payment Bonds within five (5) days of Owner's award of contract. B. The Proposal Security will be retained until such Proposer has executed the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, and furnished the required bonds, whereupon the proposal security will be returned. If Proposer fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor and furnish the required bonds within five (5) days of Owner's award of contract, Owner may annul the award of contract. In that event, the proposal security of that Proposer will be become the property of Owner, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages. Owner reserves the right to award the contract to the next-ranking Proposer based on Owner's evaluations of the proposal, as Owner deems it to be in the best interests of Owner. The proposal security of the other proposers whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh (7`h) day after the effective date of the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor or the one hundred twentieth (120`h)day after the proposal opening,whereupon the proposal security furnished by such proposers will be returned. C. Owner has the right to retain the proposal security of all Proposers until either: 1. The Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor has been executed and the bonds have been furnished, or ` f i 2. The specified time has elapsed so that proposals may be withdrawn, or 3. All proposals have been rejected. PERFORMANCE BOND & LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A. Contractor shall post with Owner, within five (5) days of Owner's award of contract, a Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the total contract price in such form as is deemed satisfactory by Owner. This bond shall be executed by a corporate surety company duly authorized and admitted to do business in the state of Texas and licensed to issue such bond in the state. B. Contractor shall post with Owner, within five (5) days of Owner's award of contract, a Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the total contract price in such form as is deemed Satisfactory by Owner. This bond shall be executed by a corporate surety company duly authorized and admitted to do business in the state of Texas and licensed to issue such bond in the state. C. In addition to the above requirements, if the amount of any bond exceeds One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00), then the surety on such bond must also: 1. Hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or 2 Have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. In determining whether the surety on the bond or the reinsurer holds a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury, Owner may conclusively rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable sureties on federal bonds and as acceptable reinsuring companies published in the Federal Register by the United States Department of the Treasury covering the date on which the bond was executed. D. Contractor must file, along with the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, all documents and information necessary to establish that the agent signing the bond is authorized to write the bond in the amount requested and, if applicable, that reinsurance requirements have been met, including limits and ratings or other evidence of company solvency. E. If the corporate surety company on any bond furnished by Contractor to Owner is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or such corporate surety company's right to do business in the state of Texas is revoked,then Contractor shall within five(5) days thereafter substitute another bond and corporate surety company, both of which must be deemed acceptable by Owner. 1.12 FILING PROPOSAL A. No proposal will be considered unless it is filed with Owner within the time limit for receiving proposals as stated in the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and/or the Notice to Proposers [included at Section 00020 of the Project Manual]. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope/packaging plainly marked as required ` by those documents. 1.13 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL A. No proposal may be withdrawn or modified after the proposal opening except where the award of the contract has been delayed beyond one hundred twenty (120) days after date of proposal opening. t 1.14 IRREGULAR PROPOSAL A. Proposals will not be considered if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, conditions not requested, unauthorized alternate proposals, or irregularities of any kind. However, Owner reserves the right to waive any irregularities and to make the award in the best interests of Owner. 1.15 REJECTION OF PROPOSAL A. Proposer acknowledges the right of Owner to reject any or all proposals and to waive any informality or irregularity in any proposal received. In addition, Proposer recognizes the right of Owner to reject a proposal if Proposer failed to furnish any required proposal security, or to submit the data required by the proposal documents, or if the proposal is any way deemed incomplete or irregular. 1.16 SELECTION CRITERIA AND OWNER EVALUATION A. Owner intends to award the contract to the Proposer whose proposal represents the best value to Owner according to the selection criteria and the relative weighting set forth herein. The selection criteria that Owner will use in selecting the successful Proposer and the relative weighting of such criteria are as follows: Selection Criteria a) Price: The quoted price, cost methodology, alternatives proposed, and markup for changes. (Total 40pts.) b) Past Projects with References Listed: 1) Has the proposer performed local projects (local is defined as the Austin-Round Rock MSA)if yes, projects listed? 2) Are there governmental clients listed (with contact information) and was the project overall a positive experience for those clients? 3)Are the projects presented equal or greater in complexity, scope, # and dollar value when compared with the proposed project? 4) Was the completion of similar projects completed according to the construction schedule (scheduled construction dates included)? (Total 20pts.) C) Company and Construction Team Qualifications: 1) Is the company competent, financially stable, and experienced to complete the proposed project? 2) Has the project manager and superintendent been successful in managing projects of similar size, complexity, and scope as the proposed project? 3) Does the construction team's resumes reflect technical knowledge and practical experience managing and constructing projects, equal to the proposed project? 4)Has this team worked together on previous projects? List the projects. What was the team's contribution to making the previous projects successful?Provide previous project Owner and Architect contact information. Describe why you think the proposed team is the best fit for this project. (Total 20pts.) d) Project Plan, Approach and Quality Control: 1) Are all project steps clearly identified, in a logical order, and does the schedule meet the City's needs? 2) Does the company have a valid contingency plan if delays occur and the ability to execute that plan? 3) Can the company complete the project within the schedule and accomplish existing commitments? 4) Is the proposed program for quality control sound and specifically related to the project? (Total 20pts.) e) Compliance with Administrative Requirements and Information Requested: 1) Did the Proposer follow the Proposal Instructions and Format? (Total0-10pts.) B. Proposals shall be publicly opened, and the names of each Proposer shall be read aloud, together with all prices stated in each proposal. C. Within forty-five (45)days after the proposals are opened, Owner or its designated representatives shall evaluate and rank each proposal submitted in relation to the published selection criteria and weighting. D. Owner will initially attempt to negotiate a contract with the first ranked Proposer. If Owner does not require any modifications to the scope, time, or price, then the first ranked Proposer shall execute the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, as awarded. If for any reason Owner is unable to reach contract execution with the first ranked Proposer, then Owner will give written notification to that Proposer that negotiations are ended and will then proceed to negotiate with the next ranked Proposer in the order of selection ranking until such time as a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. Proposals may be rejected at any time. 1.17 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT A. No contract shall be binding on Owner until it has been executed by Owner or its duly authorized representative, and same delivered to Contractor. 1.18 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT A. The failure of the Proposer to execute the required bonds or to sign the required contract within five (5) days after the Contractor is notified that the scoring committee has selected them as the 1st choice contractor shall be considered by Owner as abandonment of the proposal, and Owner may rescind the notice. 1.19 PURCHASE ORDER A. Purchase order(s) shall be generated by Owner to Contractor. The purchase order number must appear on all itemized invoices. 1.20 NOTICE TO PROCEED A. Upon the execution of bonds and contract, Owner will issue a written Notice to Proceed to Contractor requesting that she/he proceed with construction, and establishing the commencement of the contract time; thereafter, Contractor shall , commence work within ten (10) calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. r 1.21 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE t A. The time for completion is up to four hundred eighty (480) calendar days from the notice to proceed letter and such deadline for completion will be included in the Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 1.22 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Should Contractor fail to achieve completion of the work within the specified completion schedule, then the sum of Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,5.00) per calendar day of delay will be deducted from the monies due Contractor for the work, and such sums shall be reasonable liquidated damages due to the impracticability or impossibility of ascertaining the actual damages. 1.23 PERMITS A. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits. 1.24 MATERIALS TESTING A. Owner will be responsible for providing or contracting for inspection services and materials testing, all in accordance with Texas Local Government Code §271.116(c)and any other applicable statutes. 1.25 WAGE SCALE A. In accordance with V.T.C.A.,Government Code,Title 10, §2258"Prevailing Wage Rates," the general prevailing wage rate has been determined for this locality for the craft or type of worker needed to execute work of a similar character to the project listed herein. Contractor shall pay the prevailing wage rate in this locality to all employees and subcontractors performing work on this project, and in no event shall Contractor pay less than the rate shown in the following schedule: Except for work on legal holidays,the"General Prevailing Rate of Per Diem Wage" for the various crafts or type of workers or mechanics is the product of (a) the number of hours worked per day, except for overtime hours, times (b) the above respective rate per hour. B. For legal holidays,the"General Prevailing Rate of Per Diem Wage"for the various crafts or type of workers or mechanics is the product of(a) one and one-half times the above respective rate per hour, times (b) the number of hours worked on the t t legal holiday. C. For overtime work,the"General Prevailing Rate of Per Diem Wage"for the various crafts or type of workers or mechanics is the product of(a) one and one-half times the above respective rate per hour, times (b) the number of hours worked on overtime. D. Under the provisions of V.T.C.A., Government Code, Title 10, §2258 "Prevailing Wage Rates," Contractor or subcontractor of Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the entity on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, the sum of Sixty and No/100 Dollars ($60.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. E. If the construction project involves the expenditure of federal funds in excess of Two Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,000.00), then the minimum wages to be paid various classes of laborers and mechanics will be based upon the wages that will be determined by the Secretary of Labor to be prevailing for the corresponding classes of laborers and mechanics employed on the project of a character similar to the contract work. 1.26 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Any quantities given in any portion of the contract documents, including the plans, are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material furnished. B. Contractor shall not commence work until she/he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City of Round Rock, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on her/his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The certificate of insurance form included in the contract documents must be used by Contractor's insurer to furnish proof of insurance. C. Proposals shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices proposed for materials consumed or incorporated into the finished product under this contract. This contract is issued by an organization that is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of§151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City of Round Rock will issue an exemption certificate to Contractor. Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. In obtaining consumable materials, Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed: 1. The contract will transfer title of consumable,but not incorporate, materials to the City at the time and point of receipt by Contractor; 2. Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City of Round Rock as soon as is practicable. Payment will not be made directly, but considered subsidiary to the pertinent item. Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3. The designated representative of the City of Round Rock must be notified as soon as possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the City's representative. Where possible,the materials will be labeled as the property of the City of Round Rock. D. If Proposer's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with i Proposer, to arrange for the replacement of a loss rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City of Round Rock, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by Proposer a Performance Bond in accordance with §2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a Payment Bond in accordance with §2253.021(c), Texas Government Code. Format of Submitted Proposal Cover Sheet Tab A. Bind Bond Tab B. Proposal Form Tab C. Questionnaire 1. Basic information 2. Organization 3. Experience Tab labeled 3.1) Insert Current Project List Tab labeled 3.2) Insert Past Project List Tab labeled 3.5) Insert Claims and Suits Explanation Tab labeled 3.6) Insert up to ten projects constructed inside Austin-Round Rock MSA Tab labeled 3.7) Insert 00410 Statement of Bidders Safety Experience and attached OSHA 200/300 Logs 4. Financial Information Tab labeled 4.1) Insert Financial Statement or provide in sealed envelope Tab labeled 4.7) Insert Certificate of Insurance(s) 5. Proposed Personnel Tab labeled 5.1) Insert Personnel Resumes Tab labeled 5.2) Insert Team Projects 6. Proposed Plan, Schedule, and Quality Control Program Tab labeled 6.8) Insert Construction Schedule 7. Ability to Meet Project Schedule Questionnaire Signature/ Acknowledgment 1 EXHIBIT "A" FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January 1, 2016, any business entity entering into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of interested parties (Form 1295) to the local government prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics Commission (TEC) has created an electronic filing application for business entities to submit the required information and generate the required form. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity files a Form 1295 with the City Clerk. Please follow the instructions below to file your Form 1295 with the TEC and the City of Round Rock: • Upon being notified of a bid award,the award recipient("business entity")must go to the following website: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/filinp,info/1295/and follow the login instructions on the website application to complete a Form 1295. r ✓ If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application,the business entity must t create a Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295. 1 ✓ The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert 000000 and the project name in this box. Do not put the resolution number of the initial agreement if this is a supplemental agreement-only put the project name. ✓ Even if a business entity has no interested parties, Form 1295 still must be completed using the website application and filed with the City Clerk. Please note that there are very few instances that a business will L not have any interested parties. Visit the TEC's FAQ page for the definition of an interested party. ✓ If a business is publicly traded,they are exempt from having to complete a Form 1295. Please e-mail the City Clerk stating such. • The business entity MUST print and sign the completed Form 1295 once it has been accepted by the TEC and no longer has DRAFT stamped on it. ✓ The signed Form 1295 must be scanned and e-mailed directly to the City Clerk at mspinksAroundrocktexas.gov as soon as it is completed. DO NOT send the form back to the Purchasing Department, Project Manager,or mail it with signed original agreements/contracts. ✓ The City Clerk only has 30 days from receipt to acknowledge the form in the TEC system. If you do not r return it to the City Clerk promptly,and the 30 days has expired when she receives it,you WILL have to t( complete another one. • A new Form 1295 is required for each contract a business entity enters into with the City of Round Rock, including Supplementals,Amendments,and Change Orders. • A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten. It must be completed electronically through the TEC website r application. IL If you have any questions regarding the process of filing Form 1295 with the City,please contact: Meagan Spinks, City Clerk Phone: (512)218-6644 E-mail: mspinks e,roundrocktexas.gov If you have questions regarding the actual form or the online filing application, please visit the TEC's FAQ page: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/resources/FAQs/FAO Forml295.php Revised 10/27/2021—M.Spinks Page I of I 00150 QUESTIONNAIRE City of Round Rock, Texas Questionnaire: Section 00150 Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Parks and Recreation Round Rock, Texas 78664 QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide the following information in the same sequence and in the same format contained herein. This form may be retyped at the proposer's option. Supplemental materials providing additional information in response to any question may be attached (and must be numbered to correspond to the number of the question), but the information requested below is to be provided in this format. 1. Basic Information: 1.1 Name of organization: Patin Construction LLC 1.2 Address of principal office: 3800 W. 2nd Street, Taylor, TX 76574 1.3 Telephone number and facsimile number of principal office: 512-269-1071 1.4 Form of business organization(e.g., corporation, partnership,joint venture): LLC 1.5 Year founded: 2007 1.6 Individual named as primary contact (including telephone number if not at principal office): Tim Patin, President Jimmy Patin, Vice President 2. Organization: 2.1 How many years has your organization been in business in construction in its current capacity? 15 2.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present name? 15 2.3 Under what other former names has your organization ever operated? None 2.4 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: (a) date and state of incorporation, and (b) names and titles of all corporate officers. 3-29-2007, Texas. Tim Patin-President, Jimmy Patin-Vice President 2.5 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: (a) date of organization; (b) type of partnership (if applicable); and (c)the names of all general partner(s). See Above. Limited Liability Company LLC 2.6 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: (a) date of organization; and (b) name of owner. 2.7 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above: (a) describe it; and (b) name the appropriate owners, officers, principals, etc. 2.8 Is your organization authorized to do business in Texas? Yes 3. Experience: 3.1 Current Work: Attach a list of all projects your organization is currently constructing. For each such project provide: See Attached (a) the name, and for whom constructed; (b) location; (c) general nature of the project; (d) construction procurement method(e.g., competitive bid); (e) nature of your services (e.g., general contractor); (f) contract amount; (g) size in square feet; (h) percent complete; and - (i) scheduled completion date, including name of owner(and contact person with contact information) and architect (and contact person with contact information). 3.2 Work Over Past Five Years: Attach a list of major projects (particularly any facilities related to this project) constructed by your organization over the preceding five-year period. For each such project provide: See Attached (a) the name, and for whom constructed; (b) location; (c) general nature; (d) construction procurement method (e.g., competitive bid); (e) nature of your services (e.g., general contractor); (f) contract amount; (g) size in square feet; (h) original construction budget and actual cost.of construction at completion. Describe difference if necessary. (i) start date, completion date, and original construction schedule duration 0) name of owner, including contact person and contact information (k) name of architect, including contact person and telephone number. (1) name of project manager and superintendent 3.3 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. On this project, do you propose to do any work with your own forces? If so, please describe what work you plan to self-perform. Sitework, Concrete, Utilities, Roadway 3.4 List any subcontractors in which your organization has some ownership and list the categories of work those subcontractors normally perform. To be Determined after award 3.5 Claims and Suits: If the answer to any of the questions in this Paragraph 3.5 below is "yes", please attach full details. 3.5.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? (Your answer to this question 3.5.1 must include any matters involving your No organization and its officers or principals in their current or any past positions) 3.5.2 Are there any pending or outstanding judgements? No 3.5.3 Are there any pending or outstanding claims? No 3.5.4 Are there any pending or outstanding arbitration proceedings? No 3.5.5 Are there any pending or outstanding lawsuits? No 3.5.6 Within the preceding five years, has your organization filed any lawsuits or requested arbitration with regard to any construction contract? No 3.5.7 Within the preceding five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? No 3.6 List up to ten projects of like size, scope and complexity your organization has _ performed, if any, inside the Austin- Round Rock MSA and date those projects were completed. See Attached 3.7 Describe your firm's job site safety program for this project and specific safety policies in which each employee must be in compliance. 3.7.1 Form 00410 and OSHA 200/300 logs for the last three (3) years. See Attached 4. Financial Information: 4.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement, showing the following items: Available upon request 4.1.1 Current assets (e.g. cash,joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory, and prepaid expenses). 4.1.2 Non-current assets (e.g., net fixed assets, other assets). 4.1.3 Current liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, current notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes). 4.1.4 Non-curent liabilities (e.g., notes payable). 4.1.5 Capital accounts and retained earnings (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par value, earned surplus and retained earnings). 4.2 Name and address of firm that prepared the attached financial statement and date thereof. 4.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named under Question 1.1 above? If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided(e.g., parent, subsidiary). 4.4 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as a guarantor of the proposed contract for construction(answer this question only if your answer to 4.3 is "no" 4.5 Provide name, address, contact person, and phone number for your bank reference. 4.6 Surety and Agent: Provide the: (a) name of your bonding company; and (b) the name and address of your agent. Payment and performance bonds for 100% of the Guaranteed Sum will be required. - 4.7 Insurance: Provide the: (a) types; (b) limits; (c) carriers; (d) expiration dates (or attach a copy of a current Certificate of Insurance) for all insurance policies currently maintained by your organization, including Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability, Excess (Umbrella) Liability, Worker's Compensation and Employers' Liability, and (e) name, address, and phone number of your insurance agent. 5. Proposed Personnel for this Project: 5.1 Personnel: Identify the specific Project Manager(s) and Job Site Superintendent(s) who would work on this project. If any of these individuals will not be assigned on a full time basis to this project, identify those individuals and describe their other responsibilities. Attach a resume with their city of residence listed and list of references with phone numbers, for each individual identified. The identified Project Manager(s) and Job Site Superintendent(s) shall be assigned to the project through final completion of the project. 5.2 Has this team worked together on previous projects, list the projects? Were the projects successful? Yes, see attached resumes 6. Proposed Plan, Schedule & Quality Control Program 6.1 Describe your proposal work plan for this project, particularly Heritage Trail West and taking over an incomplete project. Detailed schedule will be provided after bid at post interview 6.2 If any, identify portions of previously completed construction that you recommend for removal and replacement apart from items already include in the scope of the project. Otherwise, do you accept ownership and associated risk for all previously constructed portions of the project? 6.3 Describe your construction management approach and ability to coordinate work with all subcontractors and suppliers in order to meet the deadlines established in the submittal construction schedule. 6.4 Describe your ability to complete the project with in the schedule taking into account existing commitments. 6.5 Describe your ability to identify and resolve potential issues, delays, etc. 6.6 Describe your back up/contingency plan for any unanticipated delays. 6.7 Describe your quality control program. Explain the methods used to ensure quality control during the construction phase of the project. Provide specific examples of how these techniques or procedures were used from any of three (3) projects listed in response to Section 1. Background, Experience, Qualifications 6.8 Describe how your quality control team will measure the quality of construction performed by Subcontractors on this project, and how will you address non-conforming work. 6.9 Provide complete construction schedule assuming a notice to proceed will be provided within 120 days of bid opening (actual notice to proceed will be a different date). Schedule should reflect the proposed duration but shall not exceed the construction schedule in the Instructions to Proposers Section 1.21 A. 7. Ability to Meet Project Schedule: 7.1 Do you foresee any problem meeting the project schedule? (If answer is yes, please explain.) No 7.2 Does the stipulated time of 480 calendar days seem reasonable for this project? Yes 7.3 Does the stipulated time effect cost of project and if so please explain? No 7.4 Describe the scheduling techniques, including any scheduling or project management software, you would employ on this project. 7.5 What other projects will your organization be starting during while this project is starting? 7.6 Has your organization been assessed any liquidated damages or other damages for delay on any project during the last five years? If answer is yes, identify project and provide details. No By execution hereof the undersigned warrants and represents that the foregoing answers to this Questionnaire are true and correct. Signa re o OP J l rA fA PAs i P' Printed Name of Proposer Title Patin Construction LLC Name of Firm 3800 W. 2nd Street, Taylor, TX 76574 Address of Firm 512-269-1071 Telephone Number of Firm N/A Facsimile Number of Firm Acknowledgement The State of Texas ) County of SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this day of the month of 2022, in the capacity and for the purposes indicated. m2soft YVONNEFA � t y Public, State of Texas _'` my NOWY ID#128721310 ExPU" q 29 2023 / Z My Commission Expires: Patin Construction LLC 3800 W. 2"d Street Taylor, Texas 76574 O: (512) 269-1071 , F: (512) 269-1072 October 21, 2022 Per your request,below is a list of current and completed projects in the last year. 1. Owner-KB Homes Project- Salerno Ph.5-Round Rock,TX Project Value-$9,646,785.50 Project End Date-December 2022 Project-Salerno Ph. 14-Round Rock,TX Project Value-$1,611,452.00 Project End Date-December 2022 Project-Salerno Ph.7-Round Rock,TX Project Value-$7,316,607.30 Project End Date-May 2023 Project- Salerno Ph. 11-Round Rock,TX Project Value-$3,295,636.70 Project End Date-April 2023 David Garza Senior Project Manager 10800 Pecan Park Blvd.STE 200 Austin,TX.78750 (512)651-8057 Email: dagarza@kbhome.com 2. Owner—RABH 12 LLC Project-Ridge at Blackhawk Ph. 1, Sect. 1 &2 Project Value-$7,366,175.85 Project End Date-October 2022 Matt Tiemann Tiemann Land and Cattle Development Inc. 21100 Carries Ranch Rd. Pflugerville,TX 78660 (512)990-1933 Email: mtiemann@ticdevelopment.net 3. Owner- City of San Marcos Project-Uhland Road Improvements Project Value-$6,495,711.54 `� Project End Date- February 2023 4. Owner-Sunfield Development LLC Project- Sunfield 5-3 Mass Grading Project Value-$1,375,980.00 Project End Date-December 2022 Project-Sunfield 5-3 Paving Project Value-$2,125,990.00 Project End Date-February 2023 Project-Sunfield Subaru-Public Improvements and Lift Station Project Value-$2,781,832.00 - Project End Date-April 2023 Scot Whitwer (512)-578-3103 Sunfield Development LLC 5. Owner- Carma Easton LLC Project-Colton Bluff Springs Roadway and Union Park Lane Project Value-$3,648,201.25 Project End Date-December 2022 Project-North Fork Dry Creek WW Interceptor Seg. 3-Ph.A Project Value-$940,585.00 Project End Date-December 2022 Project-North Fork Dry Creek WW Interceptor Seg. 3-Ph.B Project Value-$1,295,383.00 Project End Date-May 2023 Aaron Googins Carma Easton LLC (512)809-5118 Email: aarongoogins@outlook.com 6. Owner-City of Round Rock Project-FM 1460/AW Grimes Northbound Turn Lanes Project Value-$611,487.60 Project End Date-October 2022 JC Montelongo Project Manager City of Round Rock-Transportation Department Austin,TX. 78758 (512)218-7026 Email:jmontelongo@roundrocktexas.gov 7. Owner-City of Belton Project-2021 Street and Utility Improvements Project Value-$1,539,685.00 Project End Date- December 2022 8. Owner-City of Elgin Project-County Line Road Phase 1 Project Value-$6,789,518.20 Project End Date-October 2023 4 Patin Construction LLC 3800 West 2 Street Taylor, Texas 76574 0: (512) 269-1071 F: (512) 269-1072 February 16, 2022 Per your request, below is a list of References for Patin Construction. 1. Owner—City of Round Rock, Texas Project—Cypress Blvd Realignment Project Description—Removal of 1,8001f of Existing Cypress Blvd and realign 2,1001f of new boulevard. Completed August 2016 Contract Amount$1,678,000 Project—Seton Parkway Extension Project Description—4,6001f of boulevard extension, Water, Sewer, Storm, Roadway. Completed March 2016 Contract Amount - $3,237,000 Project—Southwest Downtown Infrastructure Improvements San Saba and West Liberty Project Description - Streetscape, Electrical Conduct, Water, Sewer, Storm Sewer, New Streets, Concrete. Contract Amount- $4,190,000 Project—Municipal Office Plaza, Brown & Florence Street Project Description—City Office Plaza Courtyard, Brown & Florence Street Rehabilitation. Completed February 2013 Contract Amount - $1,972,000 Project - Sports Center Wastewater - Completed February 2016 - $200,000 Project - Stella Park - Completed May 2016 - $260,000 Project - Dove Creek Drainage - Completed December 2015 - $291,000 Project - RM 1431 Water Line - Completed September 2014 - $199,000 Project - Red Bud Turn Lane - Completed September 2014 - $181,000 Project - Gattis School Turn Lane - Completed September 2014 - $344,000 Project- Various SMP projects since 2017 as subcontractor performing concrete work Reference: Jeff Bell, City Project Manager— (512) 801-4461; jbell@roundrocktexas.gov Reference: Eddie Zapata, City Project Manager—(512) 218-6605; ezapata@roundrocktexas.gov 2. Owner - City of Georgetown, Texas Project- San Gabriel Lift Station Improvements Project Description—Lift Station and Wastewater improvements Contract Value - $2,079,250.00 Reference—Rick Kasberg, President of KPA Engineering—(254) 773-3731; RKasberg@kpaengineers.com Project— 17'Street Rehab and Old Town Curb and Gutter Project Description—Roadway and Curb and Gutter rehab. Completed June 2020. Contract Value - $926,440.00 Reference—Trae Sutton, Engineer—(254) 760-1052; Tsutton@kpaengineers.com Project—Shell Road Sidewalks Project Description—Sidewalk Improvements. Completed August 2020 Contract Value - $229,825.00 Reference—Trae Sutton, Engineer—(254) 760-1052; Tsutton@kpaengineers.com Project—Airport Road Improvements Project Description—Roadway, Drainage, Utility, Traffic Signal Improvements Completed November 2019 Contract Value - $2,409,389.70 Project—9th Street Reconstruction Project Description— Streetscape, Electrical Conduit, Drainage, Sewer, Water Pipe, Roadways, Landscaping and Lighting. Completed September 2015 Contract Value - $784,000.00 Reference—Trae Sutton, Engineer—(254) 760-1052; Tsutton@kpaengineers.com Project—Curb and Gutter Replacement Project Description—Remove and Replace Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks and Valley Gutters to improve drainage. Completed September 2015 Contract Amount$532,000. Reference: Joel Weaver, Project Manager—(512) 931-7698; joel.weaver@georgetown.org Project—2011 Street and Drainage Improvements Project Description— Remove and Replace Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks and Valley Gutters to improve drainage. Contract Amount$640,000. Reference: Joel Weaver, Project Manager— (512) 931-7698; joel.weaver@georgetown.org Project—Tin Barn Alley & 8th Street Improvements Project Description—Streetscape, Electrical Conduit, Drainage, Sewer, Water Pipe, Roadways, Landscaping and Lighting. Completed October 2015 Contract Amount$839,000. Reference: Joel Weaver, Project Manager—(512) 931-7698 joel.weaver@georgetown.org 3. Owner— HEB _ General Contractor - Joeris General Contractors Project—HEB Public Utility Improvements Project Description— Sanitary Sewer, Water and Storm Sewer Improvements for _ a new HEB. Completed September 2016. Project Value - $1,720,000 Project—Muirfield & Gattis School Project Description—New Street, Turn Lane and Traffic Signal. Completed November 2016. Project Value - $1,850,000 Reference—Nick Beuke - Joeris General Contractors (512) 990-6341; Reference - Patrick Stanchak- HEB Construction (210) 938-7911; Engineer References: Kasberg, Patrick & Associates,LP - Trae Sutton, PE, CFM (512) 819-9478; Tsutton(a)kpaengineers.com Murfee Engineering, Inc.—Ken Martin, (512) 968-6373 BEFCO Engineering, Inc. - Gene Kruppa, PE, RPLS (979) 968-6474 -- School Proiect References: Texas School for the Blind - Lisa Peterson (previously employed by Walton Construction a CORE Company) (512) 937-4125 Giddings ISD - Jason Locke - Gaeke Construction Company (979) 542-2943; Developer References: KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Laurie Lara(512) 651-8064, David Garza (512) 651- 8057 Tiemann Land and Cattle- Bryan Holubec (512) 922-5470 Tim Timmerman—(512) 306-0500; timmerman(a)sbcglobal.net Sunfield Development LLC- Scot Whitwer, (214)-578-3103 Other Recent Completed Proiects: (projects not shown on current proiect list KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Colton Bluff Phase 1, Condos and Drainage Improvements- Completed March 2021- $15,000,000 Tiemann Land and Cattle- Lakeside at Blackhawk Phase 4- Completed August 2020- $1,471,000 KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Star Ranch Parcel 22- Completed August 2018 $3,408,474.60 Tim Timmerman-Timmerman Pond- Completed July 2018- $596,07.55 City of Pflugerville- Helios Water Line- Completed May 2018-$254,137.50 City of Round Rock-Old Castle Round Rock Road Improvements-Completed May 2018-$685,200.00 City of Georgetown- Scenic Sidewalk Improvement- Completed May 2018- $149,286.45 KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Meadows @ Clear fork sec. 3-Completed April 2018 _ Williamson County- Arterial H. BLVD- Completed March 2018-$3,401,849.67 City of Taylor- Edmond and Mills street improvement- Completed January 2018- $1,074,073.00 KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Presidential Meadows sec.13- Completed December 2017- $1,724,637 KB Home Lone Star Inc.- Presidential Meadows sec.7-Completed November 2017- $133,874 City of Temple—Crossroads Park—Completed September 2017 $5,526,000 City of Georgetown-Sidewalk Construction along I-35 Completed September 2017-$631,65.25 City of Pflugerville - 1849 Park - Completed October 2017 $3,510,000 City of Cedar Park—Little Elm Trail Improvements- Completed January 2017 — $5,082,000.00 Bastrop County—Stony Point Wastewater—Completed February 2017 — $220,000.00 KB Home Lone Star inc. - Freeman Tract 3 Subdivision, Streets & Utilities. Completed March 2016 - $1,720,000 KB Home Lone Star inc. - Star Ranch Parcel 23 Subdivision, Streets & Utilities. Completed October 2015 - $2,855,000 City of Leander- Bagdad Road Sidewalk Construction. Completed April 2016 - $584,000 Luminant Kosse Mine—Coal Mine Surface Reclamation Project ongoing Our workman's compensation modifier is 0.68. Our total equipment value owned to date is $7,000,000. We currently have 150 employees, completed over 175 Bonded jobs to date and have been in the construction business for 15 years. If you need any more information please let us know. Thank you, Patin Construction LLC PATIN CONSTRUCTION LLC AVAILABLE EQUIPMENT - OWNED Equipment Year Make Air Compressor 2001 Ingram Rand Air Compressor 2000 John Deere Articulated Truck Volvo Articulated Truck Volvo Backhoe 2006 John Deere Backhoe Backhoe 2012 John Deere Backhoe Backhoe 2006 John Deere BH Load Blade Motor Grader 2006 John Deere Blade Blade Motor Grader 2013 John Deere Blade Motor Grader 2015 John Deere Compactor 1989 Caterpillar Compactor Vibratory 2014 Bomag Roller Curb Machine 2003 Gomaco Curb Mach Dozer 2015 John Deere Bulldozer Dozer Caterpillar Excavator Hitachi Excavator 2010 Komatsu Excavator Excavator 2008 Komatsu Excavator Excavator 2013 Caterpillar Excavator 2017 Volvo Excavator mini 2018 Volvo Fork Lift 2000 Harlo GPS 2015 Topcon ASSY, MCR3 SGL GPS 2015 Topcon GX-55 SINGLE GPS GPS 2015 Topcon Hiper V Dual GD GPS 2015 Topcon MC2 Dozer GPS GPS 2015 Topcon Hiper V Base &Rover GPS 2017 Topcon FC-5000 Atom GEO GPS 2017 Topcon Dual GD FH915 GPS 2018 Topcon Hiper V Base Receiver GPS 2018 Topcon Robotic Total Station GPS 2017 Topcon Hiper V Dual GD FH91 GPS 2018 Single GPS GPS 2018 Assembly GPS 2018 Hiper V Dual FH91 Hoe Ram Allied Hoe Ram No brand Hydraulic hammer Hoe Ram No brand Hydraulic hammer Loader 2007 Komatsu Loader Loader Komatsu Loader Loader 2016 Volvo Wheel Loader Loader 2017 Volvo Mower Cub Cadet Pressure Washer Hotsy Carlson Pressure Washer Hotsy Carlson Roller 2004 Bomag Sheeps Hoof 1 OF 2 PATIN CONSTRUCTION LLC AVAILABLE EQUIPMENT - OWNED Equipment Year Make Roller 2006 Bomag Roller Roller 2004 Bomag Roller Roller 1998 Ingram Roller Shaker Buckett 2017 TAG Manufacturing Skid Steer 2007 Cat Skid Steer Skid Steer Skid Steer Skid Steer 2013 Cat Survey 2017 Leica Geo Systems 5 Second R500 Survey Equipment Viva & Leica Captivate Trac Water Wagon 2012 CAT W00 Water Tank 2015 Niece Husqvarna Saw 2016 Husqvarna (Yamner engine) 2OF2 ►Jimmy Patin of Patin Construction 3800 W 2nd Street Taylor, TX 76574 Phone: 512-269-1071 Website: www.patinconstruction.com Current Status - Vice President and 50% Owner in Patin Construction - Field Operations / Estimating have thirty-six years in the Central Texas Commercial Construction Industry. My experience has provided me with a thorough understanding of all aspects of construction work and the ability to succeed in a high pressure environment. I started Patin Construction LLC in March 2007 ► Our goal is to safely provide quality work and stability for our employees, clients and community. ► We currently have over 150 employees that perform Site Work, Utilities and Concrete Work for the State of Texas, Local Counties, Central Texas Cities as well as Private Customers Our workman's compensation modifier is 0.76. ► Our total equipment value owned is $9,000,000 / We have completed over 220 Bonded jobs to date. / We have performed Reclamation Services at Kosse Mine for 5 years. - V Todd A. Keltgen 250 Adina Church Road .. Thrall, Texas 76578 (512)-923-9270 kelt ent ,yahoo.com BACKGROUND INFORMATION I am an efficient and motivated Transportation Construction Project Manager with proven sound business sense and extensive experience in the Transportation Construction and Operations, staff supervision and hiring, implementing administrative policies,design and construction of transportation systems. I have keen logistical, analytical and problem-solving skills which can be of immense value to the Transportation construction field. My involvement in the areas of Transportation Engineering, Planning and Construction Management along with the management of the Operations and Maintenance division have uniquely position me to use my 32 years of experience and knowledge in the construction of public and private infrastructure. PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE PATIN CONSTRUCTION LLC Current Construction Proiect Manager Key Responsibilities: • Ensure timely execution of all phases of multi-faceted construction and/or rehabilitation projects for Public infrastructure from inception to completion. Coordinates the construction of transportation or utility projects; to include storm water,water,wastewater and dry utility facilities.Work involves coordinating and or attending project meetings;reviewing plan specifications for assigned projects;reviewing and maintaining schedules for each project assigned;and coordinating construction processes for assigned projects. • Establishing, reviewing and maintaining schedules for each project assigned; Performs support and project management by attending and managing project related meetings including construction progress meetings;handles other meetings including pre-bid,bid openings,and pre-construction meetings. • Performs construction phase monitoring by conducting regular construction site visits of existing projects to provide technical oversight; works closely and successfully with the assigned Construction Inspector; investigates construction problems and situations;assists in resolving and coordinating solutions. • Reviews,negotiates,and recommends change orders and or quantity adjustments; monitors quality and progress of sub-contractors,and dry utility providers. CITY OF ROUND ROCK 1996 to 2018 �- Transportation Operations Manager Key Responsibilities: ■ Directing a major functional area of the Transportation Department (Project Development, Project Management, Street Division Operations,Drainage Division Operations and Vehicle Maintenance Facility Operations)and manage highly complex and multi-disciplinary activities. ■ Managed the implementation of the Building and Facilities maintenance division and managed the day to day operations of the division. Developed the annual maintenance contracts for the City of Round Rock's assets as well as the Janitorial contracts needed for City of Round Rock's Facilities. (2001-2003) Page 11 ■ Exercise considerable independence in working with department heads and division managers of other City departments on problems relating to Transportation activities. Work involves representing major program areas of the department in liaison activities and coordinating special projects across divisions. ■ Work assignments are broad in scope and require the use of independent judgment and initiative in making technical • and managerial decisions of considerable difficulty. • Direct divisions and responsibilities,which may include street and sidewalk maintenance,flood control,Commercial Franchise agreements for refuse collection,street sweeping,traffic signal maintenance,parking lot maintenance and the Fleet Maintenance Division and serve as a Project Manager of CIP,GO Bond and General fund projects. ■ Plan work programs, manage employees, develop and control budgets, and develop and implement policies and procedures for assigned divisions;and performs other related work as assigned. CITY OF ROUND ROCK 1995 to 1996 Street and Drainage Superintendent Key Responsibilities: ■ Managed, directed, and coordinated the activities of the Street & Drainage Division; I coordinated maintenance activities with other City divisions and departments. I directed the work groups and responsibilities,which included street,sidewalk maintenance and flood control. CITY OF ROUND ROCK 1986 to 1995 Street Department Key Responsibilities: I began my career with the City of Round Rock as a Laborer in the Street Department and within this nine-year period I moved from this entry level position to a Senior Maintenance worker in the Drainage section of the Street Department. This equipped me with the training and expertise to perform a variety of semi-skilled and skilled tasks in the construction, maintenance, and/or repair of City streets, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, gutters, drainage easements,storm drains,signs,striping,brush chipping,paving and the maintenance of right of ways and easements. AFFILIATIONS • Served as President of the Central Texas Chapter to the American Public Works Association • Member of the American Public Works Association • Member of the International Municipal Signal Association PROFESSIONAL TRAINING/ EDUCATION Texas Department of Transportation • Local Government Project Procedures certified 2018 Federal Emery Management Agency Page 12 • Incident Command System 2006 • Single Recourses and Initial Action Incidents 2006 • National Incident Management System 2006 • National Response Plan 2006 • Hazard Mitigation(G170) 2002 University of Virginia Weldon Cooper Center for Public Service • LEAD Training 2004 I International Municipal Signal Association • Traffic Signal Preventive Maintenance 2001 • NEMA Cabinet Trouble Shooting 2001 ` • Traffic Signal Certification (Traffic Signal Inspector) 2001 t • Traffic Signal Certification (Work Zone Safety) 2000 • Traffic Signal Certification (Signal Tech) 2000 t Texas A&M University Texas Engineering Extension Service • Traffic Signal Cabinet Systems 2001 { • Trouble Shooting Traffic Signal Control Systems 2000 t • Traffic Signal Electronics 1999 I • Street Maintenance 1988 Round Rock High School 1982 LINTEREST AND ACTIVITIES Family,hunting, fishing, hiking, sports and traveling L REFERENCES LAvailable on request L Page 13 i r 00200 BID BOND r INSURANCE GROUP Surety r December 1, 2021 RE: Patin Construction LLC To Whom It May Concern: We are pleased to confirm our surety relationship with Patin Construction, LLC. Harco National f Insurance Company (HARCO), as surety, considers Patin Construction, LLC a valued surety client and hold them in our highest regard. f Over its years in business, Patin Construction, LLC has developed an impressive portfolio of isuccessfully completed construction projects. They have been awarded projects through competitive hard bid and direct negotiation and have delivered these projects via the traditional method whether general contractor or subcontractor. Patin Construction, LLC has always performed their obligations satisfactorily. Subject to normal underwriting considerations and upon satisfactory review of contract terms and I documents, HARCO will be prepared to provide bonding support for Patin Construction, LLC. l HARCO has provided a $10MM single / $35MM aggregate surety program for Patin Construction, LLC. Of course, higher limits could be considered. As always, HARCO reserves the rights to perform underwriting at the time of any bond request including, without limitations, prior review and approval of relevant contract documents, bond forms and project financing. This letter is intended to be a bonding reference. It is not an assumption of liability, nor is it to be construed as a bid, performance or payment bond. HARCO is licensed to do business in the State of Texas and has an A.M. Best Rating of A- (Excellent), Size Group XI ($750 Million to $1 Billion), a Governmental Treasury Listing in excess of $63,162,000. Our home address is 4200 Six Forks Road, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609. We hold Patin Construction, LLC in the highest possible regard and it is our pleasure and privilege to recommend them for your consideration. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, Steven E. White Manager— Houston Regional Office l r BID BOND r. THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Patin Construction, LLC of the City of Taylor County of Williamson State of Texas as Principal, and Harco National Insurance C'onnany authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK,TEXAS("Owner"), in the penal sum of Five Percent(5%)of the total amount of the Bid of the Principal submitted to the Owner, for the Work described below; for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made, and the said Principal and Surety do herby bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,as follows: In no case shall the liability of the Surety hereunder exceed the sum of( Five-Percent of Greatest Amount Bid Dollars($ ). THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas, the Principal has submitted the above-referenced Bid to the Owner, for construction of the Work under the "Specifications for Construction of Heritage Trail West Project for which Bids are to be opened at the office of Owner on the 15th day of December ,20 22 NOW,THEREFORE,if the Principal is awarded the Contract,and within the time and manner required under the"Instructions to Bidders,"after the prescribed forms are presented to her/him for signature,enters into a written Agreement substantially in the form contained in the Bid Documents, in accordance with the Bid, and files the two (2) bonds with the Owner, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. If, however, Principal fails to enter into a written Agreement with the Owner in accordance with the Bid or Principal and Surety fail to timely deliver to Owner the performance and payment bonds required by the Bid Documents, Surety within five (5)business days after receipt of a written demand from Owner shall pay to Owner the full penal sum of this Bid Bond, subject to the limitation described herein. In the event that suit is brought upon this Bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument on this the 15th day of the month of December 20 22 . Patin Construction, LLC Harco National Insurance Company Pr'r ipal s Surety J I YVNY�^J �/'C��Vim. Kenneth Nitsche Printe Name Printed Name By: By:_ ntlO� Title. Title: Attorney-In-Fact Ad ss: 3800 W.2nd Street Address: One Newark Center,20th Floor Taylor,TX 76574 Newark,NJ 07102 00200 4-2020 Page 1 Bid Bond 00443638 r Resident Agent of Surety, Signature Kenneth Nitsche Printed Name 143 E. Austin Street Address Giddings, TX 78942 City, State,Zip I L L. Page 2 L 00200 4-2020 Bid Bond 00443638 Bond# "'A POWER OF ATTORNEY HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY Member companies of IAT Insurance Group, Headquartered: 702 Oberlin Road, Raleigh, North Carolina 27605 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois,and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey,and having their principal offices located respectively in the cities of Rolling Meadows, Illinois and Newark,New Jersey,do hereby constitute and appoint GARY A. NITSCHE, VIOLET J. FROSCH, NINA K. SMITH, KENNETH NITSCHE, ROBERT K. NITSCHE, CRAIG T. PARKER, ROBERT JAMES NITSCHE Giddings, TX their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule,regulation, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply,to all intents and purposes,as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by their regularly elected officers at their principal offices. This Power of Attorney is executed,and may be revoked,pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and is granted under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 13th day of December,2018 and by the Board of Directors of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting held on the 13th day of December,2018. "RESOLVED, that (1) the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, or Secretary of the Corporation shall have the power to appoint,and to revoke the appointments of,Attorneys-in-Fact or agents with power and authority as defined or limited in their respective powers of attorney, and to execute on behalf of the Corporation and affix the Corporation's seal thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other written obligations in the nature thereof or related thereto, and (2)any such Officers of the Corporation may appoint and revoke the appointments of joint-control custodians, agents for acceptance of process, and Attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute waivers and consents on behalf of the Corporation, and(3)the signature of any such Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation's seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, contract of indemnity or other written obligation in the nature thereof or related thereto, such signature and seals when so used whether heretofore or hereafter, being hereby adopted by the Corporation as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Corporation,to be valid and binding upon the Corporation with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN WITNESS WHEREOF,HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents on this 31st day of December,2018 EUTr t �y 1t�s�9-0 STATE OF NEW JERSEY STATE OF ILLINOIS O� '.�vOR "•�t, ��` County of Essex County of Cook SEAL Z o tea S �954 Q'•. ve Kenneth Chapman '•,ti *'• Tr .,• Executive Vice President,Harco National Insurance Company and International Fidelity Insurance Company On this 31 st day of December,2018 before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument,to me personally known,and, being by me duly sworn,said he is the therein described and authorized officer of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY,that the seals affixed to said instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies;that the said Corporate Seals and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies. x"11 I"' IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal,at the City of Newark, E;p New Jersey the day and year first above written. Z OTA '�,FW JER`��•`� Shirelle A.Outley a Notary Public of New Jersey My Commission Expires April 4,2023 CERTIFICATION 1,the undersigned officer of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit,and the copy of the Sections of the By-Laws of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney,with the originals on file in the home office of said companies,and that the same are correct transcripts thereof,and of the whole of the said originals,and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand on this day, December 15,2022 A00134 / Irene Martins,Assistant Secretary f f f I f 00300 PROPOSAL FORM Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services PROPOSAL FORM - PROJECT NAME: Heritage Trail West PROJECT LOCATION: 750 Chisholm Trail Road PROJECT OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: 12-15-2022 PROPOSER: Firm Name: Patin Construction LLC Principal Office Address: 3800 W. 2nd Street, Taylor, TX 76574 Telephone Number: 512-269-1071 Facsimile Number: N/A Primary Contact Name: Tim Patin Primary Contact Title: President ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT: The undersigned Proposer acknowledges receipt of the following addenda. Addendum No. 1 dated 11-30-2022 Date Received 11-30-2022 Addendum No. 2 dated 12-1-2022 Date Received 12-1-2022 Addendum No. 3 dated Date Received Addendum No. 4 dated Date Received NO MODIFICATIONS,ADDITIONS,DELETIONS OR ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO THIS PROPOSAL FORM. IN SUBMITTING THIS PROPOSAL, THE PROPOSER REPRESENTS THAT ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK, AS WELL AS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT, SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON WHICH THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED. �- CONTRACTOR PROPOSES: r In response to the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services for the execution of the work described by the contract documents for the above-described project, and having examined the site where the work is to be performed,and being familiar with local conditions as they might in any way affect the cost and/or time for execution of the work, and having carefully examined all of the r- I contract documents and addenda thereto, the undersigned Proposer agrees to perform all of the work, to provide all services,to furnish all necessary superintendence,labor,machinery,equipment,tools,materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, including transportation and other facilities as may be required for the complete and satisfactory and timely execution of the work for which this proposal is submitted,as provided by the attached supplemental specifications and as shown on the plans for the construction of the project, all for the lump-sum consideration stated as follows: TOTAL PROPOSED CONTRACT SUM: � IN- fEEr+ MtLL_IVr' .Five- MvNpQfD TMb � sp''� Dollars($ �� � 600� 000 00 ) r PROPOSED ALTERNATE COSTS: Alternate No. 1: Contractor to include as an alternate price to the Total Proposed Contract Amount the cost fto ADD the following: E TOTAL ALTERNATE No. 1 SUM: N/A Dollars($ ) Alternate No. 2: Contractor to include as an alternate price to the Total Proposed Contract Amount the cost to ADD the following: TOTAL ALTERNATE No. 2 SUM: N/A Dollars ($ ) Alternate No. 3: Contractor to include as an alternate price to the Total Proposed Contract Amount the cost to ADD the following: TOTAL ALTERNATE No.3 SUM: l N/A Dollars ($ ) L LVOLUNTARY ALTERNATE SUM: (Attach description on separate sheet if needed) N/A Dollars ($ LThe undersigned Proposer agrees to commence work within ten (10)days after the date of written "Notice to Proceed." The undersigned Proposer further agrees to complete the work in full within 480 calendar days after the date of the written"Notice to Proceed," subject to any extensions of time allowed by the contract documents, and in phases as indicated on the drawings. The undersigned Proposer and the Owner agree that for each and every calendar day on which the work, or any portion thereof, remains incomplete after the stated calendar-day period, the Proposer shall pay the amount of Two Thousand Five L Hundred Dollars($2,500.00)per calendar day as liquidated damages,not as a penalty but for delay damages to the Owner. Such amount shall be deducted by the Owner from any payment due to the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer agrees that this proposal shall be good for and may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty(120) calendar days after closing deadline for receiving proposals. The undersigned Proposer agrees, if notified of the acceptance of this proposal within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the time set for opening of proposals, to execute and deliver to the Owner within five(5) days from the date of such notification the required construction contract, a performance bond and a payment bond for the total amount of the construction agreement, and a certificate of insurance, all as stipulated in the contract documents. The undersigned Proposer agrees to attach to this proposal a certified check, cashier's check or proposal bond in the amount of five percent(5%) of the total proposed contract sum. Also accompanying this proposal is all information required in the"Instruction to Proposers." It is understood and agreed by and between the parties that the proposal security accompanying this proposal will be returned to the Proposer, except in the following instance: in the event of acceptance of this proposal, if the Proposer fails to execute the required construction agreement and deliver the required performance and payment bonds within five (5) days after acceptance, then the proposal security shall become the property of the Owner and shall be considered as liquidated damages for the delay and other inconveniences suffered by the Owner because of such failure of the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals covered in this Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and that the Owner has the right to waive any informalities and/or defects in proposals or to accept such proposals as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owner. In submitting this proposal, the Proposer represents that no person or company other than the Proposer listed below or otherwise indicated hereinafter has any interest whatsoever in this proposal or the construction agreement that may be entered into as a result hereof. lThe undersigned Proposer certifies that the proposed contract sum and all prices contained in this proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The undersigned Proposer further certifies that the unit prices have been shown in words and figures for each item listed in this proposal; and it is understood and agreed that, in the event of a discrepancy, the words shall govern. The undersigned Proposer affirms that she/he/they are duly authorized to execute this proposal,and that this company, corporation, firm, partnership, and/or individual has not prepared this proposal in collusion with any other Proposer. The undersigned Proposer affirms that the content of this proposal as to prices, terms, and conditions has not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any agents or employees of the undersigned to any other person engaged in this type of business, prior to the official public opening of this proposal. This Proposal Form shall be signed by the Proposer as follows: J. Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name, and printed title (if any). Insert the printed words "Sole l_ t^ Proprietor" under the signature. K. Partnership or Joint Venture: Signature of all partners or joint venturers in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name,and printed title (if any). Insert the printed words "Partner" or"Joint Venturer"under each signature. L. Corporation: Signature of duly authorized signing officers,printed names,and printed titles. Under each such signature, insert the capacity in which the signing officer acts. Affix the corporate seal. Signa re of rop ser j ,MMy Name of Proposer- Printed , I CE' Pecs ►n E►J Title Patin Construction LLC Name of Firm 3800 W. 2nd Street, Taylor, TX 76574 Address of Firm 512-269-1071 Telephone Number of Firm l N/A Facsimile Number of Firm [Corporate Seal, if a corporation] L L ACKNOWLEDGMENT THE STATE OF XAS § r § COUNTY OF § SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this the day of the month of 2022, in the c city and for the urposes indicated. PA4IAER o a' ublic State of Texas `* YVONK 21310 ' PlotarY ID 1267 f My `",• ;; August29, y Commission Expires: Z I l l L L 1. L I 00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY EXPERIENCE L Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 Solicitation Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract _ Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410 - Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. Company Name: Patin Construction LLC Address: 3800 W. 2nd Street, Taylor, TX 76574 Phone: 512-269-1071 Completed by: Tim Patin Date: 12-15-2022 1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? x❑Yes ❑No 2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? ❑x Yes ❑No 3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? ®Yes ❑No 4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past ❑Yes [�rNo three years? 5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15, or 7.6 for SIC 16, C Yes ❑No or less over the past three years? Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years. 6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the following Areas? A. Scaffolding dyes []No ❑N/A B. Excavation dYes []No ❑N/A C. Cranes Yes ❑No ❑N/A D. Electrical 9Yes ❑No ❑N/A E. Fall Protectiontyes es ❑No ❑N/A F. Confined Spaces [:]No ❑N/A I hereby certify that the above information is true and correct. Signature Title -. Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.0112004) Year 2021 10 Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department of Labor _._..r.__ «wwuona S.bry..it Holm Aamiel.wuw, All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page,even it no injuries or illnesses occurred dormo the year. Remember to review the Lw to verify that the entries are complete -- Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had nu cases write"0" Employees former employees,and thew representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300,n your establishment name Patin Construction,LLC. its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 1904.35.in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms, Street 3800 W 2nd Street - w.,,�>„�,:. s1°L ".. ..,,.,.... _.,.... :..-.e �...__,...,_ ..,.:,.y...:... w... City Taylor State Texas Zip 76574 Numberof Cases Industry description(e.g,Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable awav from work restriction cases Standard IAdustnal ificati C).if kn7o(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 1 0 0 1! (G 1 H) (I I (J) OR North Amencan Industnal Classdication( A1C f known(e.g.,336212) Number of Days"-.. Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from lob transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 146 Total hours worked by all employees last 113 0 year ,_��r' 5,279.16 (K) Ll InJury 8 111ness Types Sign n here ` Total number Of... Knowingly falsifying this document m4 result In a fine. (M) (1) Imury 1 (4) Poisoninq 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearmcl Loss 0 I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate.and (3) Respiratory complete. Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 Tim Patin President Company executive Title 512.269-1071 tn2022 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden V this collection of information is estimated to average 58 minutes per response,Including lime to review the instructoin search and gather the data nae-de0,and complete and review the edledlori of information. Persons we not rawad to respond to the collection of information ur tess it displays a wnently valid OMB axlbd number. If you have any connrtwnts about Reese estimates or any aspects of this data collection.curilwt US Department nl I;4xv nSHA nfMw nl tilafir—Rmm N..V,44 201)(...l.I.11.—A-NW Warr -nr 21111() f1n rxN:aN Irw rmyiMrwt tnrms in INc nlfirN OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2020 <<"> Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses OccupeUonel Salary U.S.Nty admentofLabor MuIN AdminlatraUon Form approved OMB no 1219-0176 All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page,even if no injuries or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the Individual enures you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment Information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"0." Employees former employees,and their representatives Neve the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name Patin Construction LLC. its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 1904.35,in OSHA's Recdrdkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these farms. Street 3800 W.2nd Street City Taylor State Texas Zip 76574 Industry description(e.g.,Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),H known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 1 0 _ (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),If known(e.g.,336212) 1_ 7 7 1 0 0 Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 45 ..,,.H, Total hours worked by all employees last 0 16 year 3255.57 (K) LI Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may re/.It In a fine. (M) (1) Injury 1 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge Ne entries are we,accurate,and complete. Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 John P.Cannon CSHO SSH Safety Director Company executive Trtie 214-287.8131 1152021 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting Widen for this collection of information is estimated lo average 58 minutes per response,inducting Vine to review Vie insVuctkxl,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review to cdlectlon of information.Persons are not required to respond to if*collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB coil number.If you have any comments about these estunales a any aspects of this data mlledim,contact:US Depannarl of Labs.OSHA Office of Stab&k:s.Room N-3644.200 Constitution Ave,NW.Waehnoton.DC 20210.Do rat sand the comdeled tamc totills otf. r r r [ r .1 1 1 1 1 1 a 1 Attention:This form contains information relating Io OSHA's Form 300 iRev 01 2001, employee health and must be used in a manner that protects the confidentiality of employees to the extern Year 20_ ,A, L possible while the Information Is being used for U.S. 21 Department of Labor Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses occupational safely and health purposes. 000nYatlaU.nal Safetyepa r+irrienealth drrf Labor .'C:.n1'JSt r?CClC rntelmar. !t aOc7t eoefy:1C7x daiZfeD caatt,ax am-r ,a•,ar,:vcrx-reiatec+:. urr Dr mows that rnvcr,es icss cy ccnsctcusr.es3.restncred.vcrx activity oleo+ransief, .!a�3 ana>tr:f!i:tier!!,of^!eCia;ai;eat.:.rf;D2yC!•C 11r5f 2f L' `Ctr n?uS1 arae IecerC%gni Cann:yck-retereo lr:iunes anc illnesses tit ate oia,ncsea dry a phys;cian cr Arenseo neairn \ J .;are wuess;crxi '!c:,!^::st else reccr•7 oyCrx-raarec;rysr.rs ane illnesses+liar meet any c!me spectrk:race,lit,citrerra tiered+n 23 CFR Farr 1304.3 mrc.gn 1904 12 Fee;tree rc .,se P,,c lines rcr a sir,te case a yc:,need is 'Ctj ccmolere an,n:n,am iiiness irrcrdrenr R r r a"•r I�JL, 4 abet OSHA Ferm 70r;Cr edurelBnl term rcr eacr+try ry cr tilt ass recctced cn+roe :crm r!yeti r2 ncl Swe:vnerrkl!a case rS re:::,rdaole.Call vcor!Cc21 XS-,;cihce ret nerd _.• /- ir+'f---- --- Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case (A) (8) (()) (D) (� (F) Enter the number of Cast Em l(5) tome tib tide days the tolured or Check the`lnJLW column or p ) Date of injury Where the event occurred Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, til worker was: choose one type of illness; no. �,.,•., I1;Ll,r or onset and objea.substance that directly injured - of illness or grade peraon ill(.•.�.,Srr r.ad dr�ue Inun.,., ftemalned at Work (M) 3 ^,Irr j..r.,rnrs n.........t•l.•nr r..nh! away 001ob I)."away Job vaster other record. from transfer or d - D.adh t—work or resvfetlon ade uses work re s,=c ^ _ Tn (a) (H) (-1)y/ �) (K) L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (s) (e) J!t./ \_ JL� ""_' �"�— ! /,. _ JLY.. tc�lT_/_I "[—��� ❑ ❑ 40 ❑ Q d.ls deli i_ a ' t0 tr.�t %9b�;i r ,-�1L �, a _ ❑ ❑ ❑ -_ _- _ .---�--_ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ _—dar. —_dm - __.____-__-. -_..-._ __ __— ___—..____--._--__._---- ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ _—den r.. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ day, d,•.a , -- --- ---- ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ da.: —dar. = r n - - ------- ---- ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ - -da,: _—d., - - - _— _----_-- ---- —_ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ —.-_lova —dar - - - - - -- '---------.-_- —'---- �.---' --- ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ---da-:. dna - - �- r•l",b - - - - - - - Page totals Piddk r:n.:la.rvkc 4m:L•r...dk.alit.9u:4nru:an:n..ama:.d:.,a.au:elltnu•.cc+r.rn . ....:JmWs:tur.:.,n:n,. ddS.d2 rui�Y:PJ SrtSe?tlr3rs Rr.'rd S..nl/':dP:N" Fbn: CAr LtT?'ap:^ -a..ae r 1 � :1ac.:n,.:e.r....alit:.u:d-:a:L•.r:h..L:.c.�d..l..rd...w r4:c y:d n...w dx.nl4.:wv:.. d r _ 1 to:hnna:wn.ftr..r.+r.c• r.gmr.d ? ?: i F = t .. .I'n:.Ise:Lv..dkre :•vici•nw:r.r.m:k...o Jo-pin.+a urcnral..ald u�IH..•r:nd nuud.,It1.•a..0 un....• al.rn::F..+..:ntu:...a ac.n:h.r.til..:...t:I:r.d,:,...lk.ano..nc:.::l-.a lkluururr.:.q Lda.c tial 1.\tole...i ran•:a ai 1 j ` V:alwa.R•,n\..4.IL..nrLn:.:mra.u.4.ru..],Y.11'a.l:u:ytna,[a.:tir_•In U.nn:„lid9:.•..rnpkecd it.. 78. , A (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (R-, 0112004) Year 20L!�_ Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses sboau"„„ sie-'Pd#"S'IMAd,,i,�','�� All establishments covered h Pert 1904 must complete this Summa --- ------ - -- __ -- -- - y p Summary nape!,conn it no tvark�relaferi irryleMs t1r illnessrts ar:r.1 artwi dtnirlp the year Rw.nemhar to review fha Lap to verity that the enures are complete and accurate before completing tris summery. Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category.Then write the totals below,making sure you've added the entries from every page of the Log.It you Establishment information pith, co, �• had no cases,write'0.' roar 111 Carl Employess,former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in its entirety.They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or „aarl,nnt.ne _ ✓Vo �• ` its equivalent.See 29 CFR Part 7904.35,in OSHA's recordkeeping carie.Idr further details on the access provisions la!hese forms. 0 S[rrct � City ov- state X zip�/ Number of Cases Total number of Total number of Total number of Total number of Industrydescription(eg ojanan rrworrnr Eraikn) deaths cases with days cases with job other reg ordable /-� away from work transfer or restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC).iflotoavu(eg,3715) (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industnal Classiftcatioa(NAICS).ifimossn(e.g..336-112) Number of Days -- -- -- Total number of days away Total number of days of job Employment infortnation t1l y—dent ham drufipw.caro dr fromwork transfer or restriction j tit i lrrr,ridrbadr„fdrupPgero ii,,,.rr..) OAnnual.-g,number rA employees (K) ! Taal hours ssorked by all em plo}m last year .2_q!,injury and Illness Types (J 6 Sign here Total number of. Knowingly falsifving this document may result in■fine. (M) (1)Injuries (4)Poisonings (` loss 1 cemiy dui 1 h, tr amen[and that to the best of my (5)Hearing _ wle true,accunte, complete. (2)Skin disorders (6)All other illnesses _L_ r Am 5 ,/ (3)Respiratory conditions _� ,, ----- fig A a 1 --- Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form. h..hh, q., ...4 ln.rdari nn ilia..•�Il..ri.ni,.l uu.,rn.a�n in....ii,�.nad�„a..ra4a ilk n�n,.aa..l.ar r ra.l,.,ru..i i.I,irlin4 111-u r,,r.:.—iii.ni.rnn re,n.,-1111 a d uarfn�r hire tiara n.,:dul,acrd ri r..mpler.:uul realaw rhe a41c,.. .,f nd..rnrnn.,..firo.nn arc n..r rupnnrl n.roynrul n,rtra.ullaan...of infiauur4 car mike.a dwpl4r.a urrrendv salid Uatfl...... muda•r.if aoa luw ana .,nnaranr.Anna dnx•cenuwo.r wn wine iyn,u.,f rin.dap u,llcrriun....nr c1:�Clparturcur,.I Lnln.r,(sylU(MFre of&an.rual.Walcen,R.era W fill,-041(uu...ru.,m Arcnue.N%V. lya.heranxr,D(:LNry le.D:n.,e<ml d..onu l4cmd enure m dn.,.ai.o 00500 AGREEMENT City of Round Rock, Texas Contract Forms Standard Form of Agreement: Section 00500 City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor AGREEMENT made as of the Twenty Seventh (27)day of February in the year 20 23 . BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock,Texas(hereafter"Owner"or"City") 221 East Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 and the Contractor Patin Construction LLC ("Contractor") 3800 W. 2nd Street Taylor,TX 76574 The Project is described as: Heritage Trail West Project,including but not limited to construction of concrete trail,site amenities,masonry, signage.electrical,restroom facility,structural bridges,etc. The Engineer is: Brandon Hay, PLA Halff Associates, Inc. 13620 Briarwick Drive, Suite 100 Austin,Texas 78729 For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 00500 4-2020 Page 1 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 r ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT; DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner. 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within ten ( 10 ) calendar days from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this Agreement no later than four hundred eight ( 480 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than our hundred eighty 480 ) calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,Contractor shall pay to Owner,as liquidated damages, the sum of Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars(S 2,500.00 ) for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement and is not a penalty. It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure, which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas,provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of moving and occupancy dates, is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation. It is hereby agreed that if Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) is not achieved on or before thirty(30)days after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than four hundred eighty (480 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's full and complete performance of the Work and all of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement. The Contract Sum shall be nineteen million five hundred thousand and no cents (S 19,500,000.00 ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form? No X Yes !f yes,please provide details below: N/A 00500 4-2020 Page 2 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor,and Certificates for Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner and/or Owner's lender,Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner, and Engineer issues a Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth (10th) day of a month, Owner shall make payment to Contractor of amounts approved by the Owner not later than the tenth(10th)day of the next month. If an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by Owner not later than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment. The Owner shall not have any obligation to pay any amount covered by the Engineer's Certificate for Payment that is disputed by the Owner. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require.This schedule,unless objected to by Engineer or Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to Contractor when: .1 Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work, and to satisfy other requirements,if any,which extend beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer and approved by the Owner. 5.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of Engineer's final Certificate for Payment. In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty(30) days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed. Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment shall be treated as non-conforming Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment,and shall not be treated as warranty items. ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owner or Contractor as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions. 00500 4-2020 Page 3 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 4 w 6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 7.1.1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor,as modified. 7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as modified. 7.1.3 The Supplementary, Special,and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2022 7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2022 7.1.5 The Drawings,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2022 7.1.6 The Insurance&Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2022 7.1.7 The Notice to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form, and Addenda,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2022 7.1.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 03000,"Federally Required Contract Clauses, as modified. 7.1.9 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: N/A ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of any document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2 Owner's representative is: Katie Baker,PLA 301 West Bagdad, Suite#250 Round Rock.Texas 78664 kbaker a,roundrocktexas.¢ov 8.3 Contractor's representative is: Todd Keltgen Project Manager, 512-923-9270 3800 W. 2nd Street,Taylor,TX 76574 todd a,patincon.com 8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten(10)days'written notice to the other party. " 00500 4-2020 Page 4 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 W 8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach. 8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor,subject to proper additions and deductions,all as provided in the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and Owner agrees to make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a commitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only. 8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner,both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that,in the event of any dispute over its meaning or application,this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly,and neither more strongly for nor against either party. 8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock,Texas, and if legal action is necessary by either party with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein,exclusive venue for same shall lie in Williamson County, Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and court decisions of the State of Texas. 8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding,including without limitation,any proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act(9 USC Section 1-14)or any applicable state arbitration statute. 8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two(2) original copies,of which one is to be delivered to Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR CITYO OUN CK,TEXAS Patin Construction L — Printed Name: /aia ae Printed Name: Tim atin Title o�l——I Title: President Date Signed: I% Z 'S Date Signed: z AT ST: Zo City Clerk FOR CITY,APPROVED AS TO FORM,,: Czl!0 City At orney 00500 4-2020 Page 5 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 00600 INSURANCE AND CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.: HSHNSU0832958 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: _ COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Patin Construction, LLC , of the City of Taylor , County of Williamson , and State of Texas , as Principal, and Harco National Insurance Company authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (Owner), in the penal sum of Nineteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents Dollars ($ 19,500,000.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered i to a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the day of , 20 to which the Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Heritage Trail West Project, including but not limited to construction of concrete trail, site amenities, masonry, signage, electrical, restroom facility,structural bridges, etc. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of,the Principal in performing the Work covered by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; 4 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond W 00443639 PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans, Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the work to be performed thereunder. If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of Principal's default,shall perform all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Owner, Surety does not commence to complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations, Owner shall have the right but not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event, Surety shall pay to Owner, upon demand,all costs,expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including a omey's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this Performance Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 23rd day of February 2023 . Patin Construction LLC Harco National Insurance Company Princi Surety `» Kenneth Nitsche Printed Name Printed Name By: !wv By:Title: Title: Attorney-In-Fact Address: 3800 W.2nd Street Address: One Newark Center,20th Floor Taylor,TX 76574 Newark, NJ 07102 Resident Agent of Surety: • Sigpature pylagA �� 1 s 4 Printed Name Kenneth Nitsche Street Address 143 E.Austin,Giddings TX 78942 ' City, State & Zip Code Page 2 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO.: HSHNSU0832958 THE STATE OF TEXAS § _ § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Patin Construction, LLC , of the City of Taylor , County of Williamson , and State of Texas , as Principal, and Harco National Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Nineteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents Dollars($ 19,500,000.00 ) for the payment whereof,well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS,the Principal has enter d into a certain written Agreement with the Owner, dated the Cj day of 1MR& 20�to which Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Heritage Trail West Project, including but not limited to construction of concrete trail, site amenities, masonry. signage. electrical. restroom facility.structural bridges. etc. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts,work, labor,equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00620 04-2020 Payment Bond 00437699 _ PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument - this 23rd day of February , 20 23 . Harco National Insurance Company Y Princi Surety j < A-.- Kenneth Nitsche Printed Name Printed Name 1--. By: By: --. ��7 �-- Title: Title: Attornev-in-Fact Address: IROO West 2nd Street Address: One-Newark Center, 20th Floor Taylor, TX 76574 Newark, NJ 07102 Resident Agent of Suretyi Signature Kenneth Nitsche Printed Name 143 E. Austin Street Address Giddings_ TX 78942 City, State & Zip Code Page 2 r, 006201-2020 Payment Bond 00090656 POWER OF ATTORNEY Bond# HSHNSU0832958 HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY Member companies of IAT Insurance Group, Headquartered: 702 Oberlin Road, Raleigh, North Carolina 27605 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois.and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and having their principal offices located respectively in the cities of Rolling Meadows, Illinois and Newark, New Jersey,do hereby constitute and appoint GARY A. NITSCHE, VIOLET J. FROSCH, NINA K. SMITH, KENNETH NITSCHE, ROBERT K. NITSCHE, CRAIG T. PARKER, ROBERT JAMES NITSCHE Giddings, TX their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes. as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by their regularly elected officers at their principal offices. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and is granted under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 13th day of December, 2018 and by the Board of Directors of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting held on the 13th day of December, 2018. "RESOLVED, that (1) the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, or Secretary of the Corporation shall have the power to appoint,and to revoke the appointments of,Attorneys-in-Fact or agents with power and authority as defined or limited in their respective powers of attorney, and to execute on behalf of the Corporation and affix the Corporation's seal thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other written obligations in the nature thereof or related thereto, and (2) any such Officers of the Corporation may appoint and revoke the appointments of joint-control custodians, agents for acceptance of process, and Attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute waivers and consents on behalf of the Corporation; and(3)the signature of any such Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation's seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, contract of indemnity or other written obligation in the nature thereof or related thereto, such signature and seals when so used whether heretofore or hereafter, being hereby adopted by the Corporation as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Corporation, to be valid and binding upon the Corporation with the same force and effect as though manually affixed" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents on this 31st day of December, 2018 EUT y/ ,�P�INSUg4 STATE OF NEW JERSEY STATE OF ILLINOIS O: PPOR4S�9! Count of Essex O / s Y County of Cook : Q; SEAL 0'.C3 SEAL Z - S s 1904 ' :v �9s4 �yd� �E0.g� o Kenneth Chapman - aby<<rNoN *aa. a;. Executive Vice President, Harco National Insurance Company and International Fidelity Insurance Company On this 31st day of December, 2018 before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument,to me personally known,and, being by me duly sworn, said he is the therein described and authorized officer of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY,that the seals affixed to said instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,that the said Corporate Seals and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies. 0,111'11"11 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Newark, .'10,111111" � A. . .. . i New Jersey the day and year first above written. 14 co ,°UAOr' �vJJ JEF�'��� Shirelle A.Outley a Notary Public of New Jersey ''I, fill% My Commission Expires April 4, 2023 CERTIFICATION I,the undersigned officer of HARCO NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit,and the copy of the Sections of the By-Laws of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney,with the originals on file in the home office of said companies, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof,and of the whole of the said originals,and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand on this day, February 23,2023 A00134 Irene Martins.Assistant Secretary IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informaci6n o para presentar una queja: You may contact Harco National Insurance Company Usted puede comunicarse con su Harco National at: Insurance Company al: 1-800-3334167 1-800-3334167 You may also write to: Harco National Insurance Usted tambien puede escribir a Harco National Company c/o IAT Surety at: Insurance Company c/o IAT Surety at: Attn: Claims Department Attn: Claims Department One Newark Center,20" Floor One Newark Center,2011 Floor Newark,NJ 07102 Newark,NJ 07102 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de to obtain information on companies,coverages, rights Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, or complaints at: coberturas,derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 P.O.Box 149104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512)490-1007 Fax: (512)490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.zov Web: www.tdi.texas.Qov E-mail: ConsumerProtection(a,tdi.texas.2ov E-mail: ConsumerProtection(&tdi.texas.p-ov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un or about a claim you should contact the agent or the reclamo,debe comunicarse con el agente o la compania company first. If the dispute is not resolved,you may primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa,puede entonces contact the Texas Department of Insurance. comunicarse con el departamento(TDI). ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU FIANZA DE GARANTIA: _ This notice is for information only and does not Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no become a part or condition of the attached document. se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date: 2/23/2023 TDI number required. Please refer to the PRODUCER: Texas Dept of Insurance website: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us/ The Nitsche Group 143 E. Austin Giddings,TX 78942 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE TDI Phone. E-mail: -- A LM Insurance Corporation 33600 INSURED: Patin Construction B Liberty Insurance Corporation 42404 3800 W.2nd Street _ C Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 Taylor,TX 76574 _ Phone: E-mail D First Liberty Insurance Corporation 33588 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the Insured named above is insured by the Companies listed above with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the types of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by the companies, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to the policies are noted below. CO TYPE OF POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR INSURANCE NUMBER DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 A T135Z91475227 10/25/2022 10/25/2023 PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. $ 2,000,000 PERSONAL&ADV.INJURY $ 1,000,000 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE(Any one fire) $ 500,000 MED. EXPENSE(Any one person) $ 10,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D AS6Z91475227 10/25/2022 10/25/2023 BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 B TH7Z91475227 10/25/2022 10/25/2023 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 WORKERS' COMPENSATION STATUTORY LIMITS $ AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 0001212733 06/03/2022 06/03/2023 DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DISEASE-EACH EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY BUILDERS' RISK INSURANCE OR INSTALLATION INSURANCE DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS/EXCEPTIONS The City of Round Rock is named as additional insured with respect to all policies except 'Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability' and 'Professional Liability'. Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or changed before the expiration date thereof,the issuing company will mail thirty(30)days written notice to the certificate holder named below. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City Manager SIGNATURE OF AGENT LICENSED IN STATE OF TEXAS City of Round Rock 221 E. Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 Typed Name: RJ. Nitsche License ID: 675985 Page 1 00650 10-2010 Certificate of Liability Insurance 00205796 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms General Conditions Section 00700 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Page Number& Title Number 1. DEFINITIONS.................................................................................................................................................2 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS.............................................................................................................................5 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE........................................................................7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS..........................................................................................................8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE............................................................................................................................10 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES.........................................................................................................16 7. OTHER WORK ..............................................................................................................................................24 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................................................................................25 9. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION...............................................................26 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK ............................................................................................................................27 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT............................................................................................................28 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.................................................................................................................31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................................................32 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION.................................................................................35 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION...........................................................................................39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION...............................................................................................................................41 17 RIGHT TO AUDIT......................................................................................................................... .. . ..... ....42 18. MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................................... .........43 00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions 00443641 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the term printed with initial capital letters or all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents: 1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement-Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500. f 1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation. E 1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid Documents-The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders,the bid form, the Contract f Documents and Addenda. 1.6 Calendar Day-Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER. t 1.7 Change Directive-A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the i change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order. 1.8 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER authorizing an addition,deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term. 1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents. 1 1.11 Contract Amount-The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Documents — Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Agreement, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders. j 1.13 Contract Time-The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When , any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four(24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. r 1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has r entered into the Contract. 00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions 1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement. The titles of"Architect/Engineer," "Architect"and "Engineer" used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as Engineer/Architect (E/A). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR. 1.17 Equal - The terms "equal" or"approved equal" shall have the same meaning. 1.18 Execution Date - Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. 1.20 Final Acceptance—The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued. 1.21 Final Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER. 1.22 Inspector-The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of the Work. 1.23 Legal Holidays 1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday Third Monday in January President's Day Third Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Veteran's Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve December 24 Christmas Day December 25 00700 04-2020 Page 3 General Conditions 1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday. 1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday. the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve holiday. 1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday. 1.24 Milestones -A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. t 1.25 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.26 OWNER—The City of Round Rock, Texas, a municipal corporation, home-rule city and political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee, officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project. 1.27 Owner's Representative -The designated representative of the OWNER. 1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following. introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements, Specifications, Drawings, Project Safety Manual, and Addenda. 1.31 Proposal— Proposal of Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Proposal Documents —The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal form. the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.33 Resident Prosect Representative - The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents. 1.35 Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. 1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but, in the OWNER's opinion, the Work has progressed to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and t occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion approved by the OWNER. i 00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions 1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work. 1.38 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub- subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work. 1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work. 1.40 Supplemental General Conditions -The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall be considered as remaining in full force and effect. 1.41 Supplier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.42 Time Extension Request-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER. 1.43 Work - The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven (7) hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and, in that event, a Working Day will be counted for each such day. 1.45 Working Times — Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts. Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein. 1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: Within ten (10) Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract. 2.2 Copies of Documents: The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise specified. 00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: The Contract Time(s) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement or in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be given at any time within sixty(60)Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless extended by written agreement of the parties. 2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference: .1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work. including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on Working Hours, .2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals; .3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule of values submitted by the CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned to any item or items, .4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent; .5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists, .6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures; .7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan, .8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities, .9 if applicable, a traffic control plan, .10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (Prior to Construction), and .11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the Work. 2.5 Preconstruction Conference: Prior to commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held. 00700 04-2020 Page 6 General Conditions 2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR The progress schedule must provide for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 2.7 Electronic Transmittals: 2.7.1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the OWNER, E/A, and CONTRACTOR may transmit, and shall except. Project-related correspondence, texts, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. 2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.1 Intent: 3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation): Change Orders Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date Signed Agreement Addenda to the Contract Documents Special Conditions Supplemental General Conditions General Conditions Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications Special Specifications Standard Technical Specifications Drawings (figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions) Project Safety manual, if applicable _ 3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: Prior to commencing the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work 00700 04-2020 Page 7 General Conditions or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: .1 Change Order. .2 Change Directive. 3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: .1 Field Order. .2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample. .3 Written interpretation or clarification. 3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of E/A or E/A's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 Availability of Lands: The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR, prior to the execution of the Agreement. has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact 00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR. 4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16. 4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines" means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and "One Call"and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them until written permission and permit to do so is granted.All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work, the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted. 4.3 Reference Points: Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER's opinion, are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet. All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work. 4.4 Hazardous Materials: 00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further disturbance of the materials. 4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER 4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE, OR TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code (2005) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER. OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. 5.2 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage: 5.2.1 Definitions .1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate'') - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. .2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the CONTRACTOR's/ person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER. .3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation, 00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. 5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of coverage. 5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. 5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the OWNER: .1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project, and .2 no later than seven (7)days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter. 5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. 5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 5.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project to: .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project, .2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project, .3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, 00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project, and b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, .5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter, .6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project, and .7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1 - 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. L 5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services r on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements: For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General Conditions. 5.3.1.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period. .2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing coverage. .3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of A- or better. 00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions .4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate City of Round Rock. 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664. .5 The "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. .6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage. .7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense, to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies .8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company as well as CONTRACTOR. .9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract. .10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of Insurance. .11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract .12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR. then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect OWNER's property. .13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR. 5.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A. b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B. Provide coverage in the following types and amounts: 00700 04-2020 Page 13 General Conditions .1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per occurrence and at least$100,000 property damage liability each accident. 5.3.1.3 Workers'Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two (2)copies of a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601. The minimum policy limits for Employers' Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows: a .1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000 r bodily injury by disease each employee. i 5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance. l The Policy shall contain the following provisions: i. a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts - relative to this Project. b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period. c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground (X, C & U) coverage. d) Independent Contractors coverage. e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503. f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010. f g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205. 1. h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404. Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows: i .1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence. r i 5.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER. OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted, coverage shall include transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. { 5.4 Bonds: 00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions 5.4.1 General. .1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. .2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10)days thereafter substitute another bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. .3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required, each shall be issued in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent. .4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond, OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination rights under the Contract Documents. 5.4.2 Performance Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond: no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Performance Bond, provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 55/o of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period. 5.4.3 Payment Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 5.4.2.3. 00700 04-2020 Page 15 General Conditions ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking. competent Superintendent on the Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if necessary when work is not in progress. 6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations, has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as evidence thereof. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re-testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 00700 04-2020 Page 16 General Conditions 6.2.4 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items 6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances: .1 "Approved Equal" If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item, in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its determination. .2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor. 6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. 6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "approved equal" or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any"approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any "approved equal" or substitute. 6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal" or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits against Suppliers for illegal price fixing. 6.3 Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: .1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect. 00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions .2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12. 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to, by Power of Attorney or otherwise, assign said Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER. 6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice. If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and E/A. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the OWNER or E/A to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 6.4.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's Representative through the CONTRACTOR. 6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten (10)Days after the CONTRACTOR's receipt of payment from the OWNER. 6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid. 00700 04-2020 Page 18 General Conditions 6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER 6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims, costs, losses, expenses and damages(including but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees), direct or indirect, arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith. The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense, with counsel of its own choosing, to any suit or claim of infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the OWNER. 6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use of any infringing design, device, material or process. 6.6 Permits, Fees: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required: .1 Site Development Permit. .2 Building Permit(s). .3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way. .4 Railroad Utility License Agreement. 6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and regulations. 6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution. 6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages arising therefrom, however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3. 6.8 Taxes: 6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas. 00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions 6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales. Excise and Use Tax, Texas Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code. 6.9 Use of Premises: 6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER. E/A, E/A's consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, E/A or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work. 6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents. 6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and E/A for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built" construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative. 6.11 Safety and Protection: 6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to installation of measures, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments. the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to. .1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work, .2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site. and 00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks. pavements, roadways, structures. utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion), 6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum, the safety representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's representative. 6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations. 6.11.5 Emergencies: 6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or E/A, is obligated to act reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's emergency action 6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition, and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract. 6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through 00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records, within forty-eight (48) hours of the event. 6.12 Continuing the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing. 6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: .1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors or Suppliers, or .2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: i .1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A,- .2 /A;.2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, .3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, .4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER; ` .5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so, .6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal; .7 any inspection, test or approval by others, or .8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER. .9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any requirement of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the OWNER. E/A, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. 6.14 Indemnification: 00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions 6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS , EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY", FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS, ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY. BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER 151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF, HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 151 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151. 6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers, directors, partners, employees or agents. 6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site, scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims. 6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 6.15 Survival of Obligations: All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in. required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. 6.16 Losses from Natural Causes: Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from action of the elements, floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from 00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense. 6.17 Notice of Claim: Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations, statute of repose, or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 6.18 Liquidated Damages: At set forth in the Agreement, paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages. ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK 7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised. 7.5 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 7.6 If CONTRACTOR damages, delays, disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the site of the Project, through CONTRACTOR's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions, 00700 04-2020 Page 24 General Conditions inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or E/A, then CONTRACTOR shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2)INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A FROM AND AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS,AND AGAINST ALL COSTS, LOSSES,AND DAMAGES(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION, OR INTERFERENCE. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. 8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work 8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands, Subsurface and Physical Conditions: Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work) and Article 14 (Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion). 8.6 Notice of Claim: Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. 8.7 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or the E/A to observe, detect, discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 E/A's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of E/A during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. The assignment 00700 04-2020 Page 25 General Conditions 1 of an authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between ' Y Y, P the OWNER and E/A, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by E/A, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them. 9.1.2 E/A will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of E/A to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Work. 9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14, but only to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.1.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 9.2 E/A as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 E/A may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1. 9.3 Visits to Site: If the OWNER so directs, E/A will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. E/A will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. E/A's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, E/A will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. E/A's visits and on-site observations are subject to all the limitations on E/A's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1. 9.4 Project Representative: If the OWNER and E/A agree, E/A will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A, E/A's consultant, agent or employee. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations: E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the 00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work: E/A may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which E/A believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Changes: 10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER, at any time or from time to time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4. 10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR 's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times. 10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 10.2 Change Orders: 10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering: .1 a change in the Work, .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any, and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order. 10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount 00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5. 10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 10.4 Field Order: 10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order. 10.5 No Damages for Delay: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not caused by active interference in the Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time, the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however, be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract. Y ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%) and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent (25%) without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease. 11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16. 11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 00700 04-2020 Page 28 General Conditions 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods: .1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved. .2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. .3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided in paragraph 11.5). 11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount. 11.5 Cost of Work: If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows: .1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses For the cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel, excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above, will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER. .2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount. .3 For machinery, trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. .4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one (1) by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record 00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions 11.6 Unit Price Work: 11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative. Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). 11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in the Contract Documents without any measurements. 11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid quantities and Contract unit prices. 11.6.5 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in accordance with Article 11 if: .1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or twenty percent(20%) less than in the Bid; or .2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of "plan quantity," and Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent (5%) or more. 11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 11.6.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed-upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other 00700 04-2020 Page 30 General Conditions party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed. 12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times(or Milestones) due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as provided for in paragraph 12.2. 12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of: .1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time. .2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of Suppliers,for which the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows: a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier. b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s)forwarded to Supplier. c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s). d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s). e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s). .3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR. .4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes, or other unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control. 12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: 00700 04-2020 Page 31 General Conditions Under a Calendar Day Contract,the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties, Texas area. Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work: January.......................... 7 days February........................ 7 days March............................. 7 days April............................... 7 days May................................ 8 days June................................ 6 days July................................. 6 days August........................... 5 days September..................... 7 days October.......................... 7 days November..................... 7 days December...................... 7 days Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a "Rain Day" is any day in which a weather event occurs at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule during the entire day. ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or E/A has actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13. 13.2 Access to Work: The OWNER, E/A, E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 Tests and Inspections: 13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: .1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below; .2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and .3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 32 General Conditions l 13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR 1 shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. { 13.4 Uncovering Work: !E 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials I or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. 13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action, with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated, or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project. J J00700 04-2020 Page 33 General Conditions 13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it f from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame i identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), including but not limited to all consultant, engineering, expert and attorney's fees incurred by the OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or r� to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER shall have the right, in OWNER's sole discretion, to have the E/A or other consultant specify the means and methods that will be followed to correct or address any defective Work. If the OWNER specifies a means or method by which the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary to address or correct the defective Work at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense. 13.7 Warranty period: 13.7.1 If, at any time after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and all consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER) will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. 13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents and agreed to by OWNER. 13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this seven (7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency, the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees,the OWNER's other contractors. E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the 00700 04-2020 Page 34 General Conditions Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work and any and all consultant, expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the 1 OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. 13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER prefers to accept it. OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the i defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work. If any I such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's acceptance of defective Work. ! ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION t 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: E{ 14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER, filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER. 14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason. t 14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof, which ten percent (10%) will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent (5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the J obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2. t 00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions L� 14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation: .1 updated progress schedule; .2 monthly subcontractor report, and .3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens. 14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.3.2 Owner's Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief: .1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated, and .2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: .1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Amount; .3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures have been reviewed; or .4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR. 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment: 14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary on account of: .1 defective Work not remedied, 00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions 1 .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be un completed for the aid balance of the Contract P P _ Amount: 1 .3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor. -� .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay, .5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract 1 Documents, .6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract lDocuments, .7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the Contract Documents, .8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents, .9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports, I .10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports; .11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up, or .12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents. .13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER does not agree with such recommendation. 14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment. I14.5 Delayed Payments: I Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the day on which the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. 14.6 Arrears: 1 No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER, and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 1 00700 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions 14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the E CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to a whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate. 14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the punch list. 14.8 Partial Utilization: The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.9 Final Inspection: Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.10 Final Application for Payment: The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered the following documents: .1 Three (3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents; .2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10), .3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with the Work, 00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions 4 .4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in p force after final payment and through any warranty period, .5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction), and .6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract. 14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period. 14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any financial institution for its monetary return. 14.12 Waiver of Claims: lThe making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: .1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and .2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. JARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience: At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. j15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: Upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 1 .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, 00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions .2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others. The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed. 15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause: 15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: .1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, .2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; .3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative, .4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements; .5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time, .6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the Contract, or .7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents; The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work. Alternatively, the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. 15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three (3)years. 00700 04-2020 Page 40 General Conditions 15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar } days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes) the OWNER fails for sixty (60) calendar days after it M( is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon seven (7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the l CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) I calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. d ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2, 6.11.5.2, 6.17, 7.5, 8.6, 9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4, or other occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled. 16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data, Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented,. claimant shall have thirty (30) calendar days in which to: .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party; } .2 modify the initial Claim; or .3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution. } 16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution: 16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include E/A as a party. 16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, of a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty (30) calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may 00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below. 16.2.3 Mediation: 16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also a is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert. 16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that mediation, at a minimum, shall provide for 1) conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session, unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation, then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them. ARTICLE 17— RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right to Audit: Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or a reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs later. a 17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term "records" as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as "records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following: a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements: b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies, and c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract termination. 17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a 00700 04-2020 Page 42 General Conditions 1 written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit Y q 9 provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data. 17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's f facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct 1 audits in compliance with this Article 17. 17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent(.5%)of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days)from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR. 17.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's 1 employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former employees and their relatives. For example,the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives. l17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER 1 at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this provision. ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS 18.1 Venue: In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. I 18.2 Extent of Agreement: This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. I18.3 Cumulative Remedies: J The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special J warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. J 1 00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions 18.4 Severability: If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract, this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract, and all provisions of the Contract are declared to be severable for this purpose. 18.5 Independent Contractor The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship, a partnership, or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER. 18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the Contract without liability if is determined by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision, the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold the amount of the cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities. 18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts No officer, employee, independent consultant, or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development, evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge, expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER. End of General Conditions i 00700 04-2020 Page 44 General Conditions 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General Conditions, Section 00700. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A): Add the following: Name (Representative): Brandon Hay Firm: Halff Associates,Inc. Address: 13620 Briarwick Drive,Suite 100 City, State, Zip. Austin,Texas 78729 Telephone: 512.777.4591 Facsimile: Email: bhay@halffcom 1.27 Owner's Representative: Add the following: Name: Katie Baker Title: Parks Development Manager Address: 301 West Bagdad,Suite#250 City, State, Zip. Round Rock.Texas 78664 Telephone: 512.341.3355 Facsimile: 512.218.5548 Email: kbaker@roundrocktexas.gov 9 ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.18 Liquidated Damages Add the following: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF Two Thousand Five Hundred AND NO/100 _ DOLLARS $2.500.00 PER DAY FOR EACH DAY BEYOND THE DATE ESTABLISHED THEREFOR THAT THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT. END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS r Pa�e I 00800 10-2015 Supplemental General Conditions i 00090669 s 00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS f Il f ?1 l SECTION 01-INFORMATION 01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets. The OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested. 01-02 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by any existing Resolutions,Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the OWNER. 01-03 LOCATION The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in 1 the Contract Documents. 01-04 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be metered. The OWNER shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is to procure water.The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring,storing, transporting and using water during construction.The CONTRACTOR shall strive to use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract and shall avoid waste.The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that waste is occurring during construction. SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense,however,where such is not the case, the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while l performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for this item. 00900-4-2020 Page I Special Conditions 00443643 02-03 WAGE RATES Wage Rates(Information From Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021.Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed;and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection(a)does not apply to maintenance work. C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the State,a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made,$60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. C. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 00900-4-2020 Page 2 Special Conditions 00443643 2258.051.Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment 1 A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without I determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web t addresses: Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water Treating Plant and Sewer/Incidental to Highway) http://www.wdol.jzov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX33.dvb?v=O Construction Types: Heavy and Highway http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TXI 6.dvb?v=O Construction Type: Building http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX76.dvb?v=I 02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the OWNER reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the E/A. 00900-4-2020 Page 3 Special Conditions 00443643 02-06 LAND FOR WORK OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done, right-of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR provides,at his expense and without liability of OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations,temporary construction facilities,or for storage of materials. 02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing utilities and appurtenances as determined by the E/A, the E/A and CONTRACTOR will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be satisfactory to the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the E/A and Owners Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to:paint, flagging, laths,hubs,blue tops,nails,hammers,measuring chains or tapes,transits and levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and off-set points for measuring distances and angles,for shooting levels,and for any other items pertaining to construction staking.This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 00900-4-2020 Page 4 Special Conditions 00443643 SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable -agencies (i.e. Fire Department,E.M.S.,Public Works,etc.),residents,and affected parties. If emergency access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work,the CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary, and otherwise endeavor to assist emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise approved by the E/A, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be included in the bid item Traffic Control. 00900-4-2020 Page 5 Special Conditions 00443643 01000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. I 1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS i STREET, WATER, SEWER AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS The Round Rock Standard Specification Criteria Manual is hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, and shall be applied to this project unless modified elsewhere as discussed below. The aforementioned Criteria Manual is the"Standard Specifications" section of the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards. The Standard Specifications may be accessed from the City of Round Rock website (www.roundrocktexas. ov) at the following web address: www.roundrocktexas.gov/dacs. Any adjustments,alterations,or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are contained in the Plans (Drawings), Details and Notes described in Section 02000 of the Project Manual or are included in Attachment A at the end of this Technical Specifications Section. ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK 2.01 CLEAN-UP ' 2.01.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site free and clean from all ' rubbish and debris and shall clean-up the site promptly when notified to do so by the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall,at its own expense,maintain the streets and roads free from dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public using the thoroughfare, or the occupants of adjacent properties. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the CONTRACTOR's operations, shall be immediately removed. Page 1 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 2.01.2 BACKWORK The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the amount of clean-up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should such a condition exist,the E/A may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the E/A's satisfaction. 2.02 GRADING The CONTRACTOR shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and satisfactory condition approved by the E/A. ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW 3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the E/A, representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's Representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the E/A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking of this Contract. 3.02 NOTIFICATION The E/A and the OWNER must be notified a minimum of 24-hours in advance of beginning construction,testing,or requiring presence of the E/A,Owner's or Owner's Representative. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING The E/A shall furnish the CONTRACTOR reference points and benchmarks that, in the E/A's opinion, provide sufficient information for the CONTRACTOR to perform construction staking. 3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES,MARKS,ETC. All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR, and in case of destruction or removal during the course of this project, such stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Page 2 010004-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 a ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION 4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER Portions of the work may continue as directed by the E/A. t 4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees, F plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the CONTRACTOR may remove trees and plants for construction right-of-way but only with approval of the ' E/A. i 4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary by the E/A, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be made for this item. Costs for this item shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 4.04 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the protection, reference and resetting of property comer monuments if disturbed. 4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of surplus material, such as rock, trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials. 4.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall,at his own expense, provide additional space as necessary for his operations and storage of materials. ITEM 5 MATERIALS 5.01 TRADE NAMES Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker, patentee,manufacturer,or dealer,such designations shall be taken as intending to mean and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the E/A in his sole discretion. 5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent of the E/A. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the OWNER to discriminate against an equal product of another Page 3 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent", "proper"or"equal to"are used,they shall be understood to mean that the item referred to shall be "proper",the "equivalent" of, or"equal to" some other item, in the opinion or judgment of the E/A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words "or equal to"or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the E/A, and the E/A will have the right to require the use of _ such specifically designated material,article or process. A i Page 4 010004-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and r Supplementary Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.02 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Heritage Trail Project West ' 1. Project Location: Just west of Chisholm Trail Road to Mays Street, Round Ir z Rock B. Owner: City of Round Rock i C. Engineer: Halff Associates, Inc. 1.03 WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The lump sum base bid consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials, services, and equipment required in conjunction with or properly incidental to the construction improvements for Heritage Trail West Project. B. Alternate Bid Items: The work to be included as part of the Alternate Bids consists f of the furnishing of all labor, materials,services, and equipment required in IL conjunction with or properly incidental to the construction of Work in the Base Bid. 1.04 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.05 PROJECT HISTORY: t` A. Original contractor for this section of work began construction in October 2020. In September 2021,the project was abandoned by the contractor, leaving a substantial t portion of the project incomplete. Refer to Plans and Plan Notes for descriptions of incomplete work, material inventories, and Special Instructions to Bidders/Contractor. B. City shall be responsible for Project Management,Contract Payments, and all other aspects associated with completion of this project. Contractor will not be required to work with defaulting contractor's surety for payment or project coordination. City shall seek reimbursement from the surety separate from Bidder/Contractor. C. Materials, equipment,fixtures, etc. purchased by the previous contractor are stored onsite in shipping containers rented by the surety company. Contractor shall make arrangements to take over payment of container rental from the surety or make arrangements to move all items into contractor furnished storage facilities. There will be no separate pay item for this scope of work and should be considered subsidiary to the lump sum base bid. D. Portions of this project are secured by construction fencing rented by the surety company. Contractor shall make arrangements to take over payment of the rental € f f i of the fencing from the surety or make arrangements to replace the fencing with their own. There will be no separate pay item for this scope of work and should be considered subsidiary to the lump sum base bid. E. Contractor shall accept ownership and associated risk for all previously constructed portions of the project or identify in the project proposal documents any portions of work Contractor recommends for removal and reconstruction. If, at Contractor choice, portions of the work outside of the scope included on the demolition plans are removed and replaced,there shall be no separate pay item for that scope of work and should be considered subsidiary to the lump sum base bid. 1.06 ACCESS TO SITE A. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to the areas indicated in the Construction Documents. 2. Driveways, Walkways,and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking lots, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, public,and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. s a) Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations b) Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.07 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises as a public park during entire construction period,with exception of the areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways,corridors,and other adjacent occupied or used facilities not under construction. Do not close or obstruct walkways,corridors,or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. C. Portions of the project take place on Round Rock Independent School District property. Work on this property is subject to the requirements of the School District. A pre-construction meeting with school district representatives will be required. All requirements of the School District shall be strictly enforced by Contractor while working on their property. 1.08 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes both new construction and assessing existing construction for quality and completeness. B. Prior to bidding the project, the Contractor shall visit the project site in person to note the existing conditions of the site. Partially demolished and existing construction items may be present onsite, along with abandoned debris piles throughout the project site. There will be no separate pay item for the removal of debris piles, recommission,or removal of previous contractor facilities,cleaning of job site, and other items not specifically identified in the plan. Such payment shall be considered subsidiary to site preparation and included in the lump sum base bid. C. Contractor shall be responsible for making all repairs,as necessary,to existing construction subsidiary to lump sum base bid. D. Several items and materials purchased by previous contractor are stored onsite, including but not limited to, light poles and fixtures,electrical panels, and fossilized stone. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying quantity and condition of stored materials prior to installation. 1.09 SCHEDULE OF WORK A. Contractor shall be responsible for removing all existing erosion control measures in place at the project site and disposing of them properly. Contractor shall replace all erosion control measures prior to pre-construction meeting and the commencement of construction. B. Contractor shall ensure that all abandoned construction areas safe and all fencing is secure prior to commencing construction. This includes confirming all exposed rebar has appropriate safety capping installed and all unsafe debris piles are removed. C. Portions of the construction occur on Round Rock Independent School District property. Scheduling of work on this property is subject to approval of the School District. D. Work associated with the construction of Chisholm Trail Road shall be coordinated with the City of Round Rock Transportation Department to minimize the overall impact of the road closure. f r 02000 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES If applicable, insert reference(s) to project plans; details; and notes i. i I I Heritage Trail = West Landscape Architectural Specifications a o Vp,NDS w c� cP51 2756 OF 11-4-2022 ■■■ 9500 Amberglen Blvd. HALFF Building F Suite 125 ::: Austin, Texas 78729 P (512) 777-4600 The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards (found online at https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/ are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project. CONCRETE STRUCTURES AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE No. 432 P.C. Concrete Sidewalks No. 480 Concrete Paving Units No. 485 Paving Units for Sidewalk Ramps NOTE: Construction Detail specifications in the Contract Document Plans shall supersede the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards related to construction methods for finishes, reinforcement and jointing. (Continued) MISCELLANEOUS 04065 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04852 Stone Masonry Veneer 05500 Metal Fabrication 09900 Paints and Coatings 02932N Native Grass Seeding for Erosion Control 32 84 00 Irrigation System 32 93 00 Planting 32 34 13 Fabricated Pedestrian Bridges SECTION 04065 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mortar for masonry. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04852 - Stone Masonry Veneer: Installation of mortar. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 530/ASCE 5ffMS 402 - Building Code Requirements For Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 1995. B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602 - Specification for Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 1995. C. ASTM C 91 - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement, 1997. D. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 1997. E. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 1997. F. ASTM C 207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 1991 (reapproved 1992). G. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 1997a. H. ASTM C 780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry; 1996. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Digital PDF copy by email to Landscape Architect and Owner's Representative. B. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C 270 is to be used. Also include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range. D. Reports: Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of mortar to property requirements of ASTM C 270 and test and evaluation reports per ASTM C 780. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit packaged dry mortar manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/ASCE 5ffMS 402 and ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on project site. Item No. 04056 — Mortar and Masonry Grout (03/2020) 1 of 3 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to maximum 90 degrees F prior to. during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N. 1. Colored mortar: Premixed cement as required to match Landscape Architect's color sample. 2. Acceptable product: Texas Leigh or approved equal. 3. Substitutions: Refer General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I - Normal; color as required to produce approved color sample. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type N. D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144. E. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Iron or chromium oxides with demonstrated stability and colorfastness. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Bonding Agent: Latex type. 2.02 MORTAR MIXES A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. Exterior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type N. 2. Pointing mortar: Type N with maximum 2 percent ammonium stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight. B. Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Landscape Architect's specification, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. 2.03 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C 270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. C. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. D. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. E. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. F. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, or two-and-one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F. Item No. 04056 — Mortar and Masonry Grout (03/2020) 2 of 3 2.04 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Testing will be conducted by an independent test agency, in accordance with provisions in the General Conditions. B. Mortar Mixes: Test mortars prebatched by weight in accordance with ASTM C 780 recommendations for preconstruction testing. 1. Test results will be used to establish optimum mortar proportions and establish quality control values for construction testing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREP ARA TION A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar in accordance with premix mortar manufacturer's instructions. B. Install mortar to requirements of the specific masonry Section. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and evaluate mortar in accordance with ASTM C 780 procedures. END OF SECTION 04065 Item No. 04056 — Mortar and Masonry Grout (03/2020) 3of3 SECTION 04852 STONE MASONRY VENEER & PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cut stone veneer at exterior walls. B. Cut stone paving at exterior walkways. C. Metal anchors and accessories. D. Setting mortar and pointing mortar. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 123/A 123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products, 1 997a. B. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold- Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar, 1996b. C. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 1997 a. D. ASTM C 568 - Standard Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone; 1996. E. ILI (HB) - Indiana Limestone Handbook; Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; 1992, 19th Edition. F. IMIA WC (CW) - Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction, International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; 1993. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Digital PDF copy by email to Landscape Architect and Owner's Representative. B. Product Data: Provide data on stone units, mortar, and reinforcement. C. Samples: Submit two stone samples illustrating minimum and maximum stone sizes, color range, texture, and markings. D. Samples: Submit mortar color samples. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Stone Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating cut stone with minimum ten years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type required by this section, with minimum 5 years of documented experience. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Construct stone walls and paving, as required by Drawings or directed by Landscape Architect which includes stone anchor accessories, comer condition, typical control joints, inlays, etc. Item No. 04852 — Stone Masonry Veneer (03/2020) 1 of 4 B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the accepted Work at the contractors risk. 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect stone from discoloration during storage on site. B. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation from forming on stone. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Sequence work to coordinate the installation of stone work with installation of adjacent construction. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with recommendations of IMIA WC (CW). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STONE A. Provide stone per Drawing specifications. Quarried, complying with ASTM C 568 Classification I — Low Density. B. Surface Texture: per Drawing specifications. D. Color: As per Drawing specifications or as approved by Landscape Architect, 2.02 MORTAR A. Setting Mortar: ASTM C 270, Type S, using the Property Method as specified in Section 04065. B. Pointing Mortar: Type M as specified in Section 04065, and using the Property Method in ASTM C 270. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wall Anchors & Ties: Formed steel wall strap, (12] gage, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 123, Grade 55, for screw attachment to studs, with provision for vertical adjustment after attachment and triangulated ties of V4" diameter looped through anchor strap slots. B. Other Anchors in Direct Contact with Stone: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless steel, of sizes and configurations required for support of stone and applicable superimposed loads. C. Setting Buttons and Shims: Lead. Item No. 04852 — Stone Masonry Veneer (03/2020) 2 of 4 D. Flashings: Type as specified in Section 07620. E. Weeps: Polyethylene tubing, 1/4 inch diameter, as required or specified in Drawings. F. Back Coating: G. Cleaning Solution: Type which will not harm stone, joint materials, or adjacent surfaces. 2.04 STONE FABRICATION - CUT A. Nominal Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. B. Nominal Face Size: as indicated on Drawings. C. Pattern and Coursing: as indicated on Drawings. D. Fabricate for 3/8 inch beds and joints. E. Bed and Joint Surfaces: Cut or sawn full square for full thickness of unit. F. Backs: Sawn or as indicated. G. Form stone corners to irregular joint profile. Clean jagged corners from stone in preparation for setting. H. Slope exposed top surfaces of stone and horizontal cast stone surfaces for shedding water. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that support work and site conditions are ready to receive work of this section. B. Verify that items built-in under other sections are properly located and sized. 3.02 PREPARATION P A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. B. Clean stone prior to erection. Do not use wire brushes or implements which can mark or damage exposed surfaces. C. Clean sawn surfaces of rust stains and iron particles. D. Coat back surfaces not to be in contact with setting mortar with back coating material. E. Allow coating to cure. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install flashings of longest practical length and seal watertight to back-up. Lap end joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. B. Cut stone at site to produce clean faces. C. Size stone units to fit opening dimensions and perimeter conditions. D. Wet absorptive stone in preparation for placement to minimize moisture suction from mortar. E. Arrange stone pattern to provide color uniformity and minimize visu—I variations, and provide a uniform blend of stone unit sizes. F. Provide setting and pointing mortar in accordance with Section 04065. 1. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper mortar only within two hours after mixing. 2. At ambient air temperature 80 degrees F and above, use mortar within two hours after Item No. 04852 — Stone Masonry Veneer (03/2020) 3 of 4 mixing; at ambient air temperature below 50 degrees F, use mortar within two-and-one- half hours after mixing. G. Fill dowel holes in stone units with mortar. H. Arrange stone coursing in running bond with consistent joint width. I. Set stone in full mortar setting bed to fully support stone over bearing surface. Use setting buttons or shims to maintain correct joint width. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center. B. Place horizontal joint reinforcement in flrst and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in flrst and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. E. Embed wall ties in masonry back-up to bond veneer to back-up at maximum ]6 inches on center vertically and 36 inches on center horizontally. F. In addition, place wall ties at maximum 3 inches on center each way around perimeter of openings, within 12 inches of openings. 3.05 JOINTS A. Rake out mortar joints 5/8 to 3/4 inch and brush joints clean to accommodate pointing mortar, unless otherwise noted in Drawings (ex. Recessed joints, smear joints, etc.). Fill joints with pointing mortar. B. Pack mortar into joints and work into voids. Neatly tool surface to concave joint. C. At joints to be sealed, clean mortar out of joint before it sets. Brush joints clean. 3.06 ACCESSORIES A. Install weeps in vertical stone joints at 24 inches on center, horizontally, immediately above horizontal flashings, above shelf angles and supports. Do not permit mortar accumulation in cavity space. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar as work progresses, and upon completion of work. B. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. C. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.08 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. During temporary storage on site, at the end of working day, and during rainy weather, cover stone work exposed to weather with non-staining waterproof coverings, securely anchored. END OF SECTION 04852 Item No. 04852 — Stone Masonry Veneer (03/2020) 4 of 4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 1992. B. ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 1996. C. ASTM A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless; 1997. D. ASTM A 123/A 123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products, 1997a. E. ASTM A 153/A 153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 1995. F. ASTM A 283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 1993a. G. ASTM A 325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated. 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, 1997. H. ASTM A 325M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints (Metric), 1993. I. ASTM A 500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 1996. J. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 1998. K. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel, American Welding Society; 1996. L. SSPC (PM2) - Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1995. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Digital PDF copy by email to Landscape Architect and Owner's Representative. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Item No. 05500 — Metal Fabrication (03/2020) 1 of 4 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Prepare Shop Drawings under direct supervision of a professional structural engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Texas. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. C. Plates: ASTM A 283. D. Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M for galvanized components. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type I - Grey. K Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Continuously seal joined members by intermittent welds and plastic filler. D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. Item No. 05500 — Metal Fabrication (03/2020) 2 of 4 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS As indicated on the construction plans and details. 2.04 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime paint all steel items. Refer Drawings and Specification 09900. 1. Exceptions a) Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete or masonry and items specified for [exterior] finish. b) Weathering steel items. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: One coat. E Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123/A 123M. Provide minimum 1.3 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete , or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. Item No. 05500— Metal Fabrication (03/2020) 3 of 4 E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment. 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION 05500 Item No. 05500 — Metal Fabrication (03/2020) 4 of 4 i i SECTION 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. See Schedule - Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 16 - Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products; 1996a. B. ASTM D 4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials; 1992 (Reapproved 1997). C. NPCA (US) - Guide to U.S. Government Paint Specifications; National Paint & Coatings Association; 1988, r evised 1992. D. PDCA (MAN) - Architectural Specification Manual, Painting and Decorating Contractors of America; 1986. E. SSPC (PM1) - Steel Structures Painting Manual. Vol. 1, Good Painting Practice; Society for Protective Coatings, 1993, Third Edition. F. SSPC (PM2) - Steel Structures Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications, Society for Protective Coatings; 1995, Seventh Edition. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Digital PDF copy by email to Landscape Architect and Owner's Representative. B. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products. C. Samples: Submit two paper chip samples, 12x12 inch in size illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled. Field Samples: Provide samples for all required items to be painted as indicated on the construction Drawings. Item No. 09900 — Paints and Coatings (03/2020) 1 of 4 D . Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. E. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for products and finishes. 1.08 MOCK-UP A. Reference Field Samples above. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply 1 gallons of each color, store where directed; include list of all paint suppliers and codes with project close-out documents. Item No. 09900 — Paints and Coatings (03/2020) 2 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Paints: 1. Base Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams. B. Other manufacturers offering equivalent products: 1. Benjamin Moore. 2. PPG Paints. 3. Martin Senour Paints. C. Substitutions. As approved by Landscape Architect or designated representative. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, except field-catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Ferrous Metals, Primed, Alkyd, 2 Coat: 1. Touch-up with alkyd primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of alkyd enamel, Reference detailed plans for colors. B. Galvanized Metals, Alkyd, 3 Coat: 1. One coat galvanize primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of alkyd enamel: Reference detailed plans for colors. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; commercial quality. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. r C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. (l PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. Item No. 09900 — Paints and Coatings (03/2020) 3 of 4 3.02 PREPARATION A Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects. B. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. C. Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied. C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test questionable coated areas in accordance with industry standards. 3.05 CLEANING A. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. END OF SECTION 09900 Item No. 09900 — Paints and Coatings (03/2020) 4 of 4 Item No. 02932-N NATIVE SEEDING FOR EROSION CONTROL 1.1 Description This item shall govern the preparation of a seed bed to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings, sowing of seeds, fertilizing, mulching with straw, cellulose fiber wood chips, recycled paper mulch and other management practices along and across such areas as indicated in the Drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch-pound or SI units. Within the text, inch-pound units are given preference with SI units shown within parentheses. 1.2 Submittals The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Identification of the type, source, mixture, PLS and rate of application of the seeding. B. type of mulch. C. type of tacking agent. D. type and rate of application of fertilizer. 1.3. Materials A. Seeds. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including the labeling requirements for showing pure live seed (PLS), name and type of seed. The seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. The amount of seed planted per acre (hectare) shall be of the type specified in sections 604S.6. B. Water. Water shall be clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth of grass or the area irrigated. C. Straw Mulch or Hay Mulch. Straw Mulch shall be oat, wheat or rice straw. Hay mulch shall be prairie grass, Bermuda grass, or other hay approved by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. The straw or hay shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in a dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. Item No. 02932-N —Native Seeding for Erosion Control 1 of 5 D Tacking Agents. The tacking agent shall be a biodegradable tacking agent, approved by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. E. Cellulose Fiber Mulch (Natural Wood). Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean whole wood chips. The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives. The mulch shall be such, that when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. F. Recycled Paper Mulch. Recycled paper mulch shall be specifically manufactured from post-consumer paper and shall contain a minimum of 85% recycled paper content by weight, shall contain no more than 15% moisture and 1.6% ash, and shall contain no growth inhibiting material or weed seeds. The recycled paper mulch shall be mixed with grass seed and fertilizer for hydro-seeding/mulching, erosion control, and a binder over straw mulch. The mulch, when applied, shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat of a green color without the need of an asphalt binder. 1.4 Construction Methods A. Preparing Seed Bed. After the designated areas have been rough graded to the lines, grades and typical sections indicated in the Drawings or as provided for in other items of this contract and for any other soil area disturbed by the construction, a suitable seedbed shall be prepared. Contractor to scarify the ground surface to a minimum 4" depth remove all sticks, trash, rocks and other debris and dispose off site prior to seeding/sodding. When solid rock is exposed or encountered within the first 2" depth of existing soil, place a minimum of 4" imported topsoil or approved salvaged topsoil, cultivated and rolled sufficiently to reduce the soil to a state of good tilth, when the soil particles on the surface are small enough and lie closely enough together to prevent the seed from being covered too deeply for optimum germination. Areas that become crusted shall be reworked to an acceptable condition before sodding The optimum depth for seeding shall be 1/4 inch (6 millimeters). Water shall be gently applied as required to prepare the seedbed prior to the planting operation either by broadcast seeding or hydraulic planting. Seeding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. B. Watering. All watering shall comply with City Ordinances. Broadcast seeded areas shall immediately be watered with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed and in the manner and quantity as directed by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. Hydraulic seeded areas and native grass seeded areas shall be watered commencing after the tackifier has dried with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed to keep the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering applications shall constantly maintain the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering shall continue until the grass is uniformly 1 1/2 inches (40 mm) in height and accepted by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. Watering can be postponed immediately after a 1/2 inch (12.5 mm) or greater rainfall on the site but shall be resumed before the soil dries out. Item No. 02932-N —Native Seeding for Erosion Control 2of5 1.5 Non-Native Seeding [NOT USED] 1.6 Native Grass Seeding The seedbed shall be prepared as specified above. Seed supplier: Native American Seed, Junction, Texas 800-728-4043 www.seedsource.com (no approved equals accepted) The seed mixture and the rate of application shall be as follows: A. Method A - Broadcast Seeding. The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distributed by mechanical methods over the prepared seed bed areas indicated on the Drawings or where directed by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. After planting, the planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of sloped areas shall be on the contour. Seed Mixture and Rate of Application for Broadcast Seeding: Midway Mix — Rangeland Seeding Rate 10 pounds per 1 acre. Fertilizer shall be a pelted or granular slow release with an analysis of 15-15-15 to be applied once at planting and once during the period of establishment at a rate of 1 pounds per 1000 square feet. Mulching shall immediately follow seed and fertilizer application. B. Method B - Hydraulic Seeding. The seedbed shall be prepared as specified above and hydraulic planting equipment, which is capable of placing all materials in a single operation, shall be used. Seed Mixture and Rate of Application for Hydraulic Seeding: Midway Mix — Rangeland Seeding Rate 10 pounds per 1 acre. Fertilizer shall be water soluble fertilizer with an analysis of 15-15-15 at a rate of 1.5 pounds per 1000 square feet. 1.7. Mulch A. Straw Mulch Straw mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 2 to 2 1/2 tons of straw per acre (4.5 to 5.6 megagrams of straw per hectare). The actual rate of application will be Item No. 02932-N —Native Seeding for Erosion Control 3 of 5 designated by the Landscape Architect or designated representative. Straw may be hand or machine placed and adequately secured. B. Fiber Mulch Cellulose and wood fiber mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Landscape Architect or designated representative at the rate of 45 to 80 lbs. per 1000 square feet (22 to 39 kilograms per 100 square meters), with tackifier at a rate of 1.4 pounds per 1000 square feet. C Recycled Paper Mulch Recycled paper mulch shall be spread over the area indicated on the Drawings or as designated by the Landscape Architect or designated representative at a rate that will provide 100% coverage. D. Shredded Brush Mulch Small brush or tree limbs except Juniper, which have been shredded, may be used for mulching Native Grass seeding. END OF SECTION 02932-N Item No. 02932-N —Native Seeding for Erosion Control 4 of 5 SECTION 32 84 00—IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Furnish all work and materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, point of connection and all other services required for the installation of a complete underground permanent, as shown on drawings and/or specified herein. When the term "Contractor" is used in this section, it shall refer to the Irrigation Contractor. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards, and Specifications apply to work included in this section: ASTM: D2241, D2464, D2466, D2564, and D855. 1.3 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall warranty material and workmanship for one year after final acceptance including repair and replacement of defective materials, workmanship, and labor. B. Maintenance during warranty shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Adjustment of sprinkler height and plumb to compensate for settlement and/or plant growth. 2. Backfilling of all trenches. 3. Adjustment of head coverage (arc of spray) as necessary. 4. Unstopping heads plugged by foreign material. 5. Drip System: a. Remove disc stack and rinse with water and replace every 6 months. b. Compare the controller runtimes and frequency to the to the application rate for specified drip irrigation at the spacing used. If the amount of water in inches/hour is insufficient or exceeds the requirement of the plant, adjust accordingly. C. Refer to drip irrigation component design manual/specifications as required. 6. Adjustment of controller as necessary to insure proper sequence and watering time. 7. All maintenance necessary to keep the system in good operating order. Repair of damage caused by vandals, other contractors or weather conditions shall be considered extra to these specifications. C. Warranty and maintenance after final acceptance does not include alterations as necessitated by re-landscaping, re-grading, addition of trees or the addition, and/or changes in sidewalks, walls, driveways, etc. Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 - 1 D. Contractor must declare compliance with section 1903.251, Texas Occupations Code. r 1.4 SUBMITTALS A The Contractor shall submit shop drawings or manufacturer's "cut sheet"for each type of sprinkler head, nozzle, pipe, controller, valves, check valve assemblies, valve boxes, wire, conduit, fittings, drip irrigation lines and components, and all other types of fixtures and equipment proposed to install on the job. The submittal shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, equipment capacity, and manufacturer's installation recommendation, if applicable, for each proposed item. B. No partial submittal will be accepted and submittals shall be neatly bound into a brochure and logically organized. After the submittal has been approved, substitutions will not be allowed except by written consent of the Owner's Representative. C. Shop drawings shall include dimensions, elevations, construction, details, arrangements, and capacity of equipment, as well as manufacturer's installation recommendations. 1.5 "APPROVED EQUAL" SUBSTITUTIONS A. Several items in this section and on the plans are specified by a manufacturer's brand name and catalog number, followed by the phrase "or approved equal". This is not intended to unduly restrict competitive procurements or bidding, but is done to assure a minimum standard of quality which is believed to be best for the item specified. 1.6 CODES/PERMITS A. All work under this section shall comply with the provisions of these Specifications, as illustrated on the accompanying drawings, or as directed by the Owner's Representative and shall satisfy all applicable local codes, ordinances, or regulations of the governing bodies and all authorities having jurisdiction over this Project. B Installation of equipment and materials shall be done in accordance with requirements of the National Electrical Code, Applicable City Plumbing Code, and standard plumbing procedures. The drawings and these Specifications are intended to comply with all the necessary rules and regulations; however, some discrepancies may occur, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner's Representative in writing of the discrepancies and apply for an interpretation. Should the discovery and notification occur after the execution of a contract, any additional work required for compliance with the regulations shall be paid for as covered by these Contract Documents. C. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all costs in connection with his work, file with all governmental departments having jurisdiction, obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver to the Owner's Representative. D. The Contractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations whether or not shown on the drawings and/or specified. L_ Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM �. 328400 -2 1. E. The installation of the irrigation system shall be made by an individual or firm duly qualified with a minimum of five years experience installing systems of similar size and scope, and licensed under Article No. 8751 VTCS, Titled "Licensed Irrigators Act", S.B. No. 259 as passed by the 66th Texas Legislature. 1.7 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Locations and elevations of various utilities included with the scope of this work have been obtained from the most reliable sources available and should serve as a general guide without guarantee to accuracy. The Contractor shall examine the Site and verify to his own satisfaction the locations and elevation of all utilities and availability of utilities and services required. The Contractor shall inform himself as to their relation to the work and the submission of bids shall be deemed as evidence thereof. The Contractor shall repair at his own expense, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, for damage to any utility shown or not shown on the plans. B. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, Contractor shall promptly notify the Landscape Architect for instructions as to further action. C. Contractor shall make necessary adjustments in the layout as may be required to connect to existing stub-outs, should such stub-outs not be located exactly as shown and as may be required to work around existing work, at no increase in cost to the Owner. All such work will be recorded on record drawings and turned over to the Owner prior to final acceptance. 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record dimensioned locations and depths for each of the following: 1. Point of connection to proposed backflow devise as shown on plan. 2. Sprinkler pressure line routing (provide dimensions for each 100 lineal feet (maximum) along each routing, and for each change in directions). 3. Gate valves. 4. Sprinkler control valves (buried only). 5. Control wire routing. 6. Drip irrigation assemblies. 7. Other related items as may be directed by the Owner's Representative. B. Locate all dimensions from two permanent points (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, or pavements). C. Record all changes which are made from the Contract drawings, including changes in the pressure and non-pressure lines. D. Record all required information on a set of blackline prints of the Contract drawings. Do not use these prints for any other purpose. Provide digital PDF copy and AutoCAD file. E. Maintain information daily. Keep Contract drawings at the Worksite at all times and available for review by the Owner's Representative. Hafff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 - 3 r 1.10 CONTROLLER CHART r A Do not prepare chart until record drawings have been approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Provide one controller chart for the stations used on the automatic controller(s) If 1. Chart may be a reproduction of the record drawing, if the scale permits fitting within the controller door. If photo reduction prints are required, keep reduction to maximum size r possible to retain full legibility. i 2. Chart shall be blackline print of the actual system, showing the area covered by that controller. C. Identify the area of coverage of each remote control valve, using a distinctly different pastel color, drawn over the entire area of coverage. D. Following approval of chart by the Owner's Representative, it shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of 20 mil. thick plastic sheet. E. Chart must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance of the irrigation system. 1.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide individual bound manuals detailing operating and maintenance requirements for irrigation r systems. f B Manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's representative for review and approval no later than 10 days prior to completion of work. Revise manual as required. C. Provide descriptions of all installed materials and systems in sufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. D. Provide the following in each manual: 1. Index sheet, stating Irrigation Contractor's name, address, telephone number, and name of person to contact. 2. Duration of guarantee period. 3. Equipment list providing the following for each item: I a. Manufacturer's name. b. Make and model number. c. Name and address of local manufacturer's representative. d. Spare parts list in detail. e. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions of major equipment. 4. Recommended programs for watering by season. l L L. Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM �- 328400 -4 l 1.12 CHECKLIST A. Provide a signed and dated checklist, and deliver to the Owner's Representative prior to final acceptance of the work. B. Use the following format: 1. Plumbing permits: if none required, so note. 2. Material approvals: approved by and date. 3. Pressure line tests: by whom and date. 4. Record Drawings: received by and date. 5. Controller charts: received by and date. 6. Materials furnished: received by and date. 7. Operation and maintenance manuals: received by and date. 8. System and equipment operation instructions: received by and date. 9. Manufacturer's warranties if required: received by and date. 10. Written guarantee: received by and date. 11. Lowering of heads in lawn areas: if incomplete, so state. 1.13 ELECTRIC POWER A. Electric power to operate the controller shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor unless otherwise noted on the plans. Service wiring to the controller cabinet shall be furnished by the Irrigation Contractor. 1.14 WATER FOR TESTING A. Unless noted otherwise on the plans or elsewhere, water is available on the site necessary for testing, flushing, and jetting. 1.15 BORINGS, SLEEVES AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS A. Sleeves and electrical conduits are the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to install prior to paving or related construction and should be installed as noted on the approved irrigation plan. Contractors shall be responsible for locating all sleeves and conduits at no additional cost to the Authority. Borings under existing paving will be required where noted on the drawings and shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Borings shall be a minimum of 18 inch depth and new pipes shall be incased in Schedule 40 PCV sleeves. 1.16 ATTIC STOCK -SPARE PARTS A. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with five parts each of irrigation system components excluding controller, mainline pipe and lateral pipe. These items will be kept for use by the Owner after the Landscape Maintenance for One (1) Year period is completed. 1.17 COMMISSIONING A. This Section specifies a system which will be commissioned as part of the construction process. Documentation and testing of these systems, as well as training of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel, is required in cooperation with the Owner's Commissioning Coordinator. Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 - 5 B. Commissioning requires the participation of this Contractor to ensure that all systems are operating in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents. This Contractor shall be familiar with all parts of the Commissioning Section and the commissioning plan issued by the Commissioning Coordinator and shall execute all commissioning responsibilities assigned to them in the Contract Documents. 1.18 POINT OF CONNECTION A. Verify main, meter location, and water pressure at the site, if minimum residual water pressure is less than required, notify owner's representative prior to construction. Contractor shall notify the owner's representative of such and shall receive owners' approval prior to any construction. B. Follow all state and local codes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, all materials shall be new and unused. The irrigation equipment catalog numbers used for reference in these Specifications are to establish minimum quality standards and may be substituted with an "approved equal" as outlined in Paragraph 1.06 of this section, unless specifically requested by the campus maintenance staff and noted as having no"approved equal" to be accepted. 2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC PIPE) A. PVC pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM Standards noted herein. B Marking and Identification: PVC pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name, size, type of pipe, and material, PVC number, Product Standard number, and the NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) Seal. C. PVC pipe fittings: Shall be of the same material as the PVC pipe specified and compatible with PVC pipe furnished. Solvent weld type shall be for Schedule 40. D. PVC Pipe: All Mainline pipe shall be Sch40 PVC. Lateral lines for sport field irrigation shall be Sch40 PVC. All other Lateral line pipe shall be Class 200 solvent weld, SDR-21, PS 22-70 for all sizes 1" - 3". E Flexible PVC Risers (Nipples): All flexible PVC nipples shall be made from virgin PVC material, and shall comply with ASTM D2287, shall be tested at 200 P.S.I. static pressure for 2 hours and have a quick burst rating of a minimum 400 P.S.I. Flexible PVC pipe nipples shall be factory assembled only. 2.3 SWING JOINTS A. Swing joints shall be O-ring seal type. Use Lasco or approved equal. Half`ASSOga(es 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 -6 2.4 WIRE AND SPLICES A. All wire shall be single strand solid copper, minimum 14 gauge with type OF insulation which is Underwriters Laboratory approved for direct underground burial when used in a National Electrical Code Class II Circuit (30 volts AC or less) as per Articles 725 and 300. Voltage drop shall be taken into consideration. B. All wire shall be color coded so that the common wire shall have white insulation and the signal wires shall have red insulation. C. All splices shall be made with King one step Dry splices Tan or Larger. D. All connectors shall be UL listed, rated 600 volt, for PVC insulated wire. No wire splices shall be buried. 2.5 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves 2 '/z" and smaller shall be all brass, globe type with composition disc rated at 150 pounds W.O.G. B All valves shall have wheel handles unless cross handles are called for on the plan. 2.6 VALVE BOXES A. A box shall be provided for all valves. B. Valve boxes shall be made of high-strength plastic suitable for turf irrigation purposes. C. Boxes shall be suitable in size and configuration for the operability and adjustment of the valve. D Extension sections will be used as appropriate to the depth of piping. E. All valve box covers shall bolt down or have locking mechanisms and shall be colored green. 2.7 POP-UP SPRAY, MICRO SPRAY, ROTOR AND BUBBLER HEADS/ROOT WATERING SYSTEMS A. Pop-up spray, rotor and bubbler heads are specified on the drawings. B. Two bubbler heads shall be provided per each tree or Rainbird Root Watering System (2) per shade tree and (1) per ornamental tree per locations as shown on the plans. f Haiff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 -7 C. Spray heads shall have a minimum 4" pop-up or 12" pop-up as designated on the drawings. The sprinkler body and all related parts shall be plastic cycolac or polycarbonate. They shall have a spring retraction for positive return action of the pop-up nozzle. The spring for retraction and the adjustable nozzle screw shall be made of corrosion resistant materials. D. All heads are to be operated and site adjusted to match precipitation rate of all heads in the zone with proper nozzle selection and arc adjustments. E MICRO-SPRAYS -The nozzle shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant plastic. The nozzle shall have a pop-up stem that when under water pressure, pops up an additional inch. It shall also have a stainless steel retraction spring to retract the stem when water pressure is released. The stem shall have an integral elastomeric flow bushing for maintaining a constant flow rate over the operating pressure range of 25 to 60 PSI (1.7 to 4.1 bars, 172 to 413 kPa). The nozzle shall be protected from debris by a stainless steel screen that is integral to the pop- up stem. The nozzle shall have standard female threads that are compatible with the threaded riser on Hunter spray heads as well as some other manufacturer's spray heads. The nozzle shall carry a two-year, exchange warranty (not prorated). Must be installed in Institutional spray body. 2.8 DRIP IRRIGATION A. The drip irrigation system shall be Rainbird XF Series dripline and components as specificed in Irrigation Legend. Drip flow rate and spacing shall be as indicated on drawings. 2.9 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER (PERMANENT IRRIGATION) A. Electric irrigation controller shall be capable of operating the number of stations as indicated on the drawings. The system is designed to operate only one section valve at a time, unless otherwise noted. The controller will be specified on the irrigation plan. B. Power source shall be standard 117=/-volt 60 Cycle AC. Output for operation of companion solenoid actuated valves shall be 24 volts 60 Cycle AC. C. Operation of the controller shall be full automatic, incorporating one 24 hour clock and 14 day calendar per controlled number of electric valves shown on the plan to start the sprinkling cycle any hour or hours of the day or night of any day or days over a repeating 14 day period. D The controller shall be capable of repeating watering cycles as required with a maximum delay between the ending of one cycle and the beginning of the next not to exceed 2 hours. Control shall provide optional semi-automatic operation whereby the automatic cycle may be started independent of the clock and manual operation whereby any station may be operated by hand independent of all timing mechanism. The choice of automatic day or hour programming shall be available to the operator on the face of the control panel without the use of tools. E The automatic controller shall be equipped with rainproof housing. F. Provide automatic rain/freeze shutoff with controller. HalR Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 -8 2.10 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL GLOBE VALVES A. Electric remote control valves shall have plastic bodies and covers and shall be globe-type diaphragm valves of normally closed design. B A flow stem adjustment shall be included in each valve. 2.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. A double-check assembly shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. B. This assembly shall be installed in a box and shall conform to the City Plumbing Codes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A Design Pressure: This irrigation system has been designed to operate with a minimum static inlet water pressure as indicated on the drawing. The Contractor shall take a pressure reading prior to beginning construction. If the pressure reading is 5% less than indicated, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative. B. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in equipment usage, area dimensions or water pressure exist that might not have been considered in the engineering. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative in writing. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. i C. Staking: Before installation is started, place a stake or flag where each sprinkler is to be located, in accordance with drawing. Staking shall be approved by the Owner's Representative before proceeding. D. Piping Layout: Piping layout is diagrammatic. Route piping around existing trees and root zones in such a manner as to avoid damage to plantings. Where access is restricted, bore under large existing trees to avoid damage and exposure of the root system. Do not dig within the ball of newly planted trees or shrubs. E. In areas where trees are present, trenches will be adjusted on site to provide a minimum clearance of four times the trunk diameter of the tree (at its base) between any tree and any trench. F. All material and equipment shall be delivered to the Worksite in unbroken reels, cartons or other packaging to demonstrate that such material is new and of a quality and grade in keeping with the intent of these Specifications. G. Refer to plan details for drip installation. Halff Assoaates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 - 9 H. Spray heads and Rotor heads cannot be located closer than 4" of any sidewalk, driveway or foundation. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation to the depth indicated in these Specifications and Contract drawings. The banks of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable. Trenches shall be wide enough to allow a minimum of 4" between parallel pipelines or electrical wiring. Where rock excavation is required, or where stones are encountered in the bottom of the trench that would create a concentrated pressure on the pipe, the rock or stones shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches minimum below the trench depth indicated. The over depth rock excavation and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist earth or sand, thoroughly tamped. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the trench bottom, such shall be removed to a depth and length required, and the trench backfilled to trench bottom grade as hereinafter specified, with course sand, fine gravel or other suitable material. B. Bottom of trench grade shall be continued past ground surface deviations to avoid air pockets and low collection points in the line. The minimum cover specifications shall govern regardless of variations in ground surface profile and the occasional deeper excavation required at banks and other field conditions. Excavation shall be such that a uniform trench grade variation will occur in all cases where variations are necessary. C. Trench excavation shall comprise the satisfactory removal and disposition of all materials, and shall include all shoring and sheeting required to protect the excavation and to safeguard employees. D. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edge of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling shall be wasted as directed by the Owner's Representative. When excavated material is of a rocky nature and the topsoil or any other layer of excavated material is suitable for pipe bedding and backfill in the vicinity of the pipe, such material shall be separately stockpiled for use in such bedding and pipe backfill operations, unless satisfactory imported material is used. E. All excavations and backfill shall be unclassified and covered in the basic bid. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock encountered. F. Restore all surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original conditions in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A Sprinkler Mains: Sprinkler mains are that portion of piping from water source to electric valves. This portion of piping is subject to surges since it is a closed portion of the sprinkler system. Sprinkler mains shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 18 inches of cover. Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400 - 10 B Lateral Piping Lateral piping is that portion of piping from electrical valve to sprinkler heads. This portion of piping is not subject to surges since it is an "open end" portion of the sprinkler system. Lateral piping shall be installed in a trench with a minimum of 12 inches of cover. C Remove lumber, rubbish, and rocks from trenches. Provide firm, uniform bearing for entire length of each pipeline to prevent uneven settlement. Wedging or blocking of pipe will not be permitted. Remove foreign matter or dirt from inside of pipe before welding, and keep piping clean during and after laying pipe. D. PVC pipe shall not be installed where there is water in the trench, nor shall PVC pipe be laid when temperature is 40 deg. F or below or when rain is imminent. PVC pipe will expand and contract as the temperature changes. Therefore, pipe shall be snaked from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. 3.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTING ASSEMBLY A Solvent: Make solvent-welded joints following standards noted herein. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings of dirt, dust, and moisture with an approved PVC primer before applying solvent. B. PVC to Metal Connection: Work metal connections first. Use a non-hardening pipe dope such as Permatex No. 2 or"Teflon"tape on threaded PVC to metal joints. Use only light wrench pressure. C Threaded PVC Connections: Where required, use threaded PVC adapters into which pipe may be welded. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A Pressure Test: After the pipe is laid, the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled, leaving the joints exposed for examination, the newly laid piping or any valved section of main pressure line piping shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected for four hours to a hydrostatic pressure test of normal city water pressure. Each valve shall be opened and closed during the test. Enclosed pipe, joints, fittings, and valves shall be carefully examined during the partially open trench test. Joints showing visible leakage shall be replaced or remade, as necessary. Cracked or defective pipe,joints, fittings, or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be repeated until the test results are satisfactory. All replacement and repair shall be at contractor's cost. 3.6 CONTROL WIRE INSTALLATION A. All control wire less than 500 feet in length shall be continuous without splices or joints from the controller to the valves. Connections to the electric valves shall be made within 18 inches of the valve using connectors specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative in writing. B. All control wires shall be installed at least 18 inches deep. Contractor shall obtain the Owner's Representative's approval for wire routing when installed in a separate ditch. Control wires may Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 32 84 00 - 11 be installed in a common ditch with piping, however, wires must be installed a minimum of 4 inches below or to one side of piping. C. All wire passing under existing or future paving, sidewalk, construction, etc., shall be encased in PVC Schedule 40 conduit extending at least 2 feet beyond edges of paving, sidewalks, or construction. 3.7 POP-UP SPRAY, MICRO-SPRAY, ROTORY AND BUBBLER HEADS A. Provide heads and nozzles as specified and install in locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Pop-up spray and micro-spray heads shall be installed on a poly riser pipe connector as detailed. Rotary heads shall be installed on a double swing joint connected to the lateral pipe. Bubbler shall be a po-up spray head on a poly riser. Keep heads a minimum of 4 inches from paved surfaces. C. Heads shall be installed with underside of flange flush with the finished grade. D. Contractor will be required to adjust heads as necessary after establishment of grass or other plant material. 3.8 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A Quick coupling valves shall be installed as indicated on the plans along mainline with a ball valve preceding the QC for shut off. B. Quick coupling valves shall be installed with the underside of flange flush with the finished grade. C. Quick coupling valves shall be installed on a swing joint assembly as detailed on the submitted and approved shop drawings. D. Under the warranty, the Contractor shall return after grass is established and adjust valves and valve boxes to proper grade. 3.9 MANUAL VALVES A. Manual valves shall be sized and located where shown on the Contract drawings. B Valve boxes shall be adjusted to be flush with finished grade. C. Valve boxes shall be properly supported and of sufficient construction that tractors, mowers or other equipment crossing over the boxes will not push boxes down and crush the pipe, valve, or box. v HaIH Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 32 84 00 - 12 r. 3.10 VALVE AND VALVE BOX PLACEMENT A. A ball valve shall precede each valve to provide shut off for repair of valves. B. All manual, electric, and quick coupling valves shall be in boxes as specified in Paragraph 2.6 of this section, and shall be set with a minimum of six (6) inches of space between their top surface and the bottom of the valve box. The base of the box shall be filled with pea gravel per manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Valves shall be fully opened and fully closed to ensure that all parts are in operating condition. D. Valve boxes shall be set plumb, vertical, and concentric with the valve stem. E. Any valve box which has moved from this required position so as to prevent the use of the operating wheel of the valve shall be reset by the Contractor at his own expense. 3.11 ELECTRIC CONTROLLER A. Electric controller shall be located as shown on the plans and shall be capable of operating the number of stations indicated. B. The system is designed to operate only one section at a time, unless otherwise noted on the plans in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published installation instructions. F 3.12 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Remote control valves shall be located and sized as shown on the plans. All electrical connections shall be made when the weather is dry with connection kits as specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this section in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. All remote control valves shall be installed in a horizontal position, in accordance to the manufacturer's published installation instructions. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish and install the proper size wire on each of the low voltage circuits from the master control center to the various electric remote control valves. C. Consideration shall be given to each circuit for allowance of voltage drop and economy consistent with accepted practices of electrical installation. Under no circumstances shall the voltage of any branch circuit be reduced more than proper due to length of run exceeding the maximum allowable for the wire size used. 3.13 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made, the trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stone. Rock, broken concrete, or pavement, and large boulders shall not be Haff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 32 84 00 - 13 used as backfill material. The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted and evened with the adjacent soil level. B. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill. Compact all other areas by flooding or hand tamping. The jetting process may be used in areas when flooding. C. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% density. r D. Any trenches improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and left in a completed surface condition as described above. E. Specifically tamp backfill under heads and around the flange of heads for one foot (1') by a suitable means after trench backfill has dried from flooding to prevent heads loosening in the ground. 3.14 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. After installation has been completed, make final adjustment of sprinkler system prior to Owner's Representative's final inspection. B. Completely flush system to remove debris from lines by removing nozzle from heads on ends of lines and turning on system. C. Check sprinklers for proper operation and proper alignment for direction of throw. D. Check each new section for operating pressure and balance to other sections by use of flow adjustment on top of each valve. E. Check nozzles for proper coverage. Prevailing wind conditions may indicate that arc or angle of spray should be other than as shown on drawings. In this case, change nozzles to provide correct coverage and furnish record data to Owner's Representative with each change. F. After system is thoroughly flushed and ready for operation, each section of sprinklers shall be adjusted to control pressure at heads. Use the following method, one section at a time: 1. Remove last head on section and install a temporary riser above grade. Install tee with pressure gauge attached on top of riser and re-install head with nipple onto tee. 2. Correct operating pressure at last head of each section as follows: Spray Heads -20-25 psi, rotor heads - 30 to 40 psi (and as recommended by the manufacturer). 3. After replacing head, at grade, tamp thoroughly around head. 3.15 CLEAN-UP A. The Worksite shall be thoroughly cleaned of all waste materials and all unused or salvaged materials, equipment, tools, etc. Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 328400- 14 L B. After completion of the work, areas disturbed shall be leveled and the Worksite shall be raked clean and left in an orderly condition. PART 4 -METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 4.1 MEASUREMENT A. Landscape Irrigation Systems described in this section will be paid for on a lump sum basis wherein no measurement will be made. PART5 -PAYMENT 5.1 PAYMENT A. Landscape Irrigation Systems will be paid for at the Contract lump sum, which price will be full compensation for furnishing and installing equipment, shop drawings, providing all submittals and warranties; furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment; and incidentals necessary to complete the work as described in this section and related other sections of these Specifications and plans, as well as maintenance until final acceptance. Unless otherwise noted in the plans and contract documents. END OF SECTION 32 84 00 Halff Associates 9-2016 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 32 84 00 - 15 SECTION 32 93 00 — PLANTING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS The requirements of the "General Conditions of the Contract" and General Requirements, shall apply to all work of this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, material, equipment and services necessary to provide all landscape planting, complete in place, as shown on drawings and/or specified herein 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: 1. Submit documentation to Project landscape architect within fifteen (15) days after award of Contract that all plant material is available and has been purchased, contracted to be grown, or reserved. Contractor shall be responsible for all material listed on plant list. Any and all substitutions due to unavailability must be requested in writing prior to com- mencement of installation. All materials shall be subject to inspection by Project Land- scape Architect at any time after confirmation of ordering. 2. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval of Project landscape architect at place of growth or upon delivery for conformity to specifications. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection during progress of the work. Plant materials ap- proved by the Project Landscape Architect shall be tagged with non-removable tags sup- plied by contractor with the project name. Tags shall remain until approval and ac- ceptance of plant material on site. 3. Inspection and tagging of plant material by the Project Landscape Architect is for design intent only and does not constitute the Project Landscape Architect's approval of the plant materials in regards to their health and vigor as specified in Section 2 The health and vigor of the plant material is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 4. The Contractor shall submit samples and/or specifications of any item being used on site as listed in section 2 herein. 5. Applicable standards for plant material shall be a American Standard for Nursery Stock, latest edition. b American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, latest edition. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Delivery 1. Deliver fertilizer and other packaged materials to site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturers guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trademark, and conform- ance to State Law. 2. The Contractor shall furnish Project Landscape Architect with copies of receipts for all Halft Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 - 1 amendments specified in this Section. 3. Deliver all plants with legible identification labels stating proper botanical names and siz- es indicated on plant list. 4. Protect plant material during delivery to prevent damage to root ball, trunks or branches, or desiccation of leaves. 5. The Contractor shall notify the Project Landscape Architect seven (7) days in advance of delivery of all plant materials and shall submit an itemized list of the plants in each deliv- ery. 6. Department of Agriculture certificate shall accompany all grass seed and each delivery of sod used for solid sod or plugging to certify genetic identity and shall be furnished to the Owner. B. Storage: 1. Maintain and protect plant material, including solid sod, not to be planted within twenty- four(24) hours in a healthy, vigorous condition. 2. Store plant material, including solid sod, in shade and protect from weather. Contractor to provide all water and protection necessary to keep plant material from freezing or dry- ing. 3. Tree delivery and installation shall be coordinated such that they are completed on the same day. Should planting be unavoidably delayed, Contractor shall protect rootballs with a covering material such as sand or mulch, keeping trees in an upright or inclined manner, or other manner acceptable to the Project Landscape Architect. C. Handling: 1. The Contractor is cautioned to exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing of plant materials. Plant materials that have been damaged in any way will be discarded and if installed, shall be replaced with undamaged materials at the Contractor's expense. 2. Under no circumstances is plant material to be handled by stem or trunk. All trees are to be handled with flexible straps secured around rootball. 3. Contractor to protect tree trunks and tree limbs from damage during planting with carpet or burlap strips. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Work continuously on the site with exception of bad weather delays until the project is com- pleted and as called for in the General Conditions. B. Schedule: Install trees, shrubs, and liner stock plant material before lawn installation has commenced. Contractor to coordinate work with all other trades as stated in General Condi- tions. 1.06 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT A. All plant material installed under the Contract shall be guaranteed to remain alive and in healthy, vigorous condition for a period of one year after date of written Final Acceptance of project landscape installation. B. Replace all plant materials that are dead, dying, unhealthy or unsightly as determined by the Halff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 - 2 Project Landscape Architect. Replacements shall be in accordance with the drawings and specifications and shall be guaranteed as set forth in Section A above. The cost of re- placements is at the Contractor's expense. Material is to be replaced within fifteen (15) days of written notice by Owner or Project Landscape Architect. C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of plants due to acts of God, theft, fire, acts of vandalism, or negligence on the part of the Owner, as determined by the Project Landscape Architect. D Contractor shall remove all staking, guying and wrapping materials at the end of the guarantee period. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: All materials shall be of standard, approved and first-grade quality and shall be in prime condition when installed and accepted. Any commercially processed or packaged ma- terial shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened container bearing the manufactur- er's guaranteed analysis. Contractor shall supply Project Landscape Architect with a sample of all supplied materials accompanied by analytical data from an approved laboratory source illustrating compliance or bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Contractor shall submit a list and manufacturer's product information, including MSDS sheets, of all chemicals to be used on site to Owner for approval prior to any chemical application. B. Organic Amendment to be composted mulch as manufactured by "Garden-Ville", "Living Earth Technology", or approved equal. Submit sample and analysis for approval. C. Soil Amendments: 1. Soil sulfur: Agricultural grade sulfur containing a minimum of 99% sulfur (expressed as elemental). 2. Iron sulfate: 20% Iron (expressed as metallic iron), derived from ferric and ferrous sul- fate, 10% sulfur(expressed as elemental). 3. Gypsum: Agricultural grade product containing 98% minimum calcium sulfate. 4. Pre-Emergent Herbicide: Surflan or approved equal. D. Fertilizer: EZ-Green slow release tablets, percentages by weight, (Nitrogen, Phosphoric acid, Potash), mixed by a commercial fertilizer supplier. Fertilizers for lawns shall be slow release fertilizers. Submit sample and analysis for approval. E. Import Topsoil: Contractor to supply high quality imported topsoil of loamy character, high in humus and organic content from local agricultural source. Topsoil to be reasonably free from clay lumps, coarse sands, stones, roots, and other foreign matter. There shall be no toxic amounts of acid or alkaline elements. Red or Orange "sandy loam" will not be acceptable. Submit sample and analysis for approval. ` F. Import Backfill for Berms: Contractor to supply high quality, select imported backfill from local approved source. Backfill to be reasonably free from clay lumps, coarse sands, stones, roots, and other foreign matter. There shall be no toxic amounts of acid or alkaline elements. Submit samples to Project Landscape Architect for approval. G. Plant Material: Plants shall be in accordance with the Texas State Department of Agricul- ture's regulation for nursery inspections, rules and rating. All plants shall have a normal habit of growth and shall be full, well branched, well-proportioned and symmetrical Plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous and free of insect infestations, plant diseases, sunscalds, and fresh Halff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 - 3 abrasions of the bark, excessive abrasions, or other objectionable disfigurements. Tree trunks shall be sturdy and have well shaped branching systems and vigorous and fibrous root systems that are not root or pot-bound. The Project Landscape Architect reserves the right to examine the roots of any plant material he determines questionable. Samples to be chosen randomly and shall be at Contractor's expense. 1. Nursery Grown and Collected Stock: All material shall have been grown under climatic and soil conditions similar to those in locality of project. Container-grown stock shall be in vigorous, healthy condition, not root-bound or with root system hardened off, and shall have grown in container from seedling. Containerized stock shall be in vigorous, healthy condition, not root-bound or with root system hardened off, and shall have grown in con- tainer for a minimum of 8 months. Use only liner stock plant material that is well estab- lished in removable containers or formed homogeneous soil sections. 2. All ball and burlap trees shall have firm, natural root balls or sufficient size to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery and establishment of the plant. Cracked or soft or "mushroomed" rootballs will be unacceptable. Ball size shall conform to the latest edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock. B&B materials shall be firmly wrapped with biodegradable burlap. 3. Specimen Stock: When detailed on the Plant List, specimen shall mean exceptionally ful- ly developed, bushy, and heavily branched plants that have been grown individually in the nursery. They shall surpass the normal standard for nursery stock in their density and maturity, and shall form a symmetrical, tightly knit plant or picturesque characteristic if in- dicated. H. Lawn Seed: All seed used shall be high quality, extra fancy, treated lawn type seed at the purity and germination specified, and shall be furnished in sealed standard containers with signed copies of a statement from the vendor certifying that each container of seed delivered is fully labeled in accordance with the Texas State Agricultural Code and is equal to or better than the requirements of these specifications. Lawn seed to be free of weed or noxious ' grass seeds. Submit sample and analysis for approval. I. Sodding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02920-S J. Native Grass and Wildflower Seeding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02932-NW ' K. Native Grass Seeding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02932-N. L. Guying and Staking Materials: Reference plans for tree staking details that apply to portions of the project. 1. 8'-0" ht. Metal "T" stakes, dark green or black in color, approved by Project landscape ar- chitect. Contractor to install per detail on plans. 2. Wire & Cable: 10 gauge multi-strand galvanized wire or plastic chain ties will be used for all trees with a caliper of 1" to 3". 1/8" diameter aircraft cable with cable clamps will be in- stalled with all tree calipers greater than 3". 3. Trunk Protection: '/z" diameter rubber hose, length as needed to protect trunk and branches of tree when wire and cable are used. Black in color. M. Tree Paint: Morrison Tree Seal, Cabort Tree Paint, or approved equal. N. Water: Furnished by Owner on site through irrigation system at hose bib locations, all hoses, Halff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 -4 transportation across site and other necessary distribution to be provide by Contractor. If irri- gation system is not functional or part of contract upon completion of planting, provide what- ever means necessary to insure that all material is watered and maintained. O. Mulch: 1. Tree and Pit Planted shrubs: Mulch shall consist of shredded cedar or hardwood bark mixture of varied lengths (1"-3") such that when installed will form a mat resistant to ero- sion. Mulch to be partially decomposed and shall be free of sticks, stones, clay or other foreign materials. I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Obtain Owner's certifications that rough grades to plus or minus 0.10' have been established prior to commencing planting operations. Provide for inclusion of all amendments, settling, etc. Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for shaping and fine grading all planting are- as as indicated on plans or as directed by Project Landscape Architect. B. Verify location of all utilities prior to pit excavation and grading. Contractor is responsible for any damage to utilities and Owner's property. Coordinate with all other site contractors. C. Inspect trees, shrubs and liner stock plant material for injury, insect infestation and trees and shrubs for improper pruning. Do not begin planting of trees until deficiencies are corrected or plants replaced. D. Quantities shown on the plans are for the convenience of the Contractor. In case of discrep- ancy between the plant list and the plans, the plans shall govern. The Contractor is also re- sponsible for determining the quantities needed to complete the installation to the full extent dimensioned on the drawings. t D. An automatic underground irrigation system may be part of the Contract. Contractor may co- ordinate the work to allow for the use of the system to irrigate the work in progress. Failure to adequately coordinate the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the need to provide water to landscape material up until Final Acceptance of the work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Soil Preparation: 1. Grades: Contractor to receive site at approximately finish grade unless otherwise noted on plan. Minor modifications to grade may be required by Contractor to establish final grade. Contractor will be responsible for removal of minor rocks and debris. 2. Soil Testing: The Owner and Project Landscape Architect reserve the right to require soil testing and results listing pH, fertility levels and percentages of sand, silt, and clay. From this, the contractor may be required to submit to the Owner and Project Landscape Architect recommendations for soil amendments and fertilizers if different than those listed below. For bid purposes, use the soil amendment procedures listed. ` B. Excavation: 1 Continuous planting beds, depth of excavation: 1 4 - 8 inches minimum below finish grade One-gallon shrubs - 12 inches minimum below finish grade 4 Halff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING I 329300 - 5 L Five-gallon shrubs—16 inches minimum below finish grade 2. Tree and shrub pit dimensions: depth: 1-1/2 times the root ball (vertical sides) width: 1 foot wider than the diameter of the rootball 3. All excess soil excavated from beds to be disposed of in a lawful manner off site unless by written consent, the Project Landscape Architect directs the Contractor to supplement lawn area with approved excavated soil or provides a spoil disposal area on site. 4. Contractor shall fracture and break rock or clay if encountered in excavation and perform a drainage test. The tree, shrub, or planting pits shall be filled with water and shall drain completely within a 24-hour period to be acceptable for planting. Notify Project Land- scape Architect upon such occurrences. 5. Contractor to scarify bottom and sides of pit to ensure that glazing of clay pit does not oc- cur. Contractor to be responsible to provide adequate drainage through shrub beds to prevent water logging of plants. Notify Project Landscape Architect if inadequate drain- age in shrub beds occurs. C. Backfill Mix for planting is to be provided; the standard plant bed mix as manufactured by "Living Earth Technology", "Gardenville" or approved equal. 1. Contractor to provide 48 hours' notice to Project Landscape Architect prior to mixing of any soil on site for approval of amendments and mixed soil. 2. If soils are mixed off site, contractor shall submit location of pre-mix and mix analysis for Project Landscape Architect. D. Pre-Plant Weed Control: 1. Spray weeds with a nonselective systemic contact herbicide, as recommended and ap- plied by an approved licensed applicator. 2. Clear and remove these existing weeds upon herbicide's completed action by grubbing off all plant parts at least 1/2" below the surface of the soil. 3.03 PLANT INSTALLATION A. Coordination: 1. If part of contract, Contractor to coordinate with Irrigation Contractor to insure functional irrigation system prior to any tree, shrub and groundcover installation. B. Layout of Major Plantings: Tree locations and outlines of planting beds shall be marked on the ground by the Contractor before any plant pits are dug. The Project Landscape Architect shall approve all such locations. If underground construction or utility line is encountered in the excavation of planting areas, other location for planting may be selected by the Project Landscape Architect. C. Planting of Trees and Shrubs: 1. Protect all areas from excessive compaction when trucking plants or other material to the planting site. Protect existing site amenities during landscape operations. 2. Removal of containers: a. Remove bottom of plant boxes before planting. Remove sides of box without damage to Haat Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 -6 root ball after positioning plant and partially backfilling. b. Remove top 1/3 of burlap from balled and burlap materials after setting plant. c. Remove all plastic fabrics, containers, ropes and wires from shrub and tree canopies and root balls. 3. All plants shall be set upright and plumb in center of hole. Plants or trees in formal plantings shall be laid out according to dimensions on plans. Plants shall be set to give best appear- ance. All plants shall be set slightly above (no more than 2"), or level with finished grade up- on completion of planting operations. Adjust tree and shrub elevations should settlement oc- cur. 4. Backfill pits immediately upon setting until hole or trench is one-half full. Hole should then be filled with water and tamped sufficiently to remove any air pockets. 5. Plant Tablets: a. After the water has completely drained, planting tablets shall be placed as indicated be- low: Three tablets per 15-gallon container Four tablets per 24" box or 2"tree Five tablets per 30" box or 3"tree Six tablets per 36" box or 4"tree Seven tablets per 42" box or 5"tree Eight tablets per 48" box or 6"tree Planting tablets shall be set with each plant on the top of the root ball while the plants are still in their containers so the required number of tablets to be used in each hole can be easily verified by the Project Landscape Architect. 6. Complete backfilling operations. Construct a 4" ht. water retention basin around plant pit with topsoil. Apply pre-emergent herbicide. Spread minimum 3" deep specified mulch within tree basins and all pit planted shrubs. Spread minimum 3" deep specified mulch within all plant- ing beds. 7. Pruning: Trees shall be pruned and thinned out if there are too many internal branches The trees should be open to allow more sunlight into the entire tree and too shape the tree. Weak crouches are to be removed. Remove dead or injured twigs and branches. Pruning may not be done prior to delivery of plants. Cuts over 3/4" in diameter shall be painted with specified tree paint. Trees that do not have a central leader will be rejected. 8. Staking: Staking of all trees shall be completed immediately after planting. All stakes shall be installed plumb and as indicated in details. 9. Planting of Shrubs (mass), ground covers and annuals: a. After excavation and scarification of planting bed, Contractor to fill bed with 4" specified backfill mix and apply Agricultural Gypsum at the rate of 50 lbs./1000 S.F. complete backfilling with specified mix to finished grade. Edging, if specified, shall be installed at this time. k b. Plants shall be installed in straight rows and evenly spaced to fill bed, unless otherwise noted, and at intervals called out in the drawings. Triangular spacing shall be used un- less otherwise noted on the drawings. 1 c. After installation of all shrubs, groundcover and annuals, plantings shall be watered thor- Haut associates 9-2016 PLANTING ( 329300 -7 l oughly. Any settling of plants or finished grade that occurs shall be repaired prior to in- stallation of mulch. Finished grade of planting beds to be 1/2" below finished grade of adjacent pavement or curb. d. After water has drained from planting, but not more than 24 hours later, Contractor to ap- ply pre-emergent weed control according to manufacturer's specifications. e. Following pre-emergent weed control applications, Contractor to install specified mulch to full 3" depth over entire bed area. 3.04 LAWN APPLICATION A. Coordination: 1. Install hydromulch, plug or sod after tree, shrub and groundcover installation is complete. 2. If part of contract, Contractor to coordinate with Irrigation Contractor to insure functional irri- gation system prior to any lawn installation. B. Preparation: 1. Pre-Plant Weed Control: a. If weeds exist within proposed landscape areas at the beginning of work, spray with a nonselective systemic contact herbicide, as recommended and applied by an approved licensed applicator. b. Clear and remove these existing weeds upon herbicide's completed action by grubbing off all plant parts at least 1/2"-1" below the surface of the soil. 2. Contractor to scarify ground surface to a minimum 2" depth remove all sticks, trash, rocks and other debris and dispose off site prior to seeding/sodding. When solid rock is exposed or encountered within the first 2" depth of existing soil, place a minimum of 4" imported topsoil. All proposed berms shall have a minimum of 4" imported topsoil. 3. Contractor to rake entire area, leveling any imperfections in the grades left by site work con- tractor. Landscape contractor to ensure that there will be positive drainage and no ponding on site. Finished grade of lawn areas to be 1/2" below top of curbs, sidewalks and other pavements. Remove any large (greater than 1") dirt clods, rocks, and trash and prepare a smooth, level, loose and coarse surface. Project Landscape Architect to approve fine grad- ing prior to any lawn installation. Lawn bed shall be moist (but not muddy) to receive seed, sod and plugs. C. Hydromulch Application (when applicable): 1. Lawn areas to be seeded immediately after preparation of the bed. Do not use pre- emergent herbicide in areas to be seeded. Apply a uniform coat of hydromulch at the rates specified in: Native Grass Seeding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02932-N, Non- Native Grass Seeding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02932-NN, Native Grass and Wildflower Seeding for Erosion Control: Refer Specification 02932-NW. 2. Seed areas within seeding limits indicated on the plan and areas disturbed by construction operations. 3. Protect existing utilities (including irrigation system), plantings, paving and other site ameni- ties from damage caused by hydromulching operations. Halff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 329300 -8 4. Immediately following application of hydromulch, the Contractor shall wash excess hy- dromulching material from previously planted materials, architectural features. etc. Care shall be exercised to avoid washing or eroding mulch materials from lawn area. D. Sod Installation (if required): 1. Incorporate specified starter fertilizer at 2 pounds Nitrogen per 1000 square feet of lawn area for sodded areas. 2. Apply specified pre-emergent herbicide to fine graded areas prior to installation of solid sod. Do not use any Pre-emergent in areas to be overseeded with Rye Grass within three months. Use care to avoid wind drift or runoff to adjacent ornamental tree or shrub plantings. 3. Lay sod within 24 hours from time of harvesting. 4. Lay sod to form solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips; do not overlap. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Work sifted soil into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess sod to avoid smothering adjacent grass. 5. Sod pads shall be of fullest size possible-no sod slivers or scraps will be permitted. 6. Finished grade of new sod shall be flush with adjacent lawn and pavement. Ensure positive drainage off all adjacent walkways and pavement. 7. Roll entire sodded area with sod roller. Water sod thoroughly. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. After all planting operations have been completed, remove all trash, excess soil, empty plant con- tainers and rubbish from the property. All scars, ruts or other marks in the ground caused by this work shall be repaired and the ground left in a neat and orderly condition throughout the site. Contractor shall pick up all trash resulting from this work no less frequently than each Friday be- fore leaving the site, once a week, and/or the last working day of each week. All trash shall be removed completely from the site. I B. The Contractor shall leave the site area broom-clean and shall wash down all paved areas within the Contract area, leaving the premises in a clean condition. All walks shall be left in a clean and safe condition. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. General. 1. Maintain plant materials and lawn areas until final acceptance of the project. 2. Correct defective work as soon as apparent or as directed by Project Landscape Architect. 3. All debris (including clippings, leaves, etc.) shall be removed from project site. 4. Coordinate with irrigation contractor to ensure functional irrigation system. Notify Project L landscape architect should any conflicts arise. Hand water all areas that do not have auto- matic irrigation system until fully established. B. Trees, Shrubs, Groundcover and Annuals: 1. Maintenance shall include litter removal, watering, pruning, fertilizing, weeding and the appli- e HaIN Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 32 9300 -9 L cation of appropriate herbicides, insecticides, and fungicides as necessary. Under no condi- tions shall shrubs be sheared (unless Contractor obtains written consent of Owner). 2. Corrective measures - tighten and repair guying and staking work, reset settled plants, re- mulch in order to maintain specified depths of mulch. C. Lawn Areas: 1. Maintain lawn areas, including watering, fertilizing, rolling, weeding, and application of appro- priate insecticides, herbicides and fungicides, and reseeding, plugging or sodding per plan until a full uniform stand of specified grass is achieved. 2. Repair, re-grade and reseed/replug/resod washed out or bare areas as required per original plan. 3.07 ACCEPTANCE A. The landscape will be reviewed provided all work is in compliance with specifications and draw- ings and all plants and lawns are in healthy vigorous condition. Inspection to determine substan- tial completion of planted areas and lawns will be made by Project Landscape Architect upon Contractors request. B. Substantial Completion will be granted when all plant material has been installed, hydromulching and sodding has been completed, and clean up on site has occurred. C. Final Acceptance will be ranted when: P 9 1. All trees planted on site that are deemed unacceptable have been replaced and a fresh layer of mulch has been installed in all mulch beds. 2. All shrubs and groundcovers planted on site that are deemed unacceptable have been re- placed and a fresh layer of mulch has been installed in all bed areas disturbed by replace- ments. 3. Seeded or plugged lawns shall be considered acceptable when established grass has grown at least 1-1/2 inches high with cover exceeding 95% of lawn area and no bare spots greater than two (2) square feet exist. Lawn areas not meeting these criteria shall be repaired with original materials/methods specified on plans. Provide re-grading as necessary. 4. All items listed on punch lists and field reports have been completed. 3.08 OBSERVATION SCHEDULE 1. Refer to Division 1- General Requirements for schedule of meetings, conferences, and in- spection schedule. 3.09 EXPIRATION OF GUARANTEE PERIOD The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner 30 days prior to the expiration of the guarantee period (see section 1.06, A). The Contractor shall coordinate a meeting at such time with the Owner to inspect all plant material for its health. All plant material deemed dead or unhealthy is to be replaced at the contractor's expense and shall be guaranteed for a time period equal to that of the original guarantee. Contractor shall remove and dispose of all staking, guying and wrapping materi- als at the end of the guarantee period. END OF SECTION 32 93 00 Haff Associates 9-2016 PLANTING 32 93 00 - 10 DESIGN/BUILD STEEL TRUSS RECREATION BRIDGE (SPAN 3) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for designing, detailing, fabrication, delivery, construction and erection of the Steel Truss Recreation Bridge superstructure. B. Substructures shall be constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Payment for"Design/Build Steel Truss Recreation Bridge" shall be compensation in full for all costs of design, supply, fabricating, and installation for steel recreation bridge superstructure. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, current edition and interims B. AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications for the Design of Pedestrian Bridges, current edition C. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA) Standards, current edition D. American Wood Council (AWC) National Design Specifications (NDS) for Wood Construction E. American Institute for Timber Construction (AITC), Timber Construction Manual F. American Welding Society (AWS), Structural Welding Code, D1.1, current edition G. American Institute for Steel Construction (AISC), Steel Construction Manual, current edition PART 2 - DESIGN 2.01 STEEL TRUSS RECREATION BRIDGE A Steel recreation bridge shall be "Steel Truss Recreation Bridge" as designed by Wheeler (Bridge Manufacturer). Wheeler 9531 W 7811 St, Ste 100 Minneapolis, MN 55344 (817) 320-2452 Email: amesser@wheeler1892.com B. Bridge shall be of steel truss design with transverse timber deck plank. C. Truss shall be parallel chord with Pratt diagonals. D. The bridge cross-section shall be a portal truss with the floor beams connected to the truss verticals. E. End truss verticals shall be configured as shown in plans. Interior verticals shall be perpendicular to the bottom chord. F. All members of the truss and deck system shall be fabricated from square/rectangular hollow structural sections (HSS), with the exception that floor beams may be wide flange (W) shapes. Open ends of end posts and floor beams shall be capped. Open shaped (non-tubular) stringers will be allowed only if adequate lateral or torsional bracing is provided. The timber deck and its attachments shall not be considered to brace the stringers. 202 DESIGN CODES A. Design of bridge superstructure shall comply with AASHTO LFRD Bridge Design Specifications, the AASHTO LFRD Guide Specifications for Design of Pedestrian Bridges, supplemented by AISC, further supplemented by AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, as modified and further supplemented herein. ` B. Structural members shall be designed in accordance with recognized engineering practices and principles. C. Welded tubular truss connections shall meet the provisions of AISC Chapter K2: HSS-to- HSS Truss Connections. D. If non-tubular floor beams are used, the floor beam to vertical connections shall be analyzed by treating the floor beam flanges as a pair of transverse plates and ignoring the floor beam web. The connections shall meet the applicable provisions of AISC Chapter K1: Concentrated Forces on HSS. E. All welded tubular moment connections shall meet the provisions of AISC Chapter K3: HSS-to-HSS Moment Connections. F. Unique connection types that are not directly addressed by the governing codes, such as unreinforced connections to the side of a beam web, shall be proven by finite element analysis or other rational design methods. t 2.03 DIMENSIONS AND LOADINGS A. Bridge dimensions: 1. Bridge length = 100' As measured from end to end of the end posts. Bridge length shall be as a clear span. 2. Clear bridge width = 10' As measured between inside faces of railing. B. Bridge shall be cambered 100%of the full dead load deflection. Camber shall not exceed standards set forth by the Americans with Disabilities Act. C. All dead loads, applied dead loads, live loads, and wind loads as specified in the AASHTO specification. D. Live loads: 1. 90 psf pedestrian load. 2. Applied separate from to pedestrian load, AASHTO Standard H-Truck with a 10,000 LB. GVW positioned to produce the maximum load effect. 3. Point Load = 1000 lbs 4. Lateral Wind Load = 35 psf on the full height of the bridge as if enclosed. 5. Uplift Wind Load =20 psf applied at the windward quarter point of the bridge ' width. D. In addition to the load combinations specified by AASHTO, when bridge structural members support or serve as railing members, the bridge shall be designed for the simultaneous application of rail load plus dead load plus 50% of live load. E. To resist warping forces, deck tie-down systems shall be designed to resist an uplift force of 500 lbs per plank per tie-down location, assuming wet service conditions. F. Bearing elevations, structure depth, clearance and profile grade must conform to site conditions. 2.04 RAILING A. Total rail height shall measure at least 54" above deck surface and meet AASHTO dimensional and structural requirements. B. The orientation of the safety rail elements shall be horizontal. C. When specified, horizontal safety rails shall contain a 6"sphere. 2.05 VIBRATION A. The frequency of the first harmonic for the unloaded bridge shall be no less than 3.0 Hz except when the weight of the structure with no live load exceeds 180 x exp(-0.35xFreq). B. The peak acceleration of the deck systems shall be limited to 5%gravity. C. Peak acceleration shall be computed based on a constant force of 92 pounds, and a damping ratio of 0.01. D. Peak acceleration in deck systems shall be computed with consideration of the combined effect of longitudinal components and floor beams. 2.06 DEFLECTION A. Wind deflections of the truss, as measured at deck level, shall be limited to L/500. B. Deflections in planks due to point or truck load shall be limited to L/300 or 0.1". Impact shall be included in deflection checks as applicable. C. Deflection of the truss due to uniform live load shall be limited to L/500. The load may be reduced based on loaded area for the purpose of calculating truss deflection only to no less than 65 psf D. Deflections in longitudinal deck members due to uniform live load shall be limited to L/500. E. No other service deflection limits need be considered. 2.07 FIELD SPLICES A. Field splices shall be fully bolted slip critical connections, utilizing tension indicating washers. Tack welding of high strength hardware is prohibited. B. Splices not immediately at or adjacent to panel points shall be designed for 100% of the member bending moment capacity for primary compression members, and 75% for bracing members or tension members subject to load reversal, including slip resistance, and slip resistance shall further meet the same AASHTO required strength as with other failure modes. 2.08 ANCHORAGES AND BEARINGS A. Design and materials for connection of superstructure to substructure shall be included with the superstructure and compatible with substructure design. B. Design the bridge for expansion and contraction with a temperature range of-40° F to 110° F. C. Anchors shall be of the drilled type, installed with a chemical adhesive system, except t that when design forces exceed the strength of typical chemical systems, cast-in-place anchors may be used. Anchor systems shall be designed and supplied by the Bridge Manufacturer. D. Expansion bearings shall include teflon or stainless steel sliding surfaces per AASHTO or elastomeric pads. Consideration of dead load rotation is required in all cases. 2.09 LIGHTING A. Design must accommodate light fixture attachments. Attachments shall be sized to support fixtures. Light fixture locations per plans. Light fixture specifications per lighting section in Section 26 56 00. PART 3— MATERIALS i L 3.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Structural steel material shall be cold-formed welded and seamless high strength, low- alloy structural tubing with improved atmospheric corrosion resistance meeting the requirements of ASTM A847, and plates and structural shapes meeting the requirements of ASTM A588 with a minimum corrosion index of 6.0 per ASTM G101. B. Minimum thickness of HSS members shall be 3/16". Minimum thickness for other rolled sections shall be 5/16", except the web thickness of rolled beams or channel shall not be L. L less than 1/4" as per AASHTO. Railing members are not subject to minimum thickness requirements 3.02 HARDWARE A. Splices for truss members, bracing, and floor beams, when used, shall be made with ASTM A325 or A490 high strength bolts. Type III bolts shall be used with weathering steel. Other splices shall be made with the above mentioned material or ASTM A307. B. All hardware (other than Type III high strength) shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. C. Anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM A307, A193, or F1554 3.03 TRANSVERSE TIMBER DECK PLANK A. Deck planks shall be nominal 3" (minimum). The species and grade are to be Douglas Fir pressure treated with Copper Naphthenate in Type A Hydrocarbon Solvent in accordance with AWPA P-36 and HSA-14 with retentions to meet AWPA UC4B. B. Decking shall be pressure treated in accordance with AWPA UC4A & U1. C. Preservative treatment of lumber and timber shall be by the pressure process, and unless otherwise provided in the contract special provisions, be in accordance AWPA Standards and AASHTO Designation M 133. D. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer the material shall be graded prior to treatment. Material shall be accepted after treatment on the basis of its condition prior to treatment, on the basis of inspection of the treatment procedure substantiated by plant records, on the condition of the material after treatment and on absorption, penetration and visual inspection. E. If practicable, all adzing, boring, chamfering, framing, gaining, mortising, surfacing and general framing, etc., shall be done prior to treatment. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces according to AWPA M4. F. All Douglas Fir and other species that are difficult to penetrate shall be incised prior to treatment. 3.04 OTHER MATERIALS A. Cementitious non-shrink grout, when applicable, shall meet ASTM C-1107, 7000 psi minimum. B. Materials not specified shall conform to applicable ASTM or AASHTO specifications. PART 4—SUBMITTALS 4.01 SEALED PLAN AND CALCULATIONS A. A detailed bridge plan and supporting calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas and experienced in steel bridge design shall be submitted to the Owner within 1 week after award of contract. B. The bridge plan shall be unique and include all design details and all details necessary for the fabrication and installation of the bridge superstructure. Details of individual fabricated pieces are not required. C. Structural calculations for the design of the bridge superstructure shall include complete design, analysis and code checks. 4.02 MATERIAL CERTIFICATION A. Solid sawn timber members shall conform to the requirements of the grading rules agency for the species, type, and grade specified in the plans or special provisions. Glued-Laminated members shall have the trademarks of a third party inspection agency l recognized by the International Accreditation Service, Inc. (IAS)for the combination, species, use, and appearance as specified in the plans or special provisions. A Grading Agency Certification is required on all timber material. B. The manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the production of the specified product or item and be able to furnish independent records or references of competence and r satisfaction of this fact upon the request of the Owner. C All structural steel shall be melted and manufactured in the United States of America. Mill certifications must be provided for all heat numbers. PART 5—WORK PERFORMANCE 5.01 BRIDGE MANUFACTURER A. Bridge Manufacturer shall be currently certified by the AISC to have the personnel, organization, experience, capability, and commitment to produce fabricated structural steel. Certification shall be maintained for Certified Bridge Fabrication — Intermediate (Major) with Fracture Critical Endorsement as set forth in the AISC Certification Program. I 5.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Workmanship shall be first class throughout. B. Deck planks shall be placed tight together with no gaps. C. Deck tie-downs shall be provided at plank ends and intermediate points as required such that tie-down spacing does not exceed actual plank thickness multiplied by 50. Edge tie- downs shall be made with a continuous steel angle member above the planks. D. Proper pre-drilling of holes for screws, nails, spikes, lags or bolts where necessary to avoid splitting of timber will be required. E. Where water collection inside of structural tubing is possible during construction or service, weep holes shall be provided at low points. 5.03 WELDING A. Welding and weld qualification tests shall conform to the provisions of AWS D1.1. The flux core arc welding (FCAW) process with similar weathering characteristics as the base material shall be used. B. Welding operators shall be properly accredited experienced operators. Each shall have certification of satisfactorily passing AWS standard qualification test(s) and have demonstrated the ability to make acceptable welds of the type required. C. Nondestructive weld testing is required. Testing will be performed by a qualified ASNT Level II Technician or greater and paid for by the Bridge Manufacturer. All welds are to be 100% visually inspected. Ten percent (10%) of all differing fillet and partial penetration welds shall be magnetic particle tested. For arch type bridges, 100% of end of top chord to bottom chord connections shall be tested. Full penetration shop welds shall be Ultrasonic tested in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 6. Base material certifications are to be supplied by the material suppliers. Inspection test results shall be available on request. 5.04 ABRASIVE BLASTING A. All structural steel shall be unpainted and self-weathering. All exposed surfaces, defined as those surfaces seen from the deck and from alongside the structure, shall be blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings Specifications, latest edition, (SSPC - SP 7) Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 5.05 DELIVERY A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Bridge Manufacturer in the delivery and erection schedule. B. Delivery to the job site will be by trucks by means of good haul roads unless specified otherwise. C. The Bridge Manufacturer shall provide detailed, written instruction procedures for proper lifting and splicing of bridge components. Instructions shall be considered typical. Actual means and methods of erection and installation may warranty site specific considerations and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Heritage Trail = West Civil Engineering Specifications rt"1_—:�E OF TF`\jam i JEFFREY L NAGY 133255. ..., .E ICE y ON L ■■■ 13620 Briarwick Drive HALFF Suite 100 ::: Austin, Texas 78729 P: (512)777-4600 The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards (found online at https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: EARTHWORK No. 101 ..............................Preparing Right of Way No. 102...............................Clearing and Grubbing SUB-GRADE AND BASE CONSTRUCTION No. 201 ...............................Subgrade Preparation CONCRETE STRUCTURES AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE No. 436...............................P.C. Concrete Valley Gutters No. 439...............................Parking Lot Bumper Curbs UNDERGROUND PIPED UTILITIES No. 503..........................Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers No. 504..........................Adjusting Structures No. 506..........................Manholes No. 508..........................Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances No. 509..........................Trench Safety Systems No. 510..........................Pipe No. 591..........................Riprap for Slope Protection ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT No. 601............................Salvaging and Placing Topsoil No. 605............................Soil Retention Blanket No. 607............................Slope Stabilization Applications for Erosion No. 608............................Planting No. 609............................Native Grasslands for Erosion Control No. 610............................Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation No. 620............................Filter Fabric No. 621............................Diversion (Temporary) No. 627............................Grass Line Swale No. 632............................Storm Inlet Sediment Trap No. 639.............................Rock Berm No. 641............................Stabilized Construction Entrance No. 642............................Silt Fence INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION No. 700..........................Mobilization No. 701..........................Fencing No. 702..........................Removal and Relocation of Existing Fences URBAN TRANSPORTATION No. 802..........................Project Signs The following specifications from the "TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges" dated June 1, 2014 (found online at https://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/txdot-specifications.html) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: 104............Removing Concrete 110.............Excavation 132.............Embankment 202............Lime Treatment (Road Mixed) 210............Rolling 216............Proof Rolling 247............Flexible Base 260............Lime Treatment (Road Mixed) 300.............Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions 302.............Aggregates for Surface Treatments 310.............Prime Coat 316.............Seal Coat 341 .............Dense Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt 360..............Concrete Pavement 400.............Excavvation and backfill for Structures 401 .............Flowable Backfill 413.............Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 420.............Concrete Substructures 421 .............Hydraulic Cement Concrete 427.............Surface Finishes for Concrete 430............P.C. Concrete Curb and Gutter 440.............Reinforcement for Concrete 438............Cleaning and Sealing Joints 502............Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling 508............Constructing Detours 528.............Colored Textured Concrete and Pavers 529.............Concrete Curb, Gutter and Combined Curb and Gutter 531 .............Sidewalks 636.............Signs 644.............Small Roadside Sign Assemblies 666.............Retroreflectorized Pavement Markings 668.............Prefabricated Pavement Markings 672.............Raised Pavement Markers 678.............Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings Heritage Trail - West Civil Engineering Specifications i*. * I j BRENNA K VONASEK j / E IN ) 1 ft S�� 6 A Date: 10/20/2022 EDGP 3410 Far West Blvd. Suite 315 Austin, Texas 78731 F IN G I N F E RING P: (512)767-1009 The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards (found online at https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/) are ' hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: UNDERGROUND PIPED UTILITIES No. 503..........................Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers No. 506..........................Manholes No. 507..........................Bulkheads No. 508..........................Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances No. 509..........................Trench Safety Systems No. 510..........................Pipe i i " The following specifications from the TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges" dated November 1, 2014 (found online at https://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/txdot-specifications.htmi) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: EARTHWORK AND LANDSCAPE 110.......................... Excavation STRUCTURES 400.......................... Excavation and Backfill for Structures 401.......................... Flowable Backfill 420.......................... Concrete Substructures 421.......................... Hydraulic Cement Concrete 440.......................... Reinforcement for Concrete 496.......................... Removing Structures c 9 t. I' Heritage Trail - West Civil Engineering Specifications 10/20/2022 . I� ANNE C.HOSKINS 0, �....................�� 0, 103447 •'cc,� i � OT ��C EO ••�'� V V — FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 FREESE10431 M5 Suit Circle EMINVONICHOL S Building 5 Suite 300 Austin, Texas 787575 9 ' P: (512)617-3100 The following specifications from the City of Round Rock Design and ' Construction Standards (found online at https://www.round rocktexas.gov/departments/transportation/dacs/) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this project: EARTHWORK No. RR 101.....................Preparing Right of Way No. RR 102.....................Clearing and Grubbing UNDERGROUND PIPED UTILITIES No. 508..........................Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances No. 509..........................Trench Safety Systems No. 510..........................Pipe No. 511..........................Portland Cement Concrete Box Culverts �I The following specifications from the "TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, [ Streets, and Bridges" dated June 1, 2014 (found online at https://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/txdot-specifications.htm I) are hereby incorporated by reference into the specifications for this [ project: [ 104.............Removing Concrete 110.............Excavation [ 132............Embankment i [ PROJECT MANUAL # 3 Heritage Trail West—PHASE 1 Cantina July 13, 2017 Owner City of Round Rock Round Rock, TX 78664 aED AAC' 07/1 3/1 �,X 20695 Qy �,.F of I ARCHITECT I VAI Trinity Architects 125 Folsom Court Georgetown, TX 78628 (512) 870-7581 (512)415-3712 www.trinityarchtexas.com Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0— 00020 PROJECT DIRECTORY 00320 SOILS INVESTIGATION DATA 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00900 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS-See Master Spec of Nall&Associates DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 Basic Requirements 01100 Summary fDIVISION 2—SITEWORK/DEMOLITION 02362 Termite Control ( DIVISION 3—STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING SOME DIVISION 6 SECTIONS See Structural Drawings DIVISION 4—MASONRY 04065 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04852 Stone Masonry Veneer DIVISION 5—STEEL 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6—WOOD AND PLASTICS 06114 Wood Blocking 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7—THERMAL& MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 Water Repellents 07411 Corrugate Metal Roof 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8—DOORS AND WINDOWS f 08211 Wood Doors L08710 Door Hardware DIVISION 9—FINISHES 09900 Paints and Coatings L DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES Not used l. e Table of Contents DIVISION 11—EQUIPMENT Not used l DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS Not Used 3 DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used t j DIVISION 14—CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not used DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL See Mechanical Drawings DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL See Electrical Drawings 07/13/1 1 tAx ?060 co '9j� of r ff Project Directory 5 I_. SECTION 00020-PROJECT DIRECTORY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Project Directory A. Owner: 1. City of Round Rock 221 East Main Street Round Rock, TX 78664-5299 B. Prime Consultant: 1. Halff Associates, Inc. I 4030 West Braker Lane, Suite 450 I Austin, TX 78759-5356 (512) 777-4591 k Brandon Hay—bHay_(a),Halff.com C. Sub-consultants: Architect: 1. Trinity Architects 125 Folsom Court Georgetown,TX 78628 (512)870-7581 (512)415-3712 Matt Webb—mwebbatrinityarchtexas.com Britni Ganze—bg`aa,trinityarchtexas.com L Structural Engineer: 1. Vault Structural Engineering, LLC 5807 Cherry Creek Dr. Austin,TX 78745 (512)892-1964 Paul M. Sexton, P.E. #98507—vault.paul(�i,att.net Mechanical, Electrical&Plumbing Engineer: 1. Hendrix Consulting Engineers 115 East Main ST. Round Rock,TX 78664 (512)218-0060 ext. 313 L Byron Hendrix,P.E.—byronhAhcengineer.com L L L L Soil Investigation Data 6 SECTION 00320—SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBSURFACE SOIL INVESTIGATION A. Subsurface borings have been taken at the Project Site and a Final Report on Foundation Soil Investigation has been prepared. B. The information was obtained for use in preparing the foundation design, but is indicative only of the soil conditions where the boring is taken. C. General Contractor is expected to examine the Site and the record of investigation to determine the character of materials to be encountered. D. If soil conditions other than those indicated are encountered during construction, notify the Architect before work continues. E. Report is provided by the Owner's Consultant,Raba Kistner Consultants,dated March 2, 2015, 8100 Cameron Road,Austin,TX 78754;(512)339-1745. F. See report in Project Manual. END OF SECTION P I General Conditions 7 SECTION 0700-GENERAL CONDITIONS The"GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AIA Document A 201, issued by the American Institute of Architects, edition current as of the date of this contract, and its Supplements, if any, relate directly to the Work of the Project and are hereby made a part of the Contract as though fully contained herein; provided, however,that, notwithstanding the foregoing,all provisions there in with respect to arbitration and dispute resolution are hereby deleted in their entirety and shall have no application to the Contract or any provision thereof... The Contractor is hereby specifically directed,as a condition to the Contract,to obtain the necessary number of copies of AIA Document A 201,to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein and to notify and apprise all subcontractors,suppliers and any other parties to the Contract or individuals or agencies engaged in the Work as to its contents. No contractual adjustments shall be due or become exigent as a result of the failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself and all other parties to the Contract with the conditions of AIA Document A 201. Copies of this Document may be purchased, at a nominal charge, from dealer's in Architectural supplies,or obtained from the Austin Chapter of the American Institute of Architects or from the AIA website(www.AIA.org). END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions 8 ! SECTION 00800—SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MODIFICATIONS TO AIA 201 2.01 ARTICLE 1 —GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.02 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS;Add the following paragraphs: A. 1.1.9 Addendum: A change to the Contract documents issued prior to the execution of the Agreement. B. 1.1.10 Base Bid: A bid before any alternates are considered. C. 1.1.11 Equal,approved Equal, Equivalent, Acceptable,Approved, Determined, Required, Instructed, Selected, shall mean by the Architect.Opinions and ( interpretations of the Contract Documents by the Architect are limited in authority and responsibility as defined under Article 2 of the General Conditions. D. 1.1.12 Final Completion: The date when the Architect finds the entire Work acceptable under the Contract Document and the contract fully performed,as written in final Certificate of Payment. E. 1.1.13 Not-In-Contract(N.I.C.): Work not included in this Contract. F. 1.1.14 Provide: To furnish all necessary labor,materials,equipment,accessories, transportation,services, installation and adjustment under the Contract amount including Contractor's profit,overhead and payment of all taxes(if applicable)and fees. 2.03 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT: Add the following: A. Add the following: 1. 1.2.4 The Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as cooperative and all work necessary for the execution of the work if shown on the Drawings and not described in the specifications and all work described in the Specifications not shown on the Drawings,or any work which is obviously necessary to complete the work within the limits established by the Drawings and by the Specifications,shall be considered as a part of the Contract and shall be executed by the Contractor in the same manner and with the same character of material as other portions of the Contract without extra compensation. B. 1.2.4.1 The Agreement and each of the Contract Documents are complimentary,and they shall be interpreted so that what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Should the Contractor observe any conflicts with the Contract Documents,he shall bring them to the Architect's attention for decision and revision as soon as contract has been executed,the most expensive method of work,materials and equipment shall be constructed as the requirement,with a credit for all costs saved accruing to the Owner in the event the least expensive method of work is directed. A duplication of work is not intended by the Contract Documents and any duplication specified shall not become the basis for extra cost to the Owner. C. 1.2.4.2 In case of difference between Drawings and Specifications,the Specifications shall govern except in case of discrepancies between the Specifications and large-scale drawings in which case the latter shall govern. The drawings are intended to agree and to be mutually explanatory. Should any difference be found,whichever is more definite and complete shall be preferred to conflicting drawing indications. Large scale details will be preferred to small scale drawings and figured dimensions to scale measurements. Where figures are lacking,scale measurements may be followed,but in all cases measurements are to be checked Supplementary Conditions 9 from the work in place. Should variations be found,they must be referred to the Architect for instructions. D. 1.2.4.3 Paragraph; Add: "The Architect assumes no responsibility for the establishment of subcontract limits". E. 1.2.5 Approval of materials, suppliers, processes,or subcontractors does not imply a waiver of any Contract requirement. F. 1.2.6 Standards: Where reference standards(i.e. ASTM, ACI, FS, MEMA)appear in the Contract Documents the latest most current edition shall be applicable, unless otherwise noted. 2.04 ARTICLE 2-OWNER A. 2.2.5 Add the following sentences: However misuse of and/or destruction of the original contract document sets by the Contractor or Subcontractors requiring replacement sets shall be cause for the Contractor to pay the cost of any and all such r replacement documents. 2.05 ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACTOR 2.06 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Add the following: C A. 3.2.2 Paragraph; Add: "After reporting to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work so affected without the Architect's written approval." F 2.07 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES; Add the following: It A. 3.3.4 Establish and maintain bench marks and all other grades, lines and levels necessary for the work. Report errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. B. 3.3.5 Provide access to the work for the Owner,the Architect,the Structural Engineer,the Consulting Engineers and governmental inspectors. 2.08 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES A. 3.7.1 Add the following: 1. 3.7.1.1 The Owner will pay all permanent property assessments and utility ( connection charges. Il 2. 3.7.1.2 The Contractor shall pay all temporary utility charges,tap charges,and water meter charges. 3. 3.7.1.3 The Owner shall pay for TAS registration,review and inspection required by TBAE for the state of Texas. B. 3.7.3 Paragraph; Add:"The requirements of subparagraph 3.7.2 do not waive the Contractor's responsibility of complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents when such requirements exceed those of any laws,codes,ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work." C. 3.8 ALLOWANCES: Add the following: D. 3.8.2.5 The Owner reserves the right to withdraw any or all allowance money at any time he so desires. 2.09 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT: ADD NEW SUBPARAGRAPH L�. L.. Supplementary Conditions 10 r A. 3.9.2 Substitute the following in place of the first sentence:The Contractor shall maintain competent supervision in attendance at the project site during progress of the work. 2.10 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATE AND SAMPLES: A. 3.12.11 Add the following: 1. "Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications.This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions;selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction;coordinating its work with that of dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating its work with that of all other trades; and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner." 2.11 ARTICLE 4—ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.12 4.1 ARCHITECT A. 4.1.1 Paragraph; Delete last sentence and insert the following new sentence: "The term Architect means Trinity Architects, PLLC, Leander,TX or its authorized representative". 2.13 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT: Add the following: A. 4.2.15 In reviewing the quality and progress of the Work and submittals received from the Contractor,the Architect is acting solely for the convenience of the Owner in the following Work.The Architect has no responsibility to assist the Contractor in the supervision or performance of the Work.No action by the Architect shall in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,nor give rise to any negligence or other action against the Owner or the Architect or anyone acting for or in behalf of either of them. 2.14 ARTICLE 9—PAYMENTS &COMPLETION 2.15 9.2.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES; Insert the following if not already included: A. 9.2.1 Contractor shall break down application for payment to show all materials purchased,their cost with taxes separated for Owner's information. 2.16 9.4 Add the following paragraph: A. 9.4.3 Based upon applications for payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and certificates for payment issued by the Architect,the Owner will make progress payments, if applicable,on account of the contract sum to the Contractor as provided in the Conditions of the Contract as follows: 1. Not later than ten days from receipt of the Architect's approved copy of Contractor's application for payment,90 percent of the proportion of the contract sum properly allocable to labor,materials,and equipment suitable store at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing by the parties,up to the first day of that month, less the aggregate of previous payments in each case. Supplementary Conditions 11 2. The remaining ten percent, is to be paid after substantial completion of the work, its acceptance by the Project Manager and owner and after satisfactory evidence has been given by the Contractor that all of his bills have been paid and the entire building is free from liens. Substantial completion is defined as that time when the Architect completes a final inspection and issues a Substantial Completion certificate. Provided that the Owner at any time after seventy percent(70%)of the work has been completed finds that satisfactory progress is being made with consent of surety,may reduce the amount of retainage to five percent(5%).No certificate given or payment made under this contract,either wholly or in part and no payment or certificate shall be construed to be an acceptance of defective work or improper materials. 2.17 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; Add the following paragraph: A. 9.8.6 The Owner may occupy the project or a specified area of the project regardless of whether the Contract Time has expired,providing he accepts those areas as Substantially Complete. In such events,the Owner shall pay an appropriate share of the utilities, insurance, maintenance,cleaning and other expenses caused by early occupancy. B. 9.8.7 Paragraph; Add:"Before the Architect's substantial completion inspection,the Contractor shall have tested and adjusted all mechanical,plumbing,electrical and electronic devices and appurtenances, leaving all systems balanced and in satisfactory operating condition. 2.18 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT;Add the following paragraph: A. 9.10.6 The Contactor shall include with his final application for payment,copies of all manufacturer's guarantees,delivery of keys,operations,and maintenance manuals,delivery of record documents,final waiver of liens,service contracts and all other guarantees or warranties specified to extend beyond the one-year period of his own guarantees. 2.19 ARTICLE 10—PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY T A. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 1. 10.2.8 Paragraph;Add: "The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequate strength and safety of all scaffolding, staging and hoisting equipment and for temporary shoring,bracing and typing." END OF SECTION Basic Requirements 12 SECTION 01001 - BASIC REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of Work: 1. Contract. 2. Occupational Safety 3. Contractor use of premises. B. Contract Considerations: 1. Cash allowances. 2. Contingency allowance. 3. Inspection and testing allowances. 4. Schedule of values. 5. Applications for payment. 6. Change procedures. 7. Alternates. C. Coordination and Meetings: 1. Coordination. 2. Field engineering. 3. Meetings. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Equipment electrical characteristics and components. 6. Examination. 7. Preparation. 8. Cutting and Patching. 9. Coordinating with Architect for Construction Observation D. Submittals: 1. Submittal procedures. 2. Construction progress schedules. 3. Proposed products list. 4. Shop drawings. 5. Product data. 6. Samples. 7. Manufacturers' installation instructions. 8. Manufacturers' certificates. E. Quality Control: 1. Quality assurance-control of installation. 2. Tolerances. 3. References. 4. Mock-ups. 5. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 6. Manufacturers' field services and reports. F. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: 1. Temporary electricity. Basic Requirements 13 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heat. 4. Temporary ventilation. 5. Telephone service. 6. Temporary water service. 7. Temporary sanitary facilities. 8. Barriers and fencing. 9. Water control. 10. Exterior enclosures. 11. Interior enclosures. 12. Protection of installed work. 13. Security. 14. Access roads. 15. Parking. 16. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 17. Project identification. 18. Field offices and sheds. 19. Removal of utilities, facilities and controls. ! G. Material and Equipment: 1. Products. 2. Transportation, handling,storage, and protection. 3. Products options. 4. Substitutions. H. Starting of Systems: 1. Starting systems. 2. Demonstration and instructions. 3. Testing, adjusting and balancing. 1. Contract Closeout: 1. Contract closeout procedures. 2. Final cleaning. 3. Adjusting. 4. Project record documents. 5. Operation and maintenance data. 6. Spare parts and maintenance data. 7. Warranties. 1.02 CONTRACT A. Contract Description: Construction of New one-story Pre-School building in Cedar Park. 1.03 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY A. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and most recent revisions,and the standards and regulations issued there under and warrant that all work, materials,and products furnished under this Contract will conform to and comply with said standards and regulations which are in existence on the date of this Contract. The Contractor Basic Requirements 14 further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect for all damages suffered or fines or penalties incurred by the Owner and the Architect as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the Act and the Standards issued there under and for the failure of any material and/or equipment furnished under this Contract to so comply. B. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his equipment and employees,and for any damage which may result from their failure or their improper construction, maintenance or operation. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 1.05 FUTURE WORK Not Applicable t 1.06 CASH ALLOWANCES j t.. A. Costs Included in Allowances: Cost of Product to Contractor or Subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts. B. Costs Not Included in the Allowance but Included in Contract Sum/Price: Product delivery to site and handling at the site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage, protection of Products from elements and from damage and labor for installation and finishing. C. Difference in cost will be adjusting by Change Order. D. Allowances Schedule: 1. To be determined between Owner and Contractor 1.07 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A. Include in the Contract,a stipulated amount for use upon Owner's instruction. B. Contractor's costs for Products,delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, taxes, bonding,equipment rental, overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency Allowance. 1.08 INSPECTION AND TESTING ALLOWANCES (Not currently in bid, but may be requested by owner once a Contractor is selected) A. Inspection and Testing Allowances: Include in the Contract,a stipulated sum for payment of inspection and testing services. B. Costs Included in Allowances: Cost of engaging an inspection or testing firm, r execution of inspection or tests,and reporting of results. f C. Costs Not Included in the Allowance: 4 a i r t Basic Requirements 15 I 1. Incidental labor and facilities required to assist inspection or testing firm. 2. Costs of re-testing upon failure of previous tests as determined by Architect/Engineer. D. Costs will be drawn from inspection and testing allowances by Change Order. 1.9 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit schedule on AIA Form G703. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 10 days after date of Notice of Award. Inability to do so,or if concerns arise from these values that cannot be substantiated or explained by the Bidder,then Owner may exercise the right to nullify the award and begin negotiations with a new bidder of the Owner's r choice. 1.10 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702 and G703. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment Period: monthly 1.11 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation. B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. C. Unit Price Change Order: For pre-determined unit prices and quantities,the Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre-determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Directive. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. D. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within five days. 1.12 ALTERNATES A. Alternates(if any)quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. B. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required. Basic Requirements 16 C. Schedule of Alternates: See applicable specification division for alternates requested of certain products. t 1.13 COORDINATION i A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals,and Work of the various sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. i B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. _ C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable. D. In finished areas,conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. 1.14 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner will schedule a pre-construction meeting after Notice of Award for all affected parties. B. When required in individual specification section, convene a pre-installation meeting at Project site prior to commencing work of the section. 1.15 PROGRESS MEETINGS(Responsibilities of the General Contractor) A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days to those affected by decisions made. 1.16 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. B. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct location. 1.17 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer,sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. Basic Requirements 17 C C. Execute cutting,fitting,and patching including excavation and fill. to complete Work,and to: 1. Fit the several parts together,to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Cut concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. Restore Work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.18 COORDINATION WITH ARCHITECT FOR CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION A. Guidelines set forth in AIA Document B 101 shall apply for Construction Observation services selected by the Owner. B. If Construction Observation services by the Architect is approved by Owner,Architect shall visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of l the portion of the Work completed,and to determine, in general,if the l Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However,the Architect shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On basis of the site visits, the Architect shall keep the Owner/Construction r Manager reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the Work completed, and report to the Owner/Construction Manager(1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor,and(2)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. 1.19 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products for use. Submittal form to identify Project,Contractor,Subcontractor or supplier,with name of manufacturer,trade name,model number of each product,and pertinent Contract Document references. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options, and other data. Supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information specific to this Project. Apply Contractor's stamp,signed or initialed,certifying that review, verification,of Products required,field dimensions,adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements,and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. E l Basic Requirements 18 , i D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors,textures, and patterns. E. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations t which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F. Revise and resubmit submittals as required; identify all changes made since c previous submittal. 1.20 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed for Architect/Engineer review. B. Submit revised schedules with Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. C. Submit a chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. D. The time for completion is 1 1:59 o'clock p.m. on (date to be determined in the Owner/Contractor Agreement). E. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Should the Contractor fail to achieve completion of the work within the specified completion schedule,then the sum of(to be determined in the Owner/Contractor Agreement)per calendar day of delay will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor for the work,and such sums shall be reasonable liquidated damages due to the impracticability or impossibility of ascertaining the actual damages. t 1.21 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major Products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1.22 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings For Review: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. B. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. i 1.23 PRODUCT DATA s i Basic Requirements 19 A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires,plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options,and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this project. 1.24 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product. B. Submit samples of finishes,textures,and patterns for Architect/Engineer's selection. 1.25 MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.26 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit certificates by manufacturer to Architect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certificates as appropriate. 1.27 QUALITY ASSURANCE—CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions,and workmanship,to produce Work specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 1.28 TOLERANCES A. Monitor tolerance control of installed Products over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Should specified reference standard conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 1.29 REFERENCES Basic Requirements 20 A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Accepted mock-ups are representative of the quality required for the Work. , C. Where mock-up has been accepted by Architect/Engineer and is specified in product specification sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so. 1.30 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will appoint,employ, and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. f B. The independent firm will perform inspections,tests, and other services as required. t C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples as requested. D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements will be charged to the Contractor. 1.31 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified n individual specification sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. 1.32 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: Owner to pay for power service except for connections required. Power r consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. $( B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, branch wiring, distribution boxes,and flexible power chords as required. 1.33 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. Provide and maintain temporary lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. 1.34 TEMPORARY HEAT t Basic Requirements 21 A. Provide heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Pay cost of energy used. 1.35 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity,and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Supplement with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. 1.36 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide,maintain and pay for telephone facsimile service to field office at time of project mobilization. Allow Architect/Engineer incidental use. 1.37 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Connect to existing water source for construction operations. 1.38 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. B. Maintain in clean and sanitary condition. 1.39 WATER CONTROL A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide,operate,and maintain pumping equipment. B. Provide erosion control in areas where required. 1.40 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closures to exterior openings to permit acceptable working conditions and protection of the Work. 1.41 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B. Prohibit traffic or storage upon roofed surfaces. 1.42 SECURITY Basic Requirements 22 A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.43 PARKING A. Coordinate with Owner for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. i 1.44 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Collect and maintain areas free of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. 1 1.45 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS i A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment review. B. Clean and repair damage by installation or use of temporary work. r i C. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.46 PRODUCTS A. Products Means new material, machinery,components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. } 1.47 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION ` A. Transport, handle, store,and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.48 PRODUCT OPTIONS I A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. ! C. Substitutions where permitted for consideration. I 1.49 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Architect will consider requests for substitutions as directed within the "Instructions to Bidders". Once a bid has been awarded the owner may consider additional substitutions not already approved by addendum if they are in the best interest and best value for the owner. If Architect/owner discovers that a i z Basic Requirements 23 unapproved substitutions were presented incorrectly as the base bid,then Owner may exercise his right to disqualify the awarded contract(due to not following the"Instructions to Bidders"). Additional substitutions for the owner's consideration and not already approved by addendum must be submitted to the architect within 30 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. Any substitutions that are not accepted as equals for the base bid and approved by addendum are subject to rejection. Owner has the right to reject or accept any substitutions as they relate to his best interest and best value for the project. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: I. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities if required. F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure: I. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 1.50 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item. B. Ensure that each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation, L C. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and Lis functioning correctly. l._ L Basic Requirements 24 , i 1.51 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS r A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. r B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation,control, adjustment,trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at designated location. t 1.52 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING i l A. Owner will appoint,employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting,and balancing. t B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish assistance as requested. D. Re-testing required because of non-compliance to specified requirements will be charged to the Contractor. 1.53 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Engineer's inspection. B. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract t Sum/Price, previous payments, and amount remaining due. 1.54 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. C. Clean debris from site,roofs, gutters, downspouts,and drainage systems. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 1.55 ADJUSTING f t li r_ Basic Requirements 25 A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.56 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of Contract Documents to be utilized for record documents. r- B. Record actual revisions to the Work. Record information concurrent with construction progress. C. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section a description of actual Products installed. D. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction. E. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for r Payment. 1.57 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA F A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, binders with durable plastics covers. B. Prepare binder cover with printed title"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"and title of project. C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized, with tab titles clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. L D. Contents: f 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Arch itect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors,and major equipment installers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates. 1.58 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. L B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to gwlohudsonfinal payment. 1.59 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate copies. B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, suppliers,and manufacturers. L Basic Requirements 26 C. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. END OF SECTION l Summary 27 SECTION 01100—SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Heritage Trail West Phase 1 —Cantina Building B. Owner's Name: City of Round Rock C. Architect's Name: Trinity Architects D. The project scope consists of the renovation of an existing stone structure per the construction documents and drawings. 1.02 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. 1.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. END OF SECTION f Termite Control 28 SECTION 02362—TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL Contacted Termimesh: A. Joel Roehling, Sales Manager, Tenn imesh, LLC,(0)512-997-0066, (M) 512-801- 3961. www.termistopusa.com i Described scope of project. Recommendation was the following: "In this project, I would say stick with Pressure treated lumber. Not a big fan of pesticide applied to soil. Just try to keep visual inspection areas along the masonry wall under the porch if you can." END OF SECTION I Mortar and Masonry Grout 29 SECTION 04065—MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT r PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Colored Mortar for masonry. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402—Building Code Requirements For Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 2005 r B. ASTM C 91 —Standard Specification for Masonry Cement; 2005. I C. ASTM C 144—Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2005. D. ASTM 150—Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. r E. ASTM C 207-Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; If 2006. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C 270 is to be used. Also, include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. r PART 2 PRODUCTS I 2.01 MATERIALS A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N. a. Colored mortar: Premixed cement as required. Color to match existing mortar currently on stone of building. b. Acceptable product: Texas Lehigh. f c. Substitutions: See Section 01600—Product Requirements. t B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I —Normal; standard gray color. C. Hydrated Lime: ASMT C 207,Type N. D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144. E. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Pure,concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C 979. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Bonding Agent: Latex type. 2.02 MORTAR MIXES A. Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match selected sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. L 2.03 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C 270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. L C. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. ID. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. l._ Mortar and Masonry Grout 30 E. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. F. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, or two- and-one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ! A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces. e i 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar in accordance with premix mortar manufacturer's instructions. B. Install mortar to requirements of the specific masonry Section. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Limestone walls: Type N mortar with Type N pointing mortar END OF SECTION L C t fi l Metal Fabrications 31 SECTION 05500—METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04852—Stone Masonry Veneer: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry. B. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Paint finish. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff& Associates Master Spec. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS—STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A 283. D. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. E. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components. ` F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1;type required for materials being welded. 11 G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type I—Grey,complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I-Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FINISHES—STEEL F A. Prime paint all steel items. l a. Exceptions: Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete or masonry and items specified for(exterior)finish. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Prime Coating: One coat. D. Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123/A I123 M requirements. ` PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. The following schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. a. Hot Dipped Galvanized Finish: i. Exterior Structural Steel items not intended to be painted. LEND OF SECTION L 1. Wood Blocking 32 SECTION 06114—WOOD BLOCKING PART 1 GENERAL s 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES i A Blocking in the wall B. Preservative treatment of wood. , 1.02 RELATED ITEMS ° A. Window or Door openings to receive wood blocking if necessary. f 1.03 REFERENCES l A. APA(American Plywood Association). B. PS 1 —Construction and Industrial Plywood;National Institute of Standards and Technology(Department of Commerce); 1995 C. PS 20—American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology(Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies. 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: Any agency with rules approved by American Lumber Standards Committee. 2. Lumber of other species or grades, or graded by other agencies, is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. B. Plywood: Comply with PS 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER A. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring, and Nailers. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Space framing and furring members 16 inches o.c. or as directed in the Structural drawings and specifications. 3.02 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at site-sawn cuts,complying with manufacturer's instructions. r i I Wood Blocking 33 B. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. END OF SECTION i I 1 � l IL L L. L Water Repellents 34 SECTION 06200—FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL , 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish Carpentry items 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff& Associates Master Spec. PART 2 PRODUCTS { F 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Hardwood Lumber: Rough Cedar species, rough sawn, maximum moisture content of r 6 percent; with vertical grain, of quality suitable for paint grade finish. a. Door trim for new doors if applicable. i. Square profile. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. Interior: a. New door trim: rough sawn cedar, prepare for stain grade finish END OF SECTION Corrugated Metal Roofing 35 SECTION 07411—Corrugated Metal Roofing PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Architectural roofing system of corrugated metal roofing panels. B. Fastening system. C. Accessories and miscellaneous components. r 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07900—Joint Sealers: Field-installed sealants. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A 653/A 653M&ASTM 924—Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc- Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process;2005a. B. ASTM E 1592—Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2005. C. ASTME E 1646—Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior metal roof F Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 1995(Reapproved 2003). L D. ASTME E 1680—Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior metal Roof Panel Systems; 1995(Reapproved 2003). E. SMACNA—Architectural Sheet Metal Manual F. UL 580—Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies; 2006. 1.04 SUBMITTALS L A. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff&Associates Master Spec. B. Warranty: Submit specified manufacturer's warranty and ensure that form have been completed in Owner's name and are registered with manufacturer. B. Submit detailed drawings showing layout of panels, anchoring details,joint details, trim, flashing,and accessories. Show details of weatherproofing, terminations, and penetrations of metal work. C. Submit a sample of corrugated roof panel. D. Submit results indicating compliance with minimum requirements of the following performance tests: 1. Air Infiltration ASTM E-1680-95 �- 2. Water Infiltration ASTM E-1646-95 3. Wind Uplift- U.L.90 LF. Submit calculations with registered engineer seal, verifying roof panel and attachment method resists wind pressures imposed on it pursuant to applicable building codes. L1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of roofing systems similar to those required for this project,with not less than 10 years of documented experience. L L Corrugated Metal Roofing 36 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780—Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Applicator shall furnish guarantee covering watertightness of the roofing system for the period of two(2)year from the date of substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS i 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. http://www.elmwoodreclaimedtimber.com/products/antique-tin/antique- reclaimed-corrugated-tin a. Antique Rusty Corrugated Tin B. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec of Halff&Associates. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Fasteners: [Galvanized Steel] with washers where required. B. Sealant: As specified in Section 07900 f C. Vinyl Weatherseal Insert. 2.04 FABRICATION A. All exposed adjacent flashing shall be of the same material and finish as the roof ' panels. B. Hem all exposed edges of flashing on underside, 1/2 inch. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Substrate: 1. Examine plywood to ensure proper attachment to framing. 2. Inspect roof deck to verify deck is clean and smooth,free of depressions, waves or projections, level to+/- 1/4" in 20', and properly sloped to [valleys] (or) [eaves]. 3. Verify roof openings,curbs, pipes,sleeves, ducts or vents through roof are solidly set,cant strips and reglets in place,and nailing strips located. 4. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice. [Flutes in steel deck to be clean and dry] or[joints in wood deck to be solidly supported and nailed]. t t i Corrugated Metal Roofing 37 B. Roofing Underlayment a. On all surfaces to be covered with roofing material, furnish and install a 40 mil "Peel & Stick membrane".Membrane to be a minimum of 40 mil thickness, smooth, non-granular, by one of the following manufacturers: i. W.R Grace "Ice & water Shield" ii. Cetco Strongseal iii. Carlisle CCW WIP 300HT iv. Interwrap Titanium PSU v. MFM Corp "Wind & Water Shield" b. Underlayment shall be laid in horizontal layers with joints lapped toward the eaves a minimum of 6", and well secured along laps and at ends as necessary to properly hold the felt in place. All underlayment shall be preserved unbroken and whole. c. Ice and Water Shield shall lap all hips and ridges at least 12" to form double thickness and shall be lapped 6" over the metal of any valley or built-in gutters and shall be installed as required by the Standing Seam Panel Manufacturer to attain the desired 20 Year Weathertightness Warranty. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturers standard instructions and conform to standards set forth in the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual published by SMACNA, in order to achieve a watertight installation. B. Install panels in such a manner that horizontal lines are true and level and vertical lines are iL plumb. C. Install starter and edge trim before installing roof panels. E. Attach panels using manufacturer's standard clips and fasteners, spaced in accordance with approved shop drawings. F. Install sealants for preformed roofing panels as approved on shop drawings. G. Do not allow panels or trim to come into contact with dissimilar materials. H. Do not allow traffic on completed roof. If required, provide cushioned walk boards. I. Protect installed roof panels and trim from damage caused by adjacent construction until ` completion of installation. J. Remove and replace any panels or components which are damaged beyond successful repair. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean any grease, finger marks or stains from the panels per manufacturer's recommendations. L, I Corrugated Metal Roofing 38 r L B. Remove all scrap and construction debris from the site. L 4.� Sample photo of corrugated roof material desired. Sample photo of corrugated roof material desired END OF SECTION f Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 39 SECTION 07620—SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL r1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings,counterflashings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06114—Wood Blocking: B. Section 07900—Joint Sealers. r C. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Field Painting. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS ( A. ASTM A 526/A 526M—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheets,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process,Commercial Quality. B. ASTM A 446/A 446M—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheets, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process,Commercial Quality. C. ASTM B 370—Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction;2003. D. SMACNA—Architectural Sheet Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.;2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS r A. Reference Submittal Procedures,from Halff& Associates Master Spec. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel (for elements exposed to View): ASTM A526/A526M, with G90 zinc coating; 24 gauge thick core steel. Prepare for a field painted finish with a mill phosphatized treatment. B. Galvanized Steel (for elements not exposed to view): ASTM A653/A653M, with Grade A, G90 zinc coating; 24 gauge thick core steel. C. Lead: ASTM B 749,4 Ib/sq ft thick; de-silverizing common pig lead also conforming to Federal Specification QQ-L-201. 1. Lead sleeves for plumbing vents. D. Copper core type: 1. Product standard of quality: York Manufacturing, Inc., York-Multi-Flash 500 2. Characteristics: L a. Type: Copper core with non-asphalt adhesive glass fabric laminated to each copper face. b. Copper type: CDA Alloy 110,060 temper in accord with ASTM B370-98. c. Copper Weights: 1) Window sills, storefront sills,and other sill conditions: 5 oz., per sq. ft. 2) Other locations: 3 oz. per sq. ft. d. Fabric: Fiberglass fabric; laminated each face copper core with core weight manufacturer identified on produce with color coded laminate. e. Adhesive: Non-asphalt for laminating adhesive. f. Size: Manufacturer's standard width rolls. L Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 40 3 g. Mastic: Manufacturer's standard for specified flashing. 3. Termination bar: Manufacturer's standard I" wide, minimum by 1/8"thickness, minimum by continuous length pre-punched stainless steel bar or composite material bar complete with stainless steel fasteners. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. C. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. D. Sealant: Type specified in Section 07900. r E. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type 1. F. Solder: ASTM B 32; Sn50(50/50)type. 2.03 FIELD FINISHING A. Provide afield painted finish for items exposed to view as specified in Section 09900 in color as selected. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where permitted. B. Fit flashing tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. C. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. END OF SECTION i r I Firestopping 41 SECTION 07840—FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping materials. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E 119—Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials;2005a. r B. ASTM E 814—Standard Test method for Fire Test of Through Penetration Fire Stops; 2002. C. UL(FRD)—Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current r edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff& Associates Master Spec. B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration. C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES A. Firestopping at Uninsulated Metallic Pipe and Conduit Penetrations,of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. B. Firestopping at Combustible Pipe and Conduit Penetrations,of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. L C. Firestopping at Uninsulated Pipe and Conduit penetrations,of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. D. Firestopping at Control Joints(without Penetrations): Any material meeting requirements. 2.02 Materials: A. All materials specified in chosen UL Design#, reference Architectural Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials per specific UL Design requirements. LEND OF SECTION L L Joint Sealers 41 SECTION 07900—JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. B. Precompressed foam sealers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 834—Standard Specifications for Latex Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 920—Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. C. ASTM C 1193—Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. C. Reference Section 01001 BASIC REQUIREMENTS/Submittal Procedures. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Sealants: 1. Sonneborn. 2. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec. 2.02 SEALANTS ' A. Sealants and Primers—General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound(VOC)content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air ' Quality Management District Rule No. 1168. B. Type A—Exterior Expandable Sealant: ASTM E331&E547(12PSF): 1. Product: Willseal 600 manufactured by Illbruck(3800 Washington Ave.N., ' Minneapolis MN 55412, (800)438-0684,(612) 588-8396 fax, www.willseal.com 2. Applications: Use for: a. Joints where independent concrete or flatwork abut against structural concrete or structural foundation. b. All joints where independent concrete sections abut one another. C. Type B—General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP,Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Product: Sonolac manufactured by Sonneborn. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. b. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. D. Type C—Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASMT C 920, Uses 1, M and A; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Product: Sonolastic Omniplus manufactured by Sonneborn. 2. Applications: Use for: Joint Sealers 43 r� a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. r' b. Joints for general use by HVAC, Plumbing and/or Roofing Contractors. E. Type D—Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C 920, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M and A; single component. 1. Color: Gray. r2. Product: Sonolastic SL 1 manufactured by Sonneborn. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints in sidewalk and vehicular paving. F. Type E—Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12 ''/z, Uses NT;single component, solvent release, non-skinning,non-sagging. 1. Color: Colors as selected. 2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 12-1/2 percent. 3. Service Temperature Range: -13 to 180 degrees F. 4. Shore A Hardness Range: 10 to 30. 5. Applications: Use for: a. Thresholds. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. I B. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1056,sponge or expanded rubber; oversize 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width; Sonofoam Soft Backer-Rod manufactured by Sonneborn. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. f B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. B. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. L C. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges,and sags. D. Tool joints concave. L3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION 1 Wood Doors 41 SECTION 08211 —WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid Exterior Wood Doors 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry B. Section 06200—Finish Carpentry C. Section 08710—Door Hardware D. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Site finishing of doors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Indicate door materials and construction; species,type B. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff& Associates Master Spec. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Exterior: Solid Wood Exterior Doors B. Species: Rough Cedar, Custom Made to match photos at end of this section. C. Acceptable Suppliers: a. Old Is Better Than New 1504 Fredericksburg Road San Antonio, TX 78201 United States ' ph: 210-364-4564 Old-SA.com http://old-sa.com/barn doors reclaimed salvage rustic sliding doors ' b. Substitutes acceptable with equal product. 2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Solid Core for Exterior door 2.04 JAMBS A. Width: ref. drawings and field measure prior to ordering or fabricating. 2.03 FINISH A. Exterior—Ref. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Site finishing of doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. Reference drawings. a t Wood Doors -73 .osi raw*►'r ,. v stt rat rutt- .r S Exampleprofiles, hardware, etc. Wood Doors 46 Hardware for doors: 1. Hinges: Iron Strap Hinges as shown in the photo above: Basis for bid— product below from Van Dyke's. i. Van Dyke's Restorers, www.vandykes.com, 800-237-8833 1. Restorer's Spear Strap Hinge a. Style: Traditional b. Finish: Black Powder Coat c. Material: Iron d. Sizes: 12"for man doors, 18"for Barn doors. ii. Old Is Better Than New 1504 Fredericksburg Road San Antonio, TX 78201 United States ph: 210-364-4564 ' Old-SA.com iii. Olde Good Things,400 Gilligan St,Scranton, PA 18508, ph. 888- 233-9678, https://opstore.com/antique-door-hinges/set-of-three- strap-hinges/ END OF SECTION Paints and Coatings 41 SECTION 09900—PAINTS AND COATINGS i PART 1 GENERAL r 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface Preparation r B. Field application,of paints, stains, varnishes,and other coatings. C. See Schedule—Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section 1.02 MOCK-UPS A. Provide paint and stain mock-ups for each color and surface to be painted. i 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Submittal Procedures from Halff& Associates Master Spec. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Exterior Paint: Sherwin Williams; www.sherwin-williams.com 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS—GENERAL A. Volatile Organic Compound(VOC)Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in f the following: l a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D-National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. B. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited. 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds(hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings.) k 2. Crolein,acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate,cadmium,di fl (2-ethylhexl)phthalate, di-n-butyl phthatlate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2- dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate,ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl l ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, napthalene,toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-tricholoroethane, vinyl choride. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Ferrous metals a. I"coat: SW Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series L (must have a rust inhibitor) b. 2nd coat: S-W Pro Industrial Urethane Alkyd Enamel, B54W151 c. 3rd Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Urethane Alkyd Enamel, B54W151 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS-EXTERIOR A. Non-ferrous metals—Existing aluminum clad windows a. I"coat: Pro industrial Pro-Cryl Primer for aluminum L b. 2"d coat: Pro industrial DTM Primer/ Finish c. Color: match as closely as possible to wood doors. 1. L Paints and Coatings 48 2.05 STAIN SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR A. Doors—semi-transparent a. I"coat: S-W Woodscapes Polyeurathane Semi-Transparent Stain, A15T5 b. 2"d coat: S-W Woodscapes Polyeurathane Semi-Transparent Stain,A15T5, (100-350 sq ft/gal) B. Deck, railing, stair treads and risers, stair stringer. a. I"coat S-W SuperDeck Exterior Oil based Semi-transparent Stain b. 2nd coat S-W SuperDeck Exterior Oil based Semi-transparent Stain 1. tint base 2. Color add: Leeward SW 3533 or Hill Country SW 3532. (Depending on choice at Mock-Up. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE—COLORS (Owner to approve all colors at mockup before full application) A. Reference Finish schedule on drawings for surfaces to receive paint. a. Wood items to be stained and sealed i. Wood Decks,railing, stairs, doors,etc. 1. Stain colors: Provide Mock-up on Cedar planks for doors and on Pressure treated wood. Architect and Owner to choose color from the following 2 options. a. Leeward SW 3533 b. Hill Country SW 3532 b. Existing Windows—Exterior Only a. Paint colors: Provide Mock-up on Aluminum cladding of Windows. Architect and Owner to choose color that best matches color of doors and wood railing and deck. B. Do not Paint or Finish the Following Items: a. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically noted. b. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels. END OF SECTION PROJECT MANUAL Heritage Trail West—PHASE 1 Baseball Restroom & Pavilion September 23, 2022 Owner City of Round Rock Round Rock, TX 78664 09/23/22 Nj. 20695 co 19T F 0 1 ARCHITECT A &N in .. Trinity Architects 125 Folsom Ct Georgetown, TX 78628 (512) 870-7581 (512)415-3712 www.trinityarchtexas.com Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0— 00020 PROJECT DIRECTORY 00320 SOILS INVESTIGATION DATA 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00900 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS-See Master Spec of Haiff cPc Associates DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 Basic Requirements 01100 Summary DIVISION 2—SITEWORK/DEMOLITION i 02362 Termite Control DIVISION 3—STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING SOME DIVISION 6 SECTIONS I See Structural Drawings i. DIVISION 4—MASONRY 04065 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04852 Stone Masonry Veneer f DIVISION 5—STEEL 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6—WOOD AND PLASTICS 06114 Wood Blocking 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7—THERMAL& MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 Water Repellents 07466 Fiber Cement Siding 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07631 Gutters and Downspouts 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8—DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 Standard Steel Doors and Frames } 08710 Door Hardware i DIVISION 9—FINISHES 09900 Paints and Coatings DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES 10440 Signage 10523 Fire Extinguishers i Table of Contents 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11—EQUIPMENT Not used r DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS l Not Used DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14—CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not used DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL !I See Mechanical Drawings DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL See Electrical Drawings oLED Aqc � � n 09/23/22 ?0695 Ile 1 k� L Project Directory 5 SECTION 00020-PROJECT DIRECTORY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Project Directory A. Owner: 1. City of Round Rock 221 East Main Street Round Rock, TX 78664-5299 B. Prime Consultant: l 1. Halff Associates, Inc. 4030 West Braker Lane, Suite 450 Austin, TX 78759-5356 (512) 777-4591 Brandon Hay—bHa ZMalff.com C. Sub-consultants: Architect: 1. Trinity Architects 125 Folsom Court Georgetown, TX 78628 (512)870-7581 (512)415-3712 Matt Webb—mwebb@trinityarchtexas.com Britni Ganze—bganze ,trinityarchtexas.cOm Structural Engineer: 1. Vault Structural Engineering, LLC ' 5807 Cherry Creek Dr. Austin,TX 78745 (512)892-1964 Paul M. Sexton, P.E.#98507—vault.paul(2att.net Mechanical, Electrical& Plumbing Engineer: 1. Hendrix Consulting Engineers 115 East Main ST. Round Rock,TX 78664 (512)218-0060 ext. 313 Byron Hendrix, P.E.—byronh(cbhcengineer.com Soil Investigation Data 6 SECTION 00320—SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBSURFACE SOIL INVESTIGATION A. Subsurface borings have been taken at the Project Site and a Final Report on Foundation Soil Investigation has been prepared. B. The information was obtained for use in preparing the foundation design, but is indicative only of the soil conditions where the boring is taken. C. General Contractor is expected to examine the Site and the record of investigation to determine the character of materials to be encountered. D. If soil conditions other than those indicated are encountered during construction, notify the Architect before work continues. r E. Report is provided by the Owner's Consultant, Raba Kistner Consultants,dated March 2, 2015, 8100 Cameron Road, Austin, TX 78754; (512) 339-1745. F. See report in Project Manual. END OF SECTION 1 1 L L General Conditions 7 SECTION 0700-GENERAL CONDITIONS The"GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION"AIA Document A 201,issued by the American Institute of Architects,edition current as of the date of this contract,and its Supplements, if any,relate directly to the Work of the Project and are hereby made a part of the Contract as though fully contained herein;provided, however,that, notwithstanding the foregoing,all provisions there in with respect to arbitration and dispute resolution are hereby deleted in their entirety and shall have no application to the Contract or any provision thereof... The Contractor is hereby specifically directed,as a condition to the Contract,to obtain the necessary number of copies of AIA Document A 201,to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein and to notify and apprise all subcontractors,suppliers and any other parties to the Contract or individuals or agencies engaged in the Work as to its contents. No contractual adjustments shall be due or become exigent as a result of the failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself and all other parties to the Contract with the conditions of AIA Document A 201. Copies of this Document may be purchased,at a nominal charge, from dealer's in Architectural supplies,or obtained from the Austin Chapter of the American Institute of Architects or from the AIA website(www.AIA.org). END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS i Supplementary Conditions 8 SECTION 00800—SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MODIFICATIONS TO AIA 201 2.01 ARTICLE 1 —GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.02 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS; Add the following paragraphs: ! A. 1.1.9 Addendum: A change to the Contract documents issued prior to the execution l of the Agreement. B. 1.1.10 Base Bid: A bid before any alternates are considered. C. 1.1.11 Equal,approved Equal,Equivalent, Acceptable,Approved, Determined, Required, Instructed,Selected,shall mean by the Architect.Opinions and interpretations of the Contract Documents by the Architect are limited in authority and responsibility as defined under Article 2 of the General Conditions. D. 1.1.12 Final Completion: The date when the Architect finds the entire Work acceptable under the Contract Document and the contract fully performed,as written in final Certificate of Payment. E. 1.1.13 Not-In-Contract(N.I.C.): Work not included in this Contract. F. 1.1.14 Provide: To furnish all necessary labor,materials,equipment,accessories, transportation,services, installation and adjustment under the Contract amount including Contractor's profit,overhead and payment of all taxes(if applicable)and fees. 2.03 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT: Add the following: A. Add the following: 1. 1.2.4 The Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as cooperative and all work necessary for the execution of the work if shown on the Drawings and not described in the specifications and all work described in the Specifications not shown on the Drawings,or any work which is obviously necessary to complete the work within the limits established by the Drawings and by the Specifications,shall be considered as a part of the Contract and shall be executed by the Contractor in the same manner and with the same character of material as other portions of the Contract without extra compensation. B. 1.2.4.1 The Agreement and each of the Contract Documents are complimentary,and Il they shall be interpreted so that what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Should the Contractor observe any conflicts with the Contract Documents, he shall bring them to the Architect's attention for decision and revision as soon as contract has been executed,the most expensive method of work,materials and equipment shall be constructed as the requirement,with a credit for all costs saved accruing to the Owner in the event the least expensive method of work is L directed. A duplication of work is not intended by the Contract Documents and any duplication specified shall not become the basis for extra cost to the Owner. C. 1.2.4.2 In case of difference between Drawings and Specifications,the L Specifications shall govern except in case of discrepancies between the Specifications and large-scale drawings in which case the latter shall govern.The drawings are intended to agree and to be mutually explanatory. Should any difference C be found,whichever is more definite and complete shall be preferred to conflicting drawing indications. Large scale details will be preferred to small scale drawings and figured dimensions to scale measurements. Where figures are lacking,scale measurements may be followed,but in all cases measurements are to be checked L Supplementary Conditions 9 from the work in place. Should variations be found,they must be referred to the Architect for instructions. D. 1.2.4.3 Paragraph;Add: "The Architect assumes no responsibility for the establishment of subcontract limits". E. 1.2.5 Approval of materials, suppliers, processes,or subcontractors does not imply a waiver of any Contract requirement. F. 1.2.6 Standards: Where reference standards(i.e. ASTM, ACI, FS, MEMA)appear in the Contract Documents the latest most current edition shall be applicable, unless otherwise noted. 2.04 ARTICLE 2-OWNER A. 2.2.5 Add the following sentences: However misuse of and/or destruction of the original contract document sets by the Contractor or Subcontractors requiring replacement sets shall be cause for the Contractor to pay the cost of any and all such replacement documents. 2.05 ARTICLE 3-CONTRACTOR 2.06 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Add the following: A. 3.2.2 Paragraph;Add: "After reporting to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work so affected without the Architect's written approval." 2.07 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES; Add the following: A. 3.3.4 Establish and maintain bench marks and all other grades,lines and levels necessary for the work. Report errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. B. 3.3.5 Provide access to the work for the Owner,the Architect,the Structural Engineer,the Consulting Engineers and governmental inspectors. 2.08 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES ' A. 3.7.1 Add the following: 1. 3.7.1.1 The Owner will pay all permanent property assessments and utility connection charges. 2. 3.7.1.2 The Contractor shall pay all temporary utility charges,tap charges,and water meter charges. 3. 3.7.1.3 The Owner shall pay for TAS registration,review and inspection required by TBAE for the state of Texas. B. 3.7.3 Paragraph; Add:"The requirements of subparagraph 3.7.2 do not waive the Contractor's responsibility of complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents when such requirements exceed those of any laws,codes,ordinances, rules, regulations,and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the L performance of the work." C. 3.8 ALLOWANCES: Add the following: D. 3.8.2.5 The Owner reserves the right to withdraw any or all allowance money at any time he so desires. 2.09 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT: ADD NEW SUBPARAGRAPH I r Supplementary Conditions 10 I A. 3.9.2 Substitute the following in place of the first sentence: The Contractor shall maintain competent supervision in attendance at the project site during progress of the work. 2.10 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATE AND SAMPLES: A. 3.12.11 Add the following: 1. "Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and r correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating its work with that of dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating its r work with that of all other trades; and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner." 2.11 ARTICLE 4—ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.12 4.1 ARCHITECT A. 4.1.1 Paragraph; Delete last sentence and insert the following new sentence: "The term Architect means Trinity Architects, PLLC, Georgetown, TX or its authorized representative". 2.13 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT: Add the following: A. 4.2.15 In reviewing the quality and progress of the Work and submittals received from the Contractor,the Architect is acting solely for the convenience of the Owner in the following Work. The Architect has no responsibility to assist the Contractor in the supervision or performance of the Work.No action by the Architect shall in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor give rise to any negligence or other action against the Owner or the Architect or anyone acting for or in behalf of either of them. 2.14 ARTICLE 9—PAYMENTS & COMPLETION 2.15 9.2.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES; Insert the following if not already included: A. 9.2.1 Contractor shall break down application for payment to show all materials purchased,their cost with taxes separated for Owner's information. 2.16 9.4 Add the following paragraph: L A. 9.4.3 Based upon applications for payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and certificates for payment issued by the Architect, the Owner will make progress payments, if applicable, on account of the contract sum to the L Contractor as provided in the Conditions of the Contract as follows: 1. Not later than ten days from receipt of the Architect's approved copy of Contractor's application for payment, 90 percent of the proportion of the L contract sum properly allocable to labor, materials, and equipment suitable store at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing by the parties, up to the first day of that month, less the aggregate of previous Ipayments in each case. 1 Supplementary Conditions 11 2. The remaining ten percent, is to be paid after substantial completion of the work, its acceptance by the Project Manager and owner and after satisfactory evidence has been given by the Contractor that all of his bills have been paid and the entire building is free from liens. Substantial completion is defined as that time when the Architect completes a final inspection and issues a Substantial Completion certificate. Provided that the Owner at any time after seventy percent(70%)of the work has been completed finds that satisfactory progress is being made with consent of surety,may reduce the amount of retainage to five percent(5%).No L certificate given or payment made under this contract,either wholly or in part L and no payment or certificate shall be construed to be an acceptance of defective work or improper materials. 2.17 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; Add the following paragraph: A. 9.8.6 The Owner may occupy the project or a specified area of the project regardless of whether the Contract Time has expired,providing he accepts those areas as Substantially Complete. In such events,the Owner shall pay an appropriate share of the utilities, insurance,maintenance,cleaning and other expenses caused by early occupancy. C B. 9.8.7 Paragraph; Add:"Before the Architect's substantial completion inspection,the L Contractor shall have tested and adjusted all mechanical,plumbing,electrical and electronic devices and appurtenances, leaving all systems balanced and in satisfactory operating condition. 2.18 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT; Add the following paragraph: A. 9.10.6 The Contactor shall include with his final application for payment,copies of all manufacturer's guarantees,delivery of keys,operations,and maintenance manuals,delivery of record documents,final waiver of liens, service contracts and all other guarantees or warranties specified to extend beyond the one-year period of his own guarantees. 2.19 ARTICLE 10—PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 1. 10.2.8 Paragraph; Add: "The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequate strength and safety of all scaffolding,staging and hoisting equipment and for temporary shoring,bracing and typing." END OF SECTION Basic Requirements 12 SECTION 01001 - BASIC REQUIREMENTS I PART I GENERAL r 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of Work: 1. Contract. 2. Occupational Safety 3. Contractor use of premises. ( B. Contract Considerations: 1. Cash allowances. 2. Contingency allowance. 3. Inspection and testing allowances. 4. Schedule of values. 5. Applications for payment. 6. Change procedures. 7. Alternates. C. Coordination and Meetings: 1. Coordination. 2. Field engineering. 3. Meetings. r 4. Progress meetings. I5. Equipment electrical characteristics and components. 6. Examination. 7. Preparation. 8. Cutting and Patching. 9. Coordinating with Architect for Construction Observation I D. Submittals: 1. Submittal procedures. 2. Construction progress schedules. 3. Proposed products list. 4. Shop drawings. 5. Product data. 6. Samples. 7. Manufacturers' installation instructions. 8. Manufacturers' certificates. L E. Quality Control: 1. Quality assurance-control of installation. 2. Tolerances. 3. References. 4. Mock-ups. 5. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 6. Manufacturers' field services and reports. F. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: I. Temporary electricity. Basic Requirements 13 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heat. 4. Temporary ventilation. 5. Telephone service. 6. Temporary water service. 7. Temporary sanitary facilities. 8. Barriers and fencing. 9. Water control. 10. Exterior enclosures. 11. Interior enclosures. 12. Protection of installed work. 13. Security. 14. Access roads. 15. Parking. 16. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 17. Project identification. 18. Field offices and sheds. 19. Removal of utilities, facilities and controls. G. Material and Equipment: 1. Products. 2. Transportation, handling, storage, and protection. 3. Products options. 4. Substitutions. H. Starting of Systems: 1. Starting systems. 2. Demonstration and instructions. 3. Testing, adjusting and balancing. 1. Contract Closeout: 1. Contract closeout procedures. 2. Final cleaning. 3. Adjusting. 4. Project record documents. 5. Operation and maintenance data. 6. Spare parts and maintenance data. 7. Warranties. 1.02 CONTRACT A. Contract Description: Construction of New one-story Pre-School building in Cedar Park. 1.03 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY A. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and most recent revisions, and the standards and regulations issued there under and warrant that all work, materials,and products furnished under this Contract will conform to and comply with said standards and I regulations which are in existence on the date of this Contract. The Contractor r r i Basic Requirements 14 further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect for all damages suffered or fines or penalties incurred by the Owner and the Architect as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the Act and the Standards issued there under and for the failure of any material and/or equipment furnished under this Contract to so comply. B. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety,efficiency, and adequacy of his equipment and employees,and for any damage which may result from their failure or their improper construction, maintenance or operation. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 1.05 FUTURE WORK Not Applicable 1.06 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Costs Included in Allowances: Cost of Product to Contractor or Subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts. B. Costs Not Included in the Allowance but Included in Contract Sum/Price: Product delivery to site and handling at the site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage, protection of Products from elements and from damage and labor for installation and finishing. C. Difference in cost will be adjusting by Change Order. D. Allowances Schedule: 1. To be determined between Owner and Contractor 1.07 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A. Include in the Contract, a stipulated amount for use upon Owner's instruction. B. Contractor's costs for Products,delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, taxes, bonding,equipment rental,overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency Allowance. 1.08 INSPECTION AND TESTING ALLOWANCES (Not currently in bid, but may be requested by owner once a Contractor is selected) A. Inspection and Testing Allowances: Include in the Contract, a stipulated sum for payment of inspection and testing services. B. Costs Included in Allowances: Cost of engaging an inspection or testing firm, execution of inspection or tests, and reporting of results. C. Costs Not Included in the Allowance: Basic Requirements 15 1. Incidental labor and facilities required to assist inspection or testing firm. 2. Costs of re-testing upon failure of previous tests as determined by Architect/Engineer. D. Costs will be drawn from inspection and testing allowances by Change Order. r 1.9 SCHEDULE OF VALUES i A. Submit schedule on AIA Form G703. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 10 days after date of Notice of Award. Inability to do so,or if concems arise from these values that cannot be ' substantiated or explained by the Bidder,then Owner may exercise the right to nullify the award and begin negotiations with a new bidder of the Owner's choice. f 1.10 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702 and G703. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment Period: monthly 1.11 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation. B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. C. Unit Price Change Order: For pre-determined unit prices and quantities,the Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre-determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Directive. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. D. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications,a change in Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within five days. t 1.12 ALTERNATES A. Alternates(if any)quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. i B. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required. A Basic Requirements 16 C. Schedule of Alternates: See applicable specification division for alternates requested of certain products. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts,and conduit, as closely as practicable. D. In finished areas,conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. 1.14 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner will schedule a pre-construction meeting after Notice of Award for all f affected parties. B. When required in individual specification section, convene a pre-installation meeting at Project site prior to commencing work of the section. 1.15 PROGRESS MEETINGS (Responsibilities of the General Contractor) I A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Preside at meetings,record minutes, and distribute copies within two days to those affected by decisions made. Il 1.16 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. B. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the Lcorrect location. 1.17 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. L L Basic Requirements 17 C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill, to complete Work,and to: I. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Cut concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. Restore Work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.18 COORDINATION WITH ARCHITECT FOR CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION A. Guidelines set forth in AIA Document B 101 shall apply for Construction Observation services selected by the Owner. B. If Construction Observation services by the Architect is approved by Owner,Architect shall visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine, in general, if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On basis of the site visits,the Architect shall keep the Owner/Construction Manager reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the Work completed,and report to the Owner/Construction Manager(1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor,and (2)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. 1.19 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products for use. Submittal form to identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier,with name of manufacturer,trade name, model number of each product, and pertinent Contract Document references. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models,options, and other data. Supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information specific to this Project. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed,certifying that review, verification,of Products required, field dimensions,adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. r Basic Requirements 18 D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product,with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors,textures, and patterns. E. Identifyvariations from Contract Documents and Product or stem limitations Y which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F. Revise and resubmit submittals as required; identify all changes made since previous submittal. 1.20 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES r A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed for Architect/Engineer review. r B. Submit revised schedules with Application for Payment, identifying changes Ik since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. C. Submit a chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. [ D. The time for completion is 11:59 o'clock p.m. on(date to be determined in the Owner/Contractor Agreement). E. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Should the Contractor fail to achieve completion of the work within the specified completion schedule,then the sum of(to be determined in the Owner/Contractor Agreement)per calendar day of delay will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor for the work, and such sums shall be reasonable liquidated damages due to the impracticability or impossibility of ascertaining the actual damages. 1.21 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major Products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer,trade name, and model number of each product. 1 1.22 SHOP DRAWINGS lA. Shop Drawings For Review: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. B. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two Ccopies which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. 1.23 PRODUCT DATA l._ Basic Requirements 19 A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this project. i 1.24 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product. B. Submit samples of finishes,textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer's selection. 1.25 MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting,and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.26 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit certificates by manufacturer to Architect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certificates as appropriate. 1.27 QUALITY ASSURANCE—CONTROL OF INSTALLATION ' A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products,services, site conditions,and workmanship,to produce Work specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 1.28 TOLERANCES A. Monitor tolerance control of installed Products over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Should specified reference standard conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 1.29 REFERENCES Basic Requirements 20 A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Accepted mock-ups are representative of the quality required for the Work. i C. Where mock-up has been accepted by Architect/Engineer and is specified in product specification sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so. 1.30 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will appoint,employ, and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. B. The independent firm will perform inspections,tests, and other services as required. ( C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples as requested. 1 D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements will f be charged to the Contractor. 1.31 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified n individual specification sections,require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site Lconditions and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. 1.32 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: Owner to pay for power service except for connections required. Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, branch wiring, distribution boxes,and flexible power chords as required. 1.33 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. Provide and maintain temporary lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. 1.34 TEMPORARY HEAT i,.� Basic Requirements 21 A. Provide heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Pay cost of energy used. 1.35 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Supplement with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. 1.36 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for telephone facsimile service to field office at time of project mobilization. Allow Architect/Engineer incidental use. 1.37 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Connect to existing water source for construction operations. 1.38 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. B. Maintain in clean and sanitary condition. 1.39 WATER CONTROL ' A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Provide erosion control in areas where required. 1.40 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closures to exterior openings to permit acceptable working conditions and protection of the Work. 1.41 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B. Prohibit traffic or storage upon roofed surfaces. 1.42 SECURITY r Basic Requirements 22 A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.43 PARKING I A. Coordinate with Owner for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. 1.44 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Collect and maintain areas free of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. Maintain r site in a clean and orderly condition. 1.45 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS ( A. Remove temporary utilities,equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment review. B. Clean and repair damage by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.46 PRODUCTS r A. Products Means new material, machinery,components,equipment, fixtures,and Isystems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. 1.47 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Transport, handle,store,and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.48 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions Lallowed. C. Substitutions where permitted for consideration. L1.49 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Architect will consider requests for substitutions as directed within the C "Instructions to Bidders". Once a bid has been awarded the owner may consider additional substitutions not already approved by addendum if they are in the best interest and best value for the owner. If Architect/owner discovers that L t Basic Requirements 23 , a unapproved substitutions were presented incorrectly as the base bid, then Owner may exercise his right to disqualify the awarded contract(due to not following ' the"Instructions to Bidders"). Additional substitutions for the owner's consideration and not already approved by addendum must be submitted to the architect within 30 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. Any substitutions that are not accepted as equals for the base bid and approved by addendum are subject to rejection. Owner has the right to reject or accept any i substitutions as they relate to his best interest and best value for the project. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities if required. F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 1.50 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item. B. Ensure that each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation, C. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and t is functioning correctly. i t E i Basic Requirements 24 1.51 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS r A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. r B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. r C. Demonstrate start-up, operation,control,adjustment,trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at designated location. r 1.52 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. Owner will appoint,employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing,adjusting,and balancing. B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance t with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish assistance as requested. r D. Re-testing required because of non-compliance to specified requirements will be f` charged to the Contractor. 1.53 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected,and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Arch itect/Engineer's inspection. B. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum/Price, previous payments, and amount remaining due. 1.54 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. L B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. LC. Clean debris from site, roofs, gutters, downspouts,and drainage systems. LD. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 1.55 ADJUSTING 1 L Basic Requirements 25 A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.56 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of Contract Documents to be utilized for record documents. B. Record actual revisions to the Work. Record information concurrent with construction progress. C. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section a description of actual Products installed. ' D. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction. E. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.57 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, binders with durable plastics covers. B. Prepare binder cover with printed title"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"and title of project. C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized, with tab titles clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names,addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment installers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates. 1.58 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to gwlohudsonfinal payment. 1.59 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate copies. B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. t i Basic Requirements 26 C. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. r END OF SECTION I Summary 27 k SECTION 01100—SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Heritage Trail West—Phase 1—Baseball Restroom & Pavilion { B. Owner's Name: City of Round Rock g C. Architect's Name: Trinity Architects D. The project scope consists of the construction of a new one story restroom facility with two restrooms,storage room and pavilion area for gathering and seating. f 1.02 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. 1.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. END OF SECTION { t r 1 Termite Control 28 SECTION 02362—TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. A non-toxic, long term,termite system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide system design with manufacturer's installation instructions and details. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location of product installation. Include dimensions. C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Termimesh—Joel Roehling, Sales Manager,Termimesh, LLC,(0)512-997-0066, (M)512-801-3961. www.termistopusa.com a. Marine grade stainless steel mesh. b. Termipage—Termimesh bonding agent c. Stainless steel circular clamps PART 3 EXECUTION I 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION L Mortar and Masonry Grout 29 SECTION 04065—MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Colored Mortar for masonry. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04852—Stone Masonry Veneer: Installation of mortar. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402—Building Code Requirements For Masonry Structures; American Concrete Institute International; 2005 B. ASTM C 91 —Standard Specification for Masonry Cement; 2005. C. ASTM C 144—Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2005. D. ASTM 150—Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. E. ASTM C 207- Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006. # 1.04 SUBMITTALS [ A. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C 270 is to be used. Also, include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N. a. Colored mortar: Premixed cement as required. Color to be determined at mock-up. Match color in photos in veneer stone section. b. Acceptable product: Texas Lehigh. c. Substitutions: See Section 01600—Product Requirements. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I —Normal; standard gray color. C. Hydrated Lime: ASMT C 207, Type N. D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144. E. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Pure,concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C 979. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Bonding Agent: Latex type. 2.02 MORTAR MIXES A. Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match selected sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio. 2.03 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C 270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. 1 r i Mortar and Mason Grout 30 r r'' C. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity ►" of mix and coloration. D. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. E. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. F. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, or two- and-one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces. r 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar in accordance with premix mortar manufacturer's instructions. r B. Install mortar to requirements of the specific masonry Section. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Exterior Veneer: Type N mortar with Type N pointing mortar B. Concrete Masonry Units: Type S Mortar. END OF SECTION L.. Mortar for Concrete Masonry Units 31 SECTION 04100 - MORTAR FOR CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mortar for masonry. B. See Section 04065 for colored mortar for masonry veneer. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300 - Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of mortar. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. B. ASTM C91 - Masonry Cement. C. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. D. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. E. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. F. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. G. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. H. ASTM C387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials, for Mortar and Concrete. I. ASTM C780 - Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. J. IMIAC-International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Include design mix, indicate proportion or property method used, required environmental conditions, and admixture limitations. B. Samples: Submit two ribbons of mortar color, illustrating color and color range. C. Test Reports: Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance to ASTM C270 and C780. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store protect and handle products to site under provisions of General Conditions. B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Mortar for Concrete Masonry Units 32 A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50°F t (I 0'C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. ` PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - PACKAGED MORTAR FOR CMU A. National Cement Company, Inc. r B. U.S. Cement Company, Division of Blue Circle C. Hanson D. Substitutions: Under provisions of General Conditions I 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II, maximum 0.6% alkali, natural color or white as required to produce required mortar color. Use the same product of one manufacturer for all mortar. B. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144, standard masonry type. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D. Quicklime: ASTM C5, non-hydraulic type. E. Premix Mortar: ASTM C387, using gray cement, Normal strength. F. Water: Clean and potable. ( 2.3 ADMIXTURES A. Plasticizer: Water reducing type which reduces porosity and absorption to increase bond strength. 2.4 MORTAR MIXES A. Mortar for Load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type S. B. Mortar for Non-Load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type N. C. Pointing Mortar: ASTM C270, Type N using the Property Method with maximum 2%ammonium stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight. 2.5 MORTAR MIXING l_ A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use L in accordance with ASTM C270 using power driven mixers. B. Add admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. L C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. D. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. Do not re-temper colored mortar. E. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80°F (260C), or 2 1/2 hours at temperatures under 50'F (10°C). l_ l.. Mortar for Concrete Masonry Units 33 Y F. Color agent not to exceed 10% by weight of cementitious materials. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION i A. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted. 3.2 PREPARATION t A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION t A. Install mortar in accordance with premix mortar manufacturer's instructions. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D. Remove grout spaces of excess mortar. END OF SECTION Concrete Masonry Units 34 SECTION 04220—CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Masonry Units. B. Reinforcement, anchorage,and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04065—Mortar and Masonry Grout. I B. Section 07620—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. C. Section 07900-Joint Sealers. D. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 82—Standard Specifications for Steel Wire, Plain„ for Concrete Reinforcement; 1997a. B. ASTM A 153/A 153M—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2000. C. ASTM A615/A 615M—Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2001. D. ASTM C 55—Standard Specification for Concrete Brick; 2001. E. ASTM C 90—Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; f 2001. IF. IMIA WC(CW)—Recommended Practices& Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; 1993. G. IMIA WC (HW)—Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Ref. Master Specs of Halff& Associates. B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units and fabricated wire reinforcement. l1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water Repellency: Where integral water repellent is required, provide concrete masonry nits manufactured so that a water drop placed in an upward-facing, broken Lconcrete textured surface will not be absorbed by the concrete surface for a period of at least four hours;the presence of a salt spot at the location of the water drop after evaporation will provide evidence that the water evaporated and was not absorbed by the Lconcrete masonry unit. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store concrete masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with recommendations of IMIAQC (CW) B. Hot Weather Requirments: Comply with recommendations of IMIAWC (HW) L Concrete Masonry Units 35 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Featherlite, 508 McNeil, Round Rock, TX 78681, Tel: (512)255-2573. l 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Architectural Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: i. Load-Bearing: ASTM C 90; high strength concrete with net area comprehensive strength of 3500 psi; manufactured with integral water a repellent. ii. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 8 x 16 inches and nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations. iii. Special Shapes: As indicated on the drawings for special conditions. B. Astra-Glaze-S W+Glazed Masonry Units i. Load-Bearing: ASTM C 90; high strength concrete with net area comprehensive strength of 3500 psi; manufactured with integral water repellent. ii. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 8 x 16 inches and nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations. iii. Special Shapes: As indicated on the drawings for special conditions iv. Color: Sand 2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Mortar: As specified in Section 04100. B. Grout: As specified in Section 04065. 2.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 40(300)deformed billet bars; galvanized. B. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; ASMT A 82 steel wire, hot dip galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class B; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than '/z inch of mortar coverage on each exposure. 2.05 FLASHINGS A. Copper,as specified in Section 07260. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber, neoprene,or polyvinyl chloride material; provide with comer and tee accessories, fused joints. B. Waterproofing: Sonoshield Sonoblock, Sonnobom Chemflex Inc., 889 Valley Park f Drive, Shakopee, MN 55379, 1-800-433-9517. website: www.chemrex.com, verify that product is compatible with CMU. 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive concrete unit masonry. i B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. s i a Concrete Masonry Units 36 C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish lines, levels,and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Concrete Masonry Units: a. Bond: Running bond. b. Coursing: One unit plus one horizontal joint equals 8 inches. c. Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.03 LAYING MASONRY UNITS A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. C. Remove excess mortar as work progresses. D. Interlock intersections and external corner, except for units laid in stack bond. E. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. F. Perform cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 8 inches on center. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend reinforcement a minimum of 16 inches beyond each side of opening. C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Place reinforcing bars as indicated on drawings. Support and secure bars from displacement; maintain within '/2 inches of dimensioned position. 3.05 FLASHINGS A. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. a. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 4 inches into adjacent masonry or turn up at least 4 inches to form watertight pan at non- masonry construction. b. Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. c. Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B. Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and turn down to form drip. C. Lap end joints of flashings at least 4 inches and seal watertight with mastic or elastic L sealant. L 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses; replace defective mortar with mortar matching adjacent work. B. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution, using non-metallic tools. L END OF SECTION Stone Masonry Veneer 37 SECTION 04852—STONE MASONRY VENEER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cut stone veneer at exterior and interior walls. B. Metal anchors and accessories C. Setting mortar and pointing mortar. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07620—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A 123/A 123M—Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2002. B. ASTM C 568—Standard Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone;2003. C. ILI (HB)—Indiana Limestone Handbook; Indiana Limestone 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. B. Provide data on stone units,mortar and reinforcement. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Construct stone wall mock-up, 8 feet long by 8' tall, which includes stone anchor accessories, weep accessories, corner condition, and typical control joint, B. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Stone Quarriers: 1. Espinoza Stone, Inc.;(512)930-1398, www.espinozastone.com; Product: a. Natural Chopped Oklahoma Sandstone: #27 on their website. (Exterior stone locations as indicated on exterior elevations) b. Mimic stone color and mortar color and treatment per the photos at the end of this section. B. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. 2.02 SANDSTONE A. Sandstone: Quarried, Light to Dark Tan, Brown, Black and Orange,Oklahoma Sandstone;complying with ASTM C 568 Classification I—Low Density. B. Surface Texture: Rough s C. Color: See A above. i 2.03 MORTAR A. Setting Mortar: ASMT C 270, Type N, using the Property Method as specified in t Section 04065. t r �I Stone Masonry Veneer 38 B. Pointing Mortar: Type N as specified in Section 04065,and using the Property Method in ASTM C 270. 2.04 ACCESSORIES r A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; steel wire, hot dip galvanized per ASTM A 123/A 123M, 3/16 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross ties. B. Wall Anchors&Ties: Formed steel wall strap, [12] gage, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 123,Grade 55, for screw attachment to studs, with provision for vertical I adjustment after attachment and triangulated ties of diameter looped through anchor strap slots. C. Other Anchors in Direct Contact with Stone: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless steel, of sizes and configurations required for support of stone and applicable superimposed loads. D. Setting Buttons and Shims: Plastic. E. Moisture-Control Accessories manufactured by York(43 Community Drive, Sanford, ME 040083, 800-551-2828, 888-819-2592 fax, www.yorkmfg com, info&, oy rkmfg com): a. Flashings: Asphalt-Free Copper Fabric"Multi-Flash 500 Series"—5 oz. i. Seam Tape: Sure-Lap 3" wide x 30 mils thick. ii. Mortar Net: Patented dovetail,open weave shape. iii. Weep Vents: 1. color: Almond 2. Size: 3/8"x 2-1/2" x 3-5/8" F. Flashings: Type as specified in Section 07620. G. Back Coating: a. Bituminous. H. Cleaning Solution: Type which will not harm stone,joint materials,or adjacent surfaces. i 2.05 SANDSTONE FABRICATIONS A. Nominal Thickness:(Exterior)3-5 inches B. Nominal Face size: a. Height: 2"to 24" b. Length: 12"to 24" C. Pattern and Coursing: Irregular i D. Fabricate for %"or tight-fitted joints. E. Bed and Joint Surfaces: a. Cut or sawn full square for full thickness of unit. l F. Backs: Rough or split. G. Form stone corners to irregular joint profile. Clean jagged corners from stone in preparation for setting. H. Slope exposed top surfaces of stone and horizontal sill surfaces 15"minimum for shedding water. I. Cut drip slot in bottom of surface of work projecting more than ''/2"over window L frame. Size slot not less than 3/8 inch wide and '/4 inch deep fir full width of projection. L PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. l.. Stone Masonry Veneer 39 A. Arrange stone pattern to provide color uniformity and minimize visual variations,and provide a uniform blend of stone unit sizes. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center. B. Place horizontal joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. E. In addition,place wall ties at maximum 3 inches on center each way around perimeter of opening, within 12 inches of openings. 3.03 MOCK-UP REQUIRED A. Provide one mock up wall with stone type 8' long by 6'-6"high.. If approved, mock up can remain as part of work. Images of stone and mortar treatment on stone are pictured below. 10 li i i� t^ r µr' -` -'• fT 1� Example of Stone, stone pattern, and mortar treatment. i I Stone Masonry Veneer 40 r AOL k4 i - Example of Stone, stone pattern, and mortar treatment. END OF SECTION l L L L. l l 1 Metal Fabrications 41 SECTION 05500—METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04852—Stone Masonry Veneer: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry. B. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Paint finish. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff&Associates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS—STEEL(All structural steel items shall be referenced on the Structural Drawings.This spec is for miscellaneous steel not specified on the Structural Drawings) A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A 283. D. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,Grade B Schedule 40,black finish. E. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers:ASTM A 325(ASTM A 325M),Type 1,galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1;type required for materials being welded. G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15,Type I—Grey,complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. H. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20,Type 1-Inorganic, ' complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FINISHES—STEEL ' A. Prime paint all steel items. a. Exceptions:Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete or masonry and items specified for(exterior)finish. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. C. Prime Coating: One coat. D. Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123/A 123 M requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. The following schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. a. Hot Dipped Galvanized Finish: i. Exterior Structural Steel items not intended to be painted. END OF SECTION Wood Blocking 42 r' SECTION 06114—WOOD BLOCKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Blocking on top of CMU wall. r B. Preservative treatment of wood. 1.02 REFERENCES A. APA(American Plywood Association). B. PS 1 —Construction and Industrial Plywood;National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 1995 C. PS 20—American Softwood Lumber Standard;National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies. 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: Any agency with rules approved by American Lumber Standards Committee. 2. Lumber of other species or grades, or graded by other agencies, is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. B. Plywood: Comply with PS 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. l 2.02 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER A. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring, and Nailers. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Il 1. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. PART 3 EXECUTION l 3.01 FRAMING INSTALLATION L A. Set members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Space framing and furring members 16 inches o.c. L 3.02 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at site-sawn cuts,complying with manufacturer's instructions. LB. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. END OF SECTION Water Repellents 43 SECTION 07190—WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water repellents for above grade surfaces of stone. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04852—Stone Masonry Veneer. 1.03 REFERNCES A. ASTM E 96—Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2000. B. ASTM E 514—Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through r Masonry; 2002. It 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff&Associates. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Installer's Warranty: Contractor and the installer shall jointly and severally warrant water repellents against failure in material and workmanship for a period of 5 years from the date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty. ' 1. Submit completed manufacturer's written Request for Warranty Form to manufacturer 10 days prior to application. 2. After Substantial Completion, submit Warranty Application to manufacturer for ' processing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS r A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Chemprobe Coating Systems, LP; 2805 Industrial Lane, Garland,Tx 75401. (800)760-6776 or(972)271-5553. Email: info&chemprobe.com. www.chemprobe.com. B. Product: Prime A Pell 200 C. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Pro Co. b. Sonneborn. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Water Repellents—General a. Prime A Pell 200 B. Water Repellents—Natural Stone Surfaces: Solvent based siloxane with crosslinker; Prime A Pell NS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION l r Water Repellents 44 A. Verify that new concrete, masonry, mortar,and stucco has cured for at least 21 days. B. Verify that all sealants have been installed. 3.02 A. Protection: 1. Prevent water repellent fumes from entering the building being treated, turn off ventilation system and close fresh air intakes. 2. Protect shrubs, metal, wood trim, glass,asphalt, and hardware during application of water repellents. 3. Do not permit spray mist or liquid to drift onto adjacent properties. B. Do not start work until masonry mortar substrate is cured a minimum of 60 days. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellents in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. a. Do not apply water repellents to surfaces below 40 degrees F or above 95 r degrees F unless recommended by the manufacturer. b. Do not apply water repellents when rain is predicted within 48 hours or less than 5 days after surface has been wet. c. Do not apply water repellents in high or gusty winds. B. Apply water repellents using low pressure spray equipment designed for water repellent application. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove excess material and waste resulting from the work from the project site. B. Dispose of water repellent containers in accordance with state and local regulations. END OF SECTION l L l Fiber Cement Siding 45 SECTION 07466—FIBER CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceiling Soffit panels. B. Accessories and trim. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry: Framing and Sheathing j B. Section 0900— Paints and Coatings: Field Painting. L 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 920—Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates for Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. C. Siding manufacturer's requirements for vapor retarders, primer, paint,etc.,to be installed by others. D. Maintenance and periodic inspection recommendations. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Provide installer with not less than three years of experience with products similar to those specified. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Store products off the ground, on a flat surface,and under a roof or separate waterproof covering. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Register manufacturer's warranty, made out in Owner's name, with copy to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. James Hardie Company b. CertainTeed Corporation B. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec. 2.02 PANELS A. Ceiling Soffit: James Hardie Fiber Cement Soffit, nonventilated. a. Thickness: 5/16 inch, nominal. b. Style: Cedarmill texture. c. Length: 8' d. Width: 4' r Fiber Cement Siding 46 2.03 ACCESSORIES r' A. Trim& Fascia: Fiber cement board,cut from siding material; cut edges primed. B. Provide the following trim: 1. For Trim as needed at Chase and Storage room. a. Style: Cedamnill b. Thickness: 5/16" C. Fascia: 1. For fascia at back of structure above stone cap water table as indicated on the drawings. a. Style: Cedarmill b. Thickness: 5/16" c. Width: Verify in the field D. Sealant: Paintable, 100 percent acrylic latex sealant complying with ASTM C 920. E. Nails: Length as required to penetrate minimum 1-1/4 inch into solid backing;hot- dipped galvanized or stainless steel. r F. Finish Paint: As specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to commencing installation, verify governing dimensions of building and condition of substrate. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and drawing details. B. Pre-drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. f C. After installation, seal all joints except lap siding. Seal around all penetrations. Paint all exposed cut edges. END OF SECTION l l L L L L L Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 47 SECTION 07620—SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL r 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings,counterflashings. ` f 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06114—Wood Blocking: Wood blocking and battens for metal roofing substrate profiles. B. Section 07900—Joint Sealers. C. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Field Painting. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A 526/A 526M—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheets,Zinc-Coated i (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. B. ASTM A 446/A 446M—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheets,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. C. ASTM B 370—Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction; 2003. D. SMACNA—Architectural Sheet Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff&Associates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel (for elements exposed to View): ASTM A526/A526M, with G90 zinc coating; 24 gauge thick core steel. Prepare for a field painted finish with a mill phosphatized treatment. B. Galvanized Steel (for elements not exposed to view): ASTM A653/A653M, with Grade A, G90 zinc coating;24 gauge thick core steel. C. Lead: ASTM B 749,4 Ib/sq ft thick; de-silverizing common pig lead also conforming to Federal Specification QQ-L-201. 1. Lead sleeves for plumbing vents. D. Copper core type: 1. Product standard of quality: York Manufacturing, Inc.; York-Multi-Flash 500 2. Characteristics: a. Type: Copper core with non-asphalt adhesive glass fabric laminated to each copper face. b. Copper type: CDA Alloy 110,060 temper in accord with ASTM B370-98. c. Copper Weights: 1) Windowsills, storefront sills, and other sill conditions: 5 oz., per sq. ft. 2) Other locations: 3 oz. per sq. ft. d. Fabric: Fiberglass fabric; laminated each face copper core with core weight manufacturer identified on produce with color coded laminate. e. Adhesive:Non-asphalt for laminating adhesive. f Size: Manufacturer's standard width rolls. t t i r Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 48 g. Mastic: Manufacturer's standard for specified flashing. 3. Termination bar: Manufacturer's standard 1"wide, minimum by 1/8"thickness, minimum by continuous length pre-punched stainless steel bar or composite material bar complete with stainless steel fasteners. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. C. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd. D. Sealant: Type specified in Section 07900. E. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586,Type I. F. Solder: ASTM B 32; Sn50(50/50)type. 2.03 FIELD FINISHING A. Provide a field painted finish for items exposed to view as specified in Section 09900 in color as selected. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. r PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where permitted. r B. Fit flashing tight in place. Make comers square,surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. C. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact. After soldering,wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. END OF SECTION 1 I L L L L L Gutters and Downspouts 49 SECTION 07631—GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-finished galvanized steel gutters and downspouts. B. Pre-finished rain chains C. Precast concrete splash pads. D. Sizing of Gutters& Downspouts. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07620—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS ' A. ASTM A 526/A 526M—Standard Specifications for Steel Sheets,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process,2005a. B. ASTM B 32—Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2004. C. SMACNA—Architectural Sheet Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning ' Contractors' National Association, Inc.;2003. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal for sizing components for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 10 years. B. Conform to applicable code for size and method of rain water discharge. ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates for Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on prefabricated components. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS r A. Gutters and Downspouts: 1. Austin Gutter King: www.austinputterkinp,.com ' 2.02 MATERIALS A. Pre-finished Aluminum,standard thickness .027 inches(gutter). Spec Senox or similar. ' B. Pre-finished Aluminum, standard thickness.019 inches(downspout). Spec Senox or similar 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Gutters: 6" Seamless Box Shallow profile. a. Finish: Prefinished Color(Rustic Copper 129)or to be selected from AGK's color ' chart. www.senox.com. Owner to verify color before ordering. B. Downspouts: Rainchain. a. Product: Arts& Crafts Lantern D. Connectors: Furnish required connector pieces for(sheet metal)components. E. Anchors and Supports: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts. 1. Anchoring Devices: In accordance with CDA requirements. Gutters and Downspouts 50 2. Gutter Supports: Brackets. 3. Downspout Supports: Brackets. F. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Splash pads: Attach end of rain chain to a pre-driven galvanized hook embedded in a limestone rock in the planter bed. Rock must be heavy enough to anchor down rainchain in heavy winds. B. Hem exposed edges of metal. C. Fabricate gutter and downspout accessories; seal watertight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Paint concealed metal surfaces and surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.02 INSTALLATION l� A. Install gutters,downspouts,and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's t instructions. B. Sheet Metal: Join lengths with formed seams sealed watertight. Flash and seal gutters to downspouts and accessories. C. Slope gutters 1/8 inch per foot, 2 percent minimum. D. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash metal clean r with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. ff E. Provide small bed of river rock for rainchain to terminate into. Rainchain to be secured properly below river rock. END OF SECTION L L L L Firestopping 51 SECTION 07840—FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping materials. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS f A. ASTM E 119—Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2005a. B. ASTM E 814—Standard Test method for Fire Test of Through Penetration Fire Stops; 2002. C. UL(FRD)—Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration. C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES A. Firestopping at Uninsulated Metallic Pipe and Conduit Penetrations, of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. B. Firestopping at Combustible Pipe and Conduit Penetrations,of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. C. Firestopping at Uninsulated Pipe and Conduit penetrations, of diameter 4 inches or less: Any material meeting requirements. D. Firestopping at Control Joints(without Penetrations): Any material meeting requirements. ' 2.02 Materials: A. All materials specified in chosen UL Design#, reference Architectural Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials per specific UL Design requirements. END OF SECTION Joint Sealers 52 SECTION 07900—JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. B. Precompressed foam sealers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 834—Standard Specifications for Latex Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 920—Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. C. ASTM C 1193—Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. C. Reference Section 01001 BASIC REQUIREMENTS/1.19 Submittal Procedures. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Sealants: 1. Sonneborn. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01001 BASIC REQUIREMENTS/1.49 Substitution Procedures. 2.02 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers—General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound(VOC)content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No. 1168. B. Type A—Exterior Expandable Sealant: ASTM E331&E547(12PSF): 1. Product: Willseal 600 manufactured by Illbruck(3800 Washington Ave.N., Minneapolis MN 55412,(800)438-0684,(612) 588-8396 fax, www.willseal.com 2. Applications: Use for: a. Joints where independent concrete or flatwork abut against structural concrete or structural foundation. b. All joints where independent concrete sections abut one another. C. Type B—General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Product: Sonolac manufactured by Sonneborn. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. b. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. D. Type C—Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASMT C 920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Product: Sonolastic Omniplus manufactured by Sonneborn. Joint Sealers 53 2. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints for general use by HVAC, Plumbing and/or Roofing Contractors. E. Type D—Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling;ASTM C 920, Grade P,Class 25, Uses T, M and A; single component. 1. Color: Gray. 2. Product: Sonolastic SLI manufactured by Sonnebom. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints in sidewalk and vehicular paving. F. Type E—Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 920,Grade NS,Class 12 '/s, Uses NT;single component,solvent release,non-skinning,non-sagging. 1. Color: Colors as selected. [ 2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 12-1/2 percent. E 3. Service Temperature Range: -13 to 180 degrees F. 4. Shore A Hardness Range: 10 to 30. 5. Applications: Use for: a. Thresholds. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer:Non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1056,sponge or expanded rubber;oversize 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width; Sonofoam Soft Backer-Rod manufactured by Sonnebom. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension,and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer,except where specific dimensions are indicated. B. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. C. Install sealant free of air pockets,foreign embedded matter,ridges,and sags. D. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION r. Standard Steel Door and Frames 54 SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES r PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hollow metal doors, frames, and accessories. B. Exterior Frames(Ceco)and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08710—Door Hardware. B. Section 08810-Glass C. Section 09900—Paints and Coatings: Field painting of frames. 1.03 REFERENCES r A. ANSI A250.4—Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings; 1994. B. TAS—Texas Accessibility Standards—Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Disadvantaged People. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data to Architect. B. Warranty documents, issued and executed by manufacturer of doors and frames. C. Reference Section 01001 BASIC REQUIREMENTS/1.19 Submittal Procedures. ` 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE kf A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum five years experience producing products specified in this section and Member of HMMA. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum five years documented experience installing products specified in this section. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Furnish product manufacturer's standard 1 year warranty against defects in product workmanship and materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: (Exterior Doors and frames) 1. CECO. www.cecodoor.com L i. Acceptable Suppliers: Hull Supply Austin. B. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. LC. Supply products specified in this section from a single manufacturer. MATERIALS L A. Steel Sheet: One of the following. 1. Cold-rolled steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 366/A 366M, commercial quality. L B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,commercial quality, minimum G60/Z180 zinc coating. 2.03 DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES L L Standard Steel Door and Frames 55 A. Door Construction: A standard 3 feet 7 feet door shall meet requirements of ANSI A250.4 procedure for level A doors for 1,000,000 cycles and twist test of 300 pounds; provide test reports. 2.04 DOORS A. Exterior Doors: Galvanized steel face sheets of minimum 16 gage thickness. t 1. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches 2. Sizes: Indicated on drawings r 3. Features: ; a. Insulated. B. Face and Core Fabrication: Visible seams on face sheets not permitted. 1. Stiffen face sheets with continuous vertical sections,formed of minimum 22 gage steel sheet, which upon assembly, span full thickness of interior space between door faces. 2. Space stiffeners 6 inches apart, maximum; spot-weld to both face sheets at 5 inches, maximum,on center vertically. 3. Configure doors with special profile to receive with special profile to receive recessed weatherstripping. 4. Fill spaces between stiffeners with insulating material. C. Vertical Edge Fabrication: Join face sheets at vertical edges by continuous welding. 1. Single acting swing doors: Bevel each vertical edge 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 2. Continuous welding:Join door faces by continuous weld on each edge, extending full door height; grind, fill, and dress welds to provide smooth flush surface. D. Horizontal Edge Fabrication: Close top and bottom edges of doors with continuous steel channels(seal joints watertight), minimum; spot-weld channel to both door faces. 1. Exterior doors: Provide openings in bottom closure to permit escape of entrapped moisture. 2. Exterior doors: Provide additional flush closing channel at top edge; spot-weld channel to both door faces. 3. Doors to receive weatherstripping: Provide additional flush closing channel at bottom edge; spot-weld channel to both door faces. E. Hardware Preparation: 1. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory for fully templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with approved hardware schedule and supplied templates. 2. Provide reinforcing plates at locations of surface-mounted and non-templated hardware. 3. Provide hardware reinforcing plates as follows: a. Full mortise hinges and pivots: 7 gage minimum. b. Lock face and flush bolts: 12 gage minimum. C. All other surface mounted hardware: 14 gage minimum. 2.05 FRAMES A. Exterior Frames: Welded type of galvanized steel sheet, minimum 14 gage thickness. 1. Sizes and Profiles: Indicated on drawings. B. Interior Frames: Welded type galvanized steel sheet, minimum 18 gauge thickness. 1. Sizes and Profiles: Indicated on drawings. B. Fabrication: Form frame members straight, and of uniform profile through length, with integral trim,of sizes and profiles indicated. Standard Steel Door and Frames 56 1. Comply with frame schedule and approved shop drawings 2. Weatherstripping: Resilient rubber set in steel frame. 3. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion 4. Stops: Minimum 5/8 inch depth. C. Hardware Preparation: �- 1. Mortise, reinforce,drill, and tap frames at factory for fully templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with approved hardware schedule and supplied templates. 2. Provide reinforcing plates at locations of surface-mounted and non-templated hardware. 3. Provide hardware reinforcing plates as follows: a. Full mortise hinges and pivots: 7 gage by 1-1/4 inches by 10 inches minimum. b. Strikes: 16 gage minimum r c. Flush bolts: 12 gage minimum Id. Closers: 12 gage minimum e. All other surface mounted hardware: 12 gage minimum. D. Floor Anchors: Same material as frame material; minimum 18 gage. 1. Weld anchors inside each jamb for floor anchorage. E. Jamb Anchors for Frames to be Anchored to Previously Placed Concrete, Masonry or Structural Steel: Same material as frame material;type as shown on approved shop drawings; welded inside jamb. 2.06 HARDWARE LOCATIONS F A. Hinges: I1. Top: 5 inches from head of frame to top of hinge. 2. Bottom: 10 inches from finished floor to bottom of hinge. 3. Intermediate: Centered between top and bottom hinges. B. Locks and Latches: 1. Unit and integral type locks and latches: 38 inches from finished floor to centerline of knob. 2. Deadlocks: 48 inches from finished floor to centerline of strike. 3. Panic hardware: 38 inches from finished floor to centerline of cross bar,or as indicated on hardware template. 4. Roller latches: 45 inches from finished floor to centerline. 2.07 FINISHING A. Shop Prime: Apply primer to exposed surfaces; allow to cure prior to shipment. B. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. C. Field Painting: Reference Section 09900, Color as selected by owner. L 2.08 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Frames: 1. Width, measured between rabbets at the head: Nominal opening width plus 1/16 L inch, minus 1/32 inch. 2. Height(total length of jamb rabbet):Nominal opening heights plus or minus 3/64 inch. L 3. Overall frame depth: Cross sectional profile dimensions: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. 4. Face: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. 5. Stop: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. 6. Rabbet: Plus of minus 1/32 inch. L Standard Steel Door and Frames 57 7. Depth: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. 8. Throat: Plus or minus 1/16 inc; frames overlapping walls to have throat dimension 1/8 inch greater than dimensioned wall thickness to accommodate irregularities in wall construction. B. Doors: 1. Width: Plus or minus 3/64. 2. Height: Plus or minus 3/64. I 3. Thickness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch. 4. Hardware cutout dimensions: Template dimensions plus 0.015 inch, minus 0. ' 5. Hardware location: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. r C. Maximum Clearance: 1. Between doors and frames at head and jambs: 3/16 inch. 2. At door sills where a threshold is used: 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of t threshold. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Installation Tolerances: Do not exceed the following: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured on a line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of the frame at the other jamb. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured on jambs on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall. r c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured at face corners of jambs on parallel ft lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured on the jamb at the floor. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust installed doors for correct swings and site tolerances. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Reference Door Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION i i r I I r Door Hardware 58 SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL r 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes furnishing and installation of door hardware for doors specified in"Hardware Sets"and required by actual conditions. Including screws,bolts,expansion shields,electrified fdoor hardware,and other devices for proper application of hardware. B. Where items of hardware are not specified and are required for intended service,such omission, r error or other discrepancy to be submitted to Architect fourteen calendar days prior to bid date for clarification by addendum. C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary r Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. D. Related Divisions: 1. Division 08 Openings 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute/Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association(ANSI): 1. ANSI/BHMA A 156.1 Butts& Hinges(2006) 2. ANSI/BHMA A 156.2 Bored& Preassembled Locks&Latches(2011) 3. ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 Door Controls-Closers(2008) f 4. ANSI/BHMA A 156.5 Cylinders and Input Devices for Locks(2014) k 5. ANSI/BHMA A156.7 Template Hinge Dimensions(2009) 6. ANSI/BHMA A 156.16 Auxiliary Hardware(2008) 7. ANSI/BHMA A156.18 Materials& Finishes(2006) 8. ANSI/BHMA A156.28 Keying Systems(2007) B. International Code Council/American National Standards Institute(ICC/ANSI)/ADA: 1. ICC/ANSI Al 17.1 Standards for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 2009. C. Door and Hardware Institute(DHI): 1. DHI Publication-Keying Systems and Nomenclature(1989). I 2. DHI Publication-Abbreviations and Symbols. t 3. DHI Publication-Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. 4. DHI Publication-Sequence and Format of Hardware Schedule(1996). D. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA): I. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 2015. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Administrative IRequirements. l_ B. Shop Drawings: 1. Organize hardware schedule organized in vertical format illustrated in DHI Publications L Sequence and Formatting for the Hardware Schedule. Include abbreviations and symbols page according to DHI Publications Abbreviations and Symbols. Complete nomenclature of items required for each door opening as indicated. l_ L Door Hardware 59 i 2. Coordinate final Door Hardware Schedule with doors,frames,and related work to ensure proper size,thickness,hand, function,and finish of hardware. 3. Architectural Hardware Consultant(AHC),as certified by DHI,who shall affix seal attesting to completeness and correctness,shall review hardware schedule prior to submittal. C. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheet on design,grade and function of items listed in hardware schedule.Identify specific hardware item per sheet,provide index,and cover sheet. D. Coordination: Distribute door hardware templates to related divisions within fourteen days of receiving approved door hardware submittals. E. Closeout Submittals: Submit to Owner in a three-ring binder or CD if requested. 1. Warranties. 2. Maintenance and operating manual. 3. Maintenance service agreement. 4. Record documents. 5. Copy of approved hardware schedule. 6. Copy of approved keying schedule with bitting list. 7. Door hardware supplier name,phone number and fax number. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware supplier shall employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant(AHC)as certified by DHI and a member of the seal program who shall be available at reasonable times during course of work for Project hardware consultation. B. Door hardware conforming to ICC/ANSI Al 17.1: Handles,pulls, latches,locks and operating devices: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping,tight pinching,or twisting of the wrist. C. Door hardware certified to ANSI/BHMA standards as noted,participate and be listed in BHMA Certified Products Directory. D. Substitution request: Include the reason for requesting the substitution,clear catalog copy highlighting the proposed product and options,compliance statement,technical data,product warranty and lead time,to show how the proposed can meet or exceed established level of design, function,and quality.Approval of request is at the discretion of the owner,architect,and their designated consultants. E. Pre-installation Meeting:Comply with requirements in Division I Section"Project Meetings". 1. Convene meeting seven days before installation. Participants required to attend: Contractor, installer,material supplier,and manufacturer representatives. 2. Include in-conference decisions regarding proper installation methods and procedures for receiving and handling hardware. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, installer's personnel,equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. F. Within fourteen days of receipt of approved door hardware submittals contact Owner with representative from hardware supplier to establish a keying conference.Verify keyway,visual key identification, number of master keys and keys per lock. Provide keying system per Owner's instructions. J. Installer Qualifications: Specialized in performing installation of this Section and have five years minimum documented experience. K. Hardware listed in 3.07-Hardware Schedule is intended to establish type and grade. i r Door Hardware 60 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish hardware with each unit marked and numbered in accordance with approved finish hardware schedule. Include door and item number for each type of hardware. r B. Pack each item complete with necessary parts and fasteners in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Deliver permanent keys,cores,and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to Owner shall be established at"Keying Conference." r D. Waste Management and Disposal: Separate waste materials for reuse or recycling in accordance with Division 1. 1.06 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Owner may have under provisions of the Contract Documents and be an addition and run concurrent with other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract documents. B. Special Warranty: Warranties specified in this article shall not deprive Owner of other rights. 1. Ten years for manual door closers. 2. Five years for mortise,auxiliary and bored locks. 3. Five years for exit devices. 4. One year for electromechanical door hardware. C. Replace or repair defective products during warranty period in accordance with manufacturer's warranty at no cost to Owner.There is no warranty against defects due to improper installation, abuse and failure to exercise normal maintenance. D. Maintenance Tool and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance l instructions for Owner's continued adjustment,maintenance,removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 HINGES lA. Hinges of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. B. Standards: Products to be certified and listed by the following: I. Butts and Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI/BHMA A156.7. L C. Butt Hinges: I. Hinge weight and size unless otherwise indicated in hardware sets: a. Doors up to 36"wide and up to 1-3/4"thick provide hinges with a minimum thickness of .134"and a minimum of 4-1/2" in height. L b. Doors from 36"wide up to 42"wide and up to 1-3/4"thick provide hinges with a minimum thickness of.145"and a minimum of 4-1/2" in height. c. For doors from 42"wide up to 48"wide and up to 1-3/4"thick provide hinges with a Cminimum thickness of.180"and a minimum of 5"in height. d. Doors greater than 1-3/4"thick provide hinges with a minimum thickness of.180"and a minimum of 5" in height. e. Width of hinge is to be minimum required to clear surrounding trim. L L i Door Hardware 61 , i 2. Base material unless otherwise indicated in hardware sets: I a. Exterior Doors:304 Stainless Steel, Brass or Bronze material. b. Interior Doors: Steel material. c. Fire Rated Doors: Steel or 304 Stainless Steel materials. d. Stainless Steel ball bearing hinges to have stainless steel ball bearings. Steel ball bearings are unacceptable. 3. Quantity of hinges per door unless otherwise stated in hardware sets: a. Doors up to 60" in height provide 2 hinges. b. Doors 60"up to 90"in height provide 3 hinges. c. Doors 90"up to 120"in height provide 4 hinges. d. Doors over 120"in height add 1 additional hinge per each additional 30" in height. e. Dutch doors provide 4 hinges. 4. Hinge design and options unless otherwise indicated in hardware sets: a. Hinges are to be of a square comer five-knuckle design, flat button tips and have ball bearings unless otherwise indicated in hardware sets. b. Out-swinging exterior and out-swinging access controlled doors shall have Non-Removable Pins(NRP)to prevent removal of pin while door is in closed position. c. When full width of opening is required,use hinges that are designed to swing door completely from opening when door is opened to 95 degrees. d. Provide mortar boxes for frames that require any electrically modified hinges if not an integral part of frame. e. When shims are necessary to correct frame or door irregularities,provide metal shims only. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: Standard Weight Heavy Weight a. Hager: BB 1191 BB 1 199 b. Bommer: BB5002 BB5006 c. McKinney: TA2314 T4A3386 2.02 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Locks and latches of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. B. Standards: Product to be certified and listed by following: 1. ANSI/BHMA A 156.2 Series 4000 Certified to Grade 1. 2. UL/cUL Labeled and listed for functions up to 3 hours for single doors up to 48"in width and up to 96"in height. 3. ULIOC/UBC 7-2 Positive Pressure Rated. 4. ICC/ANSI A 117.1. C. Lock and latch function numbers and descriptions of manufacturer's series as listed in hardware sets. D. Material and Design: 1. Lock and Latch chassis to be zinc dichromate for corrosion resistance. 2. Keyed functions to be of a freewheeling design to help resist against vandalism. 3. Non-handed,field reversible. 4. Thru-bolt mounting with no exposed screws. 5. Levers,zinc cast and plated to match finish designation in hardware sets. 6. Roses,wrought Brass or Stainless Steel material. Door Hardware 62 E. Latch and Strike: I. Stainless Steel latch bolt with minimum of 1/2"throw and deadlocking for keyed and exterior functions.Provide 3/4" latchbolt for pairs of fire-rated doors where required by door manufacture. Standard backset to be 2-3/4"and adjustable faceplate to accommodate a square edge door or a standard 1/8"beveled edge door. 2. Strike is to fit a standard ANSI Al 15 prep measuring 1-1/4"x 4-7/8"with proper lip length to protect surrounding trim. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Hager: 3400 Series. 2. Schlage:ND Series. 3. Best:9K series. 2.03 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. Cylinders of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. B. Standards: Manufacturer shall meet the following: 1. Auxiliary Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.5 2. DHI Handbook"Keying systems and nomenclature"(1989) C. Cylinders: 1. Manufacturer's standard tumbler type,seven-pin IC core supported by the Hager H I keyway. 2. Furnish with cams/tailpieces as required for locking device that is being furnished for project. D. Keying: 1. Copy of Owners approved keying schedule submitted to Owner and Architect with documentation of which keying conference was held and Owner's sign-off. 2. Provide a bitting list to Owner of combinations as established,and expand to twenty-five percent for future use or as directed by Owner. 3. Keys to be shipped to Owner's representative,individually tag per keying conference. 4. Provide visual key control identification on keys. 5. Provide interchangeable cores with construction cores as required per hardware schedule. E. Acceptable manufacturers: f` 1. Hager: 2.04 CLOSERS L A. Closers of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. Unless otherwise indicated on hardware schedule,comply with manufacturer's recommendations for size of closer,depending on width of door,frequency of use,atmospheric pressure,ADAAG l requirements,and fire rating. 1 B. Standards: Manufacturer to be certified by the following: L 1. BHMA Certified ANSI A 156.4 Grade 1. 2. ADA Complaint ANSI A 1 17.1. 3. UL/cUL Listed up to 3 hours. 4. ULIOC Positive Pressure Rated. 5. ULIOB Neutral Pressure Rated. L C. Material and Design: L I. Provide aluminum non-handed bodies with full plastic covers. 2. Closers shall have separate staked adjustable valve screws for latch speed,sweep speed,and backcheck. 3. Provide Tri-Pack arms and brackets for regular arm,top jamb,and parallel arm mounting. i Door Hardware 63 , i 4. Double heat-treated steel,tempered springs. 5. Precision machined,heat-treated steel piston. 6. Triple heat-treated steel spindle. 7. Full rack and pinion operation. D. Mounting: 1. Out-swing doors surface parallel arm mount closers except where noted on hardware t schedule. 2. In-swing doors surface regular arm mount closers except where noted on hardware schedule. 3. Provide brackets and shoe supports for aluminum doors and frames to mount fifth screw. 4. Furnish drop plates where top rail conditions on door do not allow for mounting of closer and where backside of closer is exposed through glass. E. Size closers in compliance with requirements for accessibility(ADAAG).Comply with following maximum opening force requirements: 1. Interior hinged openings: 5.0 lbs. 2. Fire-rated and exterior openings shall have minimum opening force allowable by authority having jurisdiction. F. Fasteners: Provide self-reaming,self-tapping wood and machine screws,and sex nuts and bolts for each closer. G. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Hager: 5200 Series 2. Norton: 8000 Series 3. Sargent: 1330 Series 2.05 PROTECTIVE TRIM A. Protective trim of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. B. Size of protection plate: Single doors,size two inches less door width(LDW)on push side of door,and one inch less on pull side of door. For pairs of doors,size one inch less door width (LDW)on push side of door,and '/2 inch on pull side of door. 1. Kick Plates 10"high or sized to door bottom rail height. C. Standards: Manufacturer shall meet requirements for: 1. Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6. D. Material and Design: c 1. 0.050"gage stainless steel. 2. Corners square,polishing lines or dominant direction of surface pattern shall run across door width of plate. 3. Bevel top,bottom and sides uniformly leaving no sharp edges. 4. Countersink holes for screws.Screw holes shall be spaced equidistant eight inches CTC, along a centerline not over 1/2" in from edge around plate.End screws maximum of 0.53" from corners. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Hager: 194S 2. Trimco: 3. Burns: 2.06 STOPS AND HOLDERS f� t r Door Hardware 64 A. Stops and holders of one manufacturer as listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. B. Wall Stops: Provide door stops wherever necessary to prevent door or hardware from striking an adjacent partition or obstruction. Provide wall stops when possible. Door stops and holders r mounted in concrete floor or masonry walls have stainless steel machine screws and lead expansion shields. C. Standards: Manufacturer shall meet requirements for: 1. Auxiliary Hardware:ANSI/BHMA A156.16. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Hager: 269T 2. Rockwood: 3. Burns: r 2.07 SILENCERS A. Where smoke, light,or weather seal are not required,provide three silencers per single door frame,two per double door frame and four per Dutch door frame. B. Standards: Manufacturer shall meet requirements for: 1. Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A 156.16 C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hollow Metal Frame Wood Frame 1. Hager: 307D 308D 2. Rockwood: 3. Trimco: 2.08 FINISHES A. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if within range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within range of approved samples. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION f A. Examine doors and frames,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for Il installation tolerances,labeled fire-rated door assembly construction,wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. L B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. L3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions and in compliance with: I. ICC/ANSI A 117.1 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.115 Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames 3. DHI Publication—Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware L L Door Hardware 65 4. Local building code. 5. Approved shop drawings. 6. Approved finish hardware schedule. B. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. Set unit level,plumb and true to line location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t A. Material supplier to schedule final walk through to inspect hardware installation ten(10)business days before final acceptance of Owner.Material supplier shall provide a written report detailing discrepancies of each opening to General Contractor within seven(7)calendar days of walk r through. (l 3.04 ADJUSTMENT,CLEANING AND DEMONSTRATING R A. Adjustment: Adjust and check each opening to ensure proper operation of each item of finish hardware. Replace items that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for application at no cost to Owner. B. Cleaning:Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. Clean finish hardware per manufacturer's instructions after final adjustments has been made. Replace items that cannot be cleaned to manufacturer's level of finish quality at no cost to Owner. C. Demonstration:Conduct a training class for building maintenance personnel demonstrating the adjustment,operation of mechanical and electrical hardware. Special tools for finish hardware to be turned over and explained usage at this meeting. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Leave manufacturer's protective film intact and provide proper protection for all other finish 1 hardware items that do not have protective material from the manufacture until Owner accepts 4 project as complete. 3.06 HARDWARE SET SCHEDULE A. Guide: Door hardware items have been placed in sets which are intended to be a guide of design, grade,quality,function,operation,performance,exposure,and like characteristics of door hardware, and may not be complete. Provide door hardware required to make each set complete and operational. B. Hardware schedule does not reflect handing,backset, method of fastening,and like characteristics of door hardware and door operation. C. Review door hardware sets with door types,frames,sizes and details on drawings. Verify suitability and adaptability of items specified in relation to details and surrounding conditions. fl 3.07 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Sets SET#1 Doors: 101, 102 s r I Door Hardware 66 3 Hinge BB 1199 4 1/2X4 %i US32D HA 1 Privacy.Set „ 3440 WTN US26D HA I Closer 5200 ALM HA I Protection Plate 194S 10"x 34" US32D HA 1 Floor Stop 269T Blk Rubber HA r 3 Door Silencer 307D GREY HA SET#2 Doors: 103 3 Hinge BB 1191 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 NRP US32D HA 1 Lockset 3480 WTN US26D HA I Small Format Core 3969-C US26D HACO 1 Closer 5200 5957-HDCS ALM HA 1 Protection Plate 1945 10"x 34" US32D HA 3 Door Silencer 307D GREY HA SET#3 Doors: 104 3 Hinge BB 1199 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 US32D HA 1 Lockset 3480 WTN US26D HA I Small Format Core 3969-C US26D HACO I Closer 5200 ALM HA 1 Floor Stop 269T Blk Rubber HA I 3 Door Silencer 307D GREY HA END OF SECTION i a Paints and Coatings 67 SECTION 09900—PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface Preparation B. Field application,of paints,stains,varnishes,and other coatings. C. See Schedule—Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section 1.02 MOCK-UPS A. Provide paint and stain mock-ups for each color and surface to be painted. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Exterior Paint: Sherwin Williams; www.sherwin-williams.com B. Interior Paint: Sherwin Williams(No Substitutions) 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS—GENERAL A. Volatile Organic Compound(VOC)Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D-National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. B. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited. 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds(hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings.) 2. Crolein, acrylonitrile,antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium,di ' (2-ethylhexl)phthalate,di-n-butyl phthatlate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2- dichlorobenzene,diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate,ethylbenzene, formaldehyde,hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead,mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, napthalene,toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-tricholoroethane, vinyl choride. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS -EXTERIOR A. Ferrous metals a. Is`coat: SW Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series (must have a rust inhibitor) b. 2nd coat: S-W Pro Industrial Urethane Alkyd Enamel, 654W151 c. 3rd Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Urethane Alkyd Enamel, 654W151 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS—INTERIOR A. Wood Blocking on top of CMU wall. Satin Finish a. 1st Coat: S-W Premium Wall &Wood Primer, 628W8111 (4.0 mils wet, 1.8 mils dry) 1 d it T I i Paints and Coatings 68 b. 2nd Coat: S-W ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic Satin, B20 Series c. 3rd Coat: S-W ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic Satin, B20 Series (4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry per coat) 2.06 STAIN SYSTEMS—EXTERIOR& INTERIOR A. Tongue&Groove Roof Deck—semi-transparent a. I"coat: S-W Woodscapes Polyeurathane Stain, A15T5 b. 2°d coat: S-W Woodscapes Polyeurathane Stain, Al 5T5,(100-350 sq ft/gal) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE—COLORS(Owner to verify and approve all colors at mock up) A. Reference Finish schedule on drawings for surfaces to receive paint. B. Wood items to be stained(Stain all the same color for consistency,Owner to verify stain color choice) a. Tongue&Groove Roof Deck& Tongue and groove cedar for the restroom ceilings. i. Choose I of the following finishes after mock up 1. Cedar Bark SW-3511 I 2. Mountain Ash SW-3540 3. Banyan Brown SW-3522 C. Steel Items to be Factory Finished by Steel Supplier(Icon Structures—SEE DRAWINGS FOR THOSE COLOR CHOICES)except: a. Steel doors and frames i. Match color of Icon Structures steel columns and beams with Sherwin Williams product. D. Hardiplank Soffit Ceilings a. Chase And Storage Room i. Color: SW 7005 Pure White I E. Do not Paint or Finish the Following Items: a. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically noted. b. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels. END OF SECTION Signage 69 i SECTION 10440—SIGNAGE ! E PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TAS signage. 1.02 REFERENCES t A. TAS—Texas Accessibility Standards: Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Disadvantaged People. B. ANSVCABO Al 17.1 —American National Standard for Buildings and Facilities; Council of American Building Officials; 1992. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate sign styles, lettering font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimension of each sign. B. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code and TAS for requirements for the physically disadvantaged. B. Conform to applicable code for requirements for the physically handicapped. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Austin Architectural Graphics. B. BIG. C. Substitutions: Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Hardware: To resist corrosion and outdoor elements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install signs after doors are finished, in locations scheduled. C. Position signs as required to comply with TAS. END OF SECTION 1 t r i r I Fire Extinguishers 70 SECTION 10523—FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire Extinguishers B. Accessories 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS r A. Section 06114—Wood Blocking: Wood blocking and shims. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 10—Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers;National Fire Protection Association;2007. B. UL(FPED)—Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NFPA 10 B. Provide extinguishers classified and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff& Associates for Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features and color and finish. C. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re-certification requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. JL Industries, Inc. Model 1016 B. Substitutions: See Section 01600—Product Requirements. l2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers—General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. a. Provide extinguishers labeled by Underwriters Labratories Inc. for the purpose specified and indicated. L B. Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Heavy duty steel tank, with pressure gage.a. Cosmic l0E(Typical) b. Class A,B,C. c. Size 10 Ld. Finish: Baked enamel, red color. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS L A. Metal: Formed primed steel sheet; 0.036 inch thick base metal. B. Cabinet Configuration: Semi-recessed type. 1. Trim: Rolled edge, returned to wall surface, with 4 inch projection. `. L Fire Extinguishers 71 C. Door: 0.036 inch thick, reinforced for flatness and rigidity; latch. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinge. Provide nylon catch. o Y D. Door Glazing: Glass,clear, 1/8 inch thick tempered. Set in resilient channel gasket glazing. E. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet. Pre-drill for anchors. F. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. G. Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: White enamel H. Finish of Cabinet Interior: White enamel. { 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguishers Brackets: Formed steel, chrome plated(corrosion resistive for outdoor elements) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Layout indicated is primarily for quantity of units,verify with fire department prior to installation exact positions. 3.02 SCHEDULE: A. Reference drawings for locations. END OF SECTION Toilet Accessories 72 SECTION 10810—TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Toilet Room Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES A. ADDAG—Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines B. TAS—Texas Accessibility Standards of the Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes: Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Disadvantaged People. C. ASTM F 446—Standard Consumer Safety Specification for Grab Bars and Accessories Installed in the Bathing Area; 1985(Reapproved 1999). I 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Master Spec of Halff&Associates for Submittal Procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., B. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. ASI-American Specialties, Inc. b. Bradley Corporation 2.02 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Soap Dispenser TA-4: Model B-2111 B. Toilet Tissue Dispenser TA-5: Model B-2888 C. Purse/Coat Hook TA-7: Model B-211 L2.03 MIRRORS A. Shatterproof stainless steel mirror(TA-6)24"x 36"tall: Bobrick B-1556 2436, 20 gauge,type 304, 18-8 shatterproof stainless steel reflective surface polished to a L No.8 mirror finish. See mounting heights on sheet A0.0. 2.04 GRAB BARS A. Grab Bars—Basic Requirements: Fabricated to comply with ASTM F 446 and to withstand a 900 pound force,from ASTM A 554 stainless steel tubing,0.050 inch, Type 304, 18-8 alloy;formed 1-1/2 inch radius return to wall at each end; each end heliarc-welded to minimum 11 gage stainless steel circular flange; welds finished to match finish tube finish. B. Grab Bars(Water Closet): Series B-6806 a. Grab Bar TA-2: Series B-6806.99,Type 42-99. b. Grab Bar TA-1: Series B-6806.99,Type 36-99. c. Grab Bar TA-3: Series B-6806.99,Type 18-99. C. Grab Bar Concealed Mounting Flanges: Stainless steel,3 inch diameter by '/z inch deep, with 0.0897 inch steel tenon plate for concealed attachment,using three set screws. D. Grab Bar Snap-on Mounting Flanges: Snap-on stainless steel cover,0.0313 inch,3 inch diameter by %inch deep,for concealing grab bar mounting flange. Toilet Accessories 73 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Locate toilet accessories at heights specified by TAS. END OF SECTION CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL WEST Mechanical/Electrical Specifications •BMJ: HENDRIX •� •• 94813 � FS•o�ENS�;•• ��.;' 10/19/2022 MEP/ENERGY CONSULTANTS I l COMMISSIONING•FIELD INVESTIGATIONS 115 E. MAIN ROUND ROCK, TX 78664 F-4095 DIVISION 20, 22 & 23 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL - WEST MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTENTS: 20 00 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GENERAL PROVISIONS 2001 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2201 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 22 02 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION L 22 11 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 22 1316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 30 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 233000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIR DISTRIBUTION OF / B.J. HENDRIX / �..........................� • 94813low I�Itf;ii nwL 10/19/2022 F-4095 E CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST SECTION 20 00 00 -GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 101 SCOPE OF WORK A The work of Division 20-24 consists of providing labor, materials, products, and all operations required for the complete operating installation of all mechanical systems as shown and specified, in strict compliance with applicable drawings,specification,terms and conditions of the contract and all applicable codes and ordinances governing the installation of the various mechanical systems. Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials necessary and usually furnished in connection with such work and systems whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications or on the drawings. All work shall be fully correlated with the work of other crafts. This section of Division 20-24 is a part of all other sections of Division 20-24. B. Each Contractor shall study the Contract Documents included under this contract to determine exactly the extent of work provided under this contract,as well as to ascertain the difficulty to be encountered in performing the work on the drawings and outline hereinafter and in making new connections to existing utilities, installing new equipment and systems and coordinating the work with the other Trades. C. Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by the Contractor from the Architect in connection with use of premises, the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the site shall remain that of the Contractor's, and the Architect or Owner shall not be deemed to have any responsibility or liability in connection therewith. D. The Agreement Forms, Uniform General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 00 and Division 01 of the specifications shall apply to the work specified in Division 20-24. E. Additional Site Visit Costs: Contractor shall be charged with any cost resulting from uncompleted items that require additional site trips by the Architect/Engineer. F. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and fees associated with his work G. REMODEL WORK COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS OF NEW EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS,AND INCIDENTAL ITEMS REQUIRED TO MAKE SYSTEM COMPLETE AND OPERABLE H NO TOXIC OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS CONTAINING ASBESTOS, PCB AND LEAD SHALL BE PROVIDED OR INSTALLED. ALL ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND COATINGS MUST MEET OR EXCEED GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM SCAQMD RULE 1168 AND 1113. ALL PAINTS MUST MEET VOC LIMIT OF GREEN SEAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARD GS-11. ALL INSULATION IS TO BE FREE OF UREA-FORMALDEHYDE AND/OR BE GREENGUARD CERTIFIED. I. An extra copy of all Field Reports shall be kept in a separate notebook set up in the Construction Manager's Trailer. Contractors shall use these reports to check off that each individual item noted has been completed. Each item shall be initialed and noted when completed. Use this notebook to keep record of all test and results (i.e. wastewater test, water line tests, etc. i GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 - 1 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST J. Drawings: Architectural Background Files—Architectural Revit Models and CAD files to be used for background files, MEP drawings are not background files. Architectural Revit Models and CAD files are used for shop drawings backgrounds. They must be obtained from the architect and cannot be given from the engineer. Reference Architect for cost of Architectural Files. MEP Drawings — These drawings cannot be used for shop drawings, as they are diagrammatic in nature only. Actual shop drawings prepared by sub-contractors must be used for coordination between all trades. If MEP floorplan files are requested they may be obtained with a signed confidentiality release form, only as outlined below. These files may be used in conjunction with this project only. There are no guarantees of compatibility or accuracy; all technical support will be billed hourly at current Engineer's Rates. Engineer does not charge for actual file, but does charge for time required to prepare the files in format as requested by the Contractor. Fees will be based on Engineer's current hourly rates. Deposit of$500 must be paid prior to beginning file preparation and balance must be paid prior to release of any files. Total fee based on actual time required by Contractor's request. See submittal and shop drawing section for additional information. MEP CAD Files that will be released. If no Architectural RCP is available for light locations. Lighting Floorplans will be released. Mechanical Floorplan will be released to Mechanical Contractor for aid in production of his own shop drawings. HCE mechanical drawings may not be submitted as shop drawings. - Fire Alarm/Fire Sprinkler/Intercom etc... Contractors must use Architectural Backgrounds and Architectural RCP's (when available or lighting floorplan) and Mechanical Contractor Shop Drawings for coordination purposes. Do not request MEP floorplans, this will be cut and paste into an email for you to read. 1.02 PRE CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. DDC Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, Test and Balance Representative and representatives for each type of HVAC gear that requires interface beyond'on/off'control will meet in the office of HCE prior to initial control submittal. B. The purpose of this meeting is to introduce all representatives who will need to coordinate ' with each other to insure a working project. C. Each representative is to come prepared with sequences of operation, schematics and written instructions as to which points require what type of signal for each function and how tie-ins and integrations are to occur. If pulsed signals are required to keep a device on, bring it to the attention of the team and provide specific information. Do not assume others understand the inner workings of your gear or controls. Discuss exactly what type signals are acceptable to gear and how to set it up to receive and act on that signal. D. Newer multistage air volume split systems, RTU's, etc. have different sequences and control tie-ins than older conventional units. Exact requirements for a given type and brand of equipment must be coordinated by the equipment supplier with the Controls Contractor and with the Test and Balance Contractor. E. Test and Balance Contractor must verify air flow and delta T's at every stage of unit capacity to insure that unit is providing the correct CFM based on the capacity stage it is on so that the unit does not end up with low stage cooling and high stage blower which will not dehumidify. Equipment supplier is to provide Test and Balance Contractor with a quick start up guide to show where and how to set up fan speed selections and outside air dampers so that only minor balancing occurs at dampers serving grilles. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 -2 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 1 03 SITE INSPECTION A. Prior to bidding the Contractor shall visit and examine the site verifying all existing items and familiarize himself with existing work conditions and understand the conditions which affect performance of the work of this Division before submitting bids for this work. The submission t of bids shall be deemed as evidence of such visits and examinations. B. All bids shall take the existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed for work or change related to failure to examine site conditions. 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All work covered by this section of these specifications shall be accomplished in accordance with the respective drawings, information or instructions to bidders,and general provisions of these specifications. Any supplementary conditions, special conditions, addenda, or directives which may be issued by the Owner's representative herewith or otherwise shall be complied with in every respect. 1 Electrical Specifications: Division 26-28, 2 Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing Drawings B. Unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings or in Mechanical Specifications, provide all mechanical equipment motors, motor starters, disconnect switches, thermal overload switches, control relays, time clocks, thermostats, motor valves, damper motors, electric switches, electric components, wiring, and any other miscellaneous Division 20-24 controls. C. Carefully coordinate all work with the electrical work shown and specified elsewhere in these documents. D. Motors: Furnish electric motors designed for the specific application and duty applied,and to deliver rated horsepower without exceeding temperature ratings when operated on power systems with a combined variation in voltage and frequency not more than plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage. E. Verify from the drawings and specifications the available electrical supply characteristics and furnish equipment that will perform satisfactorily under the conditions shown and specified. F. Size motors for 1.15 service factor, not to exceed 40 degrees temp. Rise above ambient. G. Provide self-resetting thermal overload switch for fractional horsepower motors. H. Electrical Contractor to provide conduit and junction boxes for all sensors and exterior conduit for controls to mechanical equipment. Conduit for space sensor to extend from junction box to above accessible ceiling. Conduit for exterior equipment to extend from equipment through wall or roof to above an accessible ceiling Any control wiring in exposed ceiling areas to be in conduit by Controls Contractor for protection. Controls Contractor to coordinate on all conduit requirements. Coordinate locations with Electrical Contractor. I. The electrical design and electrical drawings are based on the equipment and/or electric motors of the type,size and electrical characteristics shown and specified on the mechanical drawings and any change in equipment and/or motor size or type brought on directly or indirectly by a substitution of mechanical equipment having I GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 - 3 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST characteristics requiring a change, shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor and the entire cost of such change, including conduit, wiring, motor starting equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional charge, unless the substitution was initiated by the Owner. Submittals must clearly show any deviations. Mechanical Contractor is responsible for coordinating any required changes with the Electrical Contractor, prior to Electrical Contractors ordering of panels and associated equipment. J. Mechanical contractor assumes requirements of Controls Contractor when there is no separate Controls Sub-Contractor. 1.05 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Certain labor, materials, or equipment may be provided under other sections of these specifications, by utility companies, or by the Owner. When such is the case, the extent, source and description of these items will be as indicated on the Drawings or described in the specifications, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying with all parties involved as to the extent of his requirements of work. 1.06 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY (Definitions) A. Streamlining: In many instances, the products, reference standards, and other itemized specifications have been listed without verbiage. In these cases, it is implied that the Contractor shall provide the products and perform in accordance with the references listed. B. "Furnish" means to purchase and deliver material as shown and specified, including mark- ups, and cart the material to an approved location at the site or elsewhere, as noted or agreed. C. "Provide/Install", as used in these specifications, means furnish all material, labor, sub- contracts, and appurtenances, including mark-up required for a complete,operating,finished system. D. "Rough-in and Connect Only" means provide an appropriate system connection, such as supplies with stops, continuous wastes with traps, shut-off valves required, and all piping connections, testing, etc., for proper operation, and to install equipment furnished. Equipment furnished is received, uncrated, assembled and set in place by supporting crafts unless they make prior arrangements to hire the mechanical installer for this work. E. "Accessible" means arranged so that an appropriately dressed maintenance man may approach the area in question with tools and products necessary for the work intended, and may then position himself to properly perform the task to be accomplished, without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation. It shall also be no more than four feet (4') above a ceiling. F. "Serviceable"means arranged so that the component or product in question may be properly removed, and replaced without disassembly, destruction, or damage to the surrounding installation. G. "Product" is a generic term which includes materials, equipment, fixtures, and any physical item used on the project. H. Wherever the term "shown on drawings" is used in the specifications, it shall mean"noted", "indicated","scheduled","detailed", or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on the drawings. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 -4 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST I. "Conduit"includes, in addition to conduit,all fittings, hangers and other accessories relative to I such conduit "Piping" includes, in addition to piping, all fittings, valves, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, crawl spaces, etc. 1.07 DIAGRAMMATIC DRAWINGS A. Drawings and specifications encompass a system that will integrate with the structural, electrical, and Architectural design of the building. 1. Drawings and specifications are complementary, each to the other,what is shown on one is as binding as if called for in both. 2 Where drawing details, plans, and/or specification requirements are in conflict, and where conduit, duct and piping sizes of the same run are shown to be different between plans and specifications or details, the most stringent requirement will be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specification and/or shown on the drawings shall be provided under the contract of each Trade as if it were required by both the drawings and the specifications. However, prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work which appears to be in conflict, such work shall be brought to the Architect's attention for direction as to what is to be I provided. B. The drawings are partly diagrammatic in character and do not show exact locations, all offsets or give exact elevation in piping,fittings,duct,conduits,etc. Also,the drawings do not I necessarily show in minute detail all features of the installation. Contractor shall physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available and shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions, arrange work accordingly and provide a complete and satisfactorily working installation. Provide all work shown on the drawings and specified, unless otherwise stated. No subsequent allowance will be made due to failure to coordinate work prior to installation. I C. The Architectural, Structural, Civil and Electrical plans and Specifications and other pertinent documents issued by the Architect are a part of these Specifications and the accompanying Mechanical Drawings and shall be complied and coordinated with in every respect. All drawings and specifications mentioned above shall be examined by all bidders. Failure to examine all drawings for coordination and quantities shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility and no subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed. 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: Provide submittals for all products and systems described in Division 20-24 and t shown on the drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications. B. Submit to the Engineer, after the award of the contract or as dictated by project schedule, a ` type written list of those items of equipment and appurtenances which will be furnished. Include the name or description of the item, name of manufacturer, model or type, catalog I number and manufacturer's printed information. The information submitted shall include overall dimensions, weights, voltage rating, phase, wiring diagrams, etc., and nameplate data. Assemble cut sheets into separate submittals as defined in this section or by Specification Section. Submit priority items and long lead time first. Then follow with remaining items. This will allow for faster review and response to accommodate project schedule. Any submittal with all sections under one (1) cover will be returned and required to be broken into separate submittals. The Engineer's check will be general and i F GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 - 5 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST does not relieve the Contractor of final responsibility to comply with the Contract Documents in all respects. C. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for quantity, dimension, fit or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. Where deviations of substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the submittal by the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working installation is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Warranties cannot be reduced through the submittal process. D. Contractor shall indicate items being used on cut sheets by highlighting or arrowing to actual part number. Submittals may be returned without checking if submittals not appropriately marked. E `Individual submittals'means separate submittals with unique submittal numbers for each specification section. Separate PDFs for each Submittal number. F. HARDCOPY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: Hardcopy submittals will not be required by Engineer. G. PDF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: For submittal sections listed below as allowed pdf's the following requirements must be met or the submittal will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked. Each specifications section must be a separate pdf file, one giant pdf for all sections will be rejected. PDF FILE: MUST BE NAMED AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME—SUBMITTAL No. XX—SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION EMAIL TITLE/SUBJECT: FOR SUBMITTALS MUST BE AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME—SUBMITTAL No. XX—SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION Failure to follow these instructions will result in the submittal never reaching the engineer and not being checked. Delays cause by not following these procedures are the sole responsibility of the contractor. Emailed submittals must come from the Architect and must not be emailed directly from the contractor. Do not Carbon Copy the Engineer on Emailed submittals. H. Multiple re-reviews required due to Contractor not following instructions, specifications,etc.will be billed to Contractor at Engineer's current hourly rates. This shall be paid prior to submittal approval. I. SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED IN ORDER OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, NOT NECESSARILY IN ORDER SUBMITTED. If all sections are submitted under one binder and transmittal, each section will be returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing. Mechanical Equipment will not be reviewed until "Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet" has been submitted. Mechanical Equipment, Mechanical Controls and Plumbing Fixtures may require extended review time. IF SUBMITTALS ARE SUBMITTED EARLY RELATIVE TO CONSTRUCTION PHASING, SUBMITTALS MAY BE HELD, REVIEWED AND RETURNED AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASING, NOT NECESSARILY 2 WEEKS. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 -6 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST J. DO NOT SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS UNLESS DEVIATING FROM THE f SCHEDULES/SPECIFICATIONS. Provide directly to General Contractor/CMR for inclusion into O & M Manuals. If deviating from the specifications submittal will be required. (Write summary sheet of deviations and highlight items that are different to allow for proper review.): Isolators Fire Smoke Dampers /Details Relief Valves Valves Insulation Gauges Spin-in Fittings Flexible Duct Fire Dampers Installation Detail Volume Damper Fire Damper Air Extractors Valve Tag/Markers Access Panels Flexible Connector Pipe Identification /Labels Grease Traps Duct Tape K PDF Submittals Allowed for Product Cut-Sheets for are limited to the following items Separate PDF for each Submittal number is required. Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet Metal Jacket & Fittings Exhaust Fans Exhaust/Relief Caps Grilles/Registers/Diffusers Unit Heaters Controls Water Heaters Plumbing Fixtures and Trim Cleanouts Floor Drains Roof Opening Shop Drawings Water Hammer Arrestors Piping L. Data Required for Review: Mark submittal literature and shop drawings clearly by individual sections, and include all equipment and material shown on drawings and specified. ANY DATA NOT CLEARLY MARKED OR NOT APPROPRIATELY SUBMITTED WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT CHECKING. Indicate the following: 1. Specification reference and/or drawing reference for which literature is submitted for I review with an index, following specification format, and item by item identification. l 2 Manufacturer's name and address, and supplier's name, address, and phone I number. 3 Catalog designation or model number. 4. Rough-in data and dimensions. 5. Performance curves and rated capacities with performance data marked. 6 Motor characteristics and wiring diagrams. t 7 Operation characteristics 8 Complete customized listing of equipment, characteristics, accessories, etc., L specified. Indicate whether item is"As specified." Mark out all non-applicable items. The terminology "As specified" used without this customized listing is not acceptable GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 -7 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 9 Wiring diagrams for the specific system operation. Complete wiring with diagrams showing all connections to each type of actual equipment being installed on project, complete with part numbers of controls for each type of equipment. 10. Submit written sequence of operation for all modes of operation for each piece of mechanical equipment. Give narrative explaining exactly what control signals are required to activate each mode of a particular unit's operation. Include information about which signals override others internally (when applicable). Submit this information with equipment submittal and provide a copy to the Controls Contractor so it can be integrated into the control scheme and control submittals. Indicate whether 24 VAC,4-20 MA,0-10VDC or line voltage is required for controls. 11 BREAKOUT SUBMITTALS INTO PRIORITY ITEMS. M Contractor to submit "Mechanical/Electrical Equipment Coordination Sheet" with equipment submittal for all fans and unit heaters,RTU's,GU's,AHU's,CU's,HP's and MAU's. Reference chart at end of section. N. When requested, present samples of all materials proposed for use to the Engineer for his approval. O. Certify Shop Drawings have been checked for compliance with Contract Documents. Certify that the materials submitted can be delivered and installed according to the construction schedule. P. Select all other materials, not specifically described on the Drawings or in these specifications but required for a complete and operable facility, and submit to the Engineer for approval. Q. Substitutions: ("Substitution Request" form must be submitted) 1. Equipment listed as equal is indicated to be equal in quality to equipment designed around. It does not mean equal in dimension or fit. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm dimensional differences and space requirements. 2. Request for proposed substitution of materials, methods, or processes shall be made to the Architect and if found acceptable,will be confirmed by an addendum to the Construction Documents. Where proposed substitutions are not incorporated into the Construction Documents by addendum PRIOR to time of the General Contract bid opening, all bids shall be held to have been made on the basis of the materials, methods and processes required by the Construction Documents. 3. Equal Materials: It is not the intent of the Specifications to limit materials to the product of any particular manufacturer. Where definite materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, it has been done so as to set a definite standard and a reference for comparison as to quality, application, physical conformity, and other characteristics. 4. Acceptance of substitution by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for proper operation of the systems, compliance with specifications, necessary changes due to dimensional differences or space requirements, and of work on schedule. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 8 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 5 Where equipment of the acceptable manufacturers requires different arrangement or connections from those shown, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly and in harmony with the original intent of the drawings and specifications. When directed by the Architect, the Contractor proposing substitutions shall submit drawings showing the proposed installation. If the proposed installation is approved, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes in all affected related work provided under other Sections, including location of rough-in connections by other Trades, conduit supports, insulation, etc. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional cost to the other Trades and/or Owner. 6 Submit fully completed "Substitution Request" form located at end of this section. If this form is not submitted, all substitution request will be automatically rejected. 7. For substitutions that require substantial review by engineer to ensure equality,the contractor requesting substitutions shall reimburse the engineer at current hourly rates for all review time. This shall be paid prior to submittal approval. This applies to all equipment not previously approved on construction documents. i i a. Mechanical Equipment f b. Contractor Cost Savings Packages Requiring Substantial Review Time 1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED A. Prepare and submit working construction drawings as requested, specified, and otherwise necessary to demonstrate proper planning for installation and arrangement of all work. Layout drawings to scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or communication purposes. Show work of all trades, including Architectural,Structural,Mechanical,and Electrical items which may be pertinent to proper and accurate coordination. Provide shop drawings for all products,ductwork,systems,system components and special supports which are not standard catalog products and which may be fabricated for the Contractor or by the Contractor. Show top and bottom elevation of ductwork and equipment as it will be installed. Show offsets required to miss structural and other items of interference. Identify all shop drawings as to which section and paragraph of the specifications and/or drawing number the item is covered under. Ductwork layout/shop drawings to be done at a minimum 1/8" = V-0" scale. AHU's, CU's, HP's, RTU's, etc. are to be shown actual scaled size and configuration of the actual equipment being used. B. Architectural Revit Models and CAD files to be used for backgrounds in preparation of ductwork and sprinkler shop drawings and shall be obtained from the Architect. Confirm requirements and stipulations for obtaining floor plan backgrounds with Architect and with other sections of specification. Engineer's drawings and CAD files may not be used for Shop Drawings. Reference 1.01-L. C ALL SHOP DRAWINGS OF MECHANICAL ROOMS/MEZZANINES SHALL SHOW ALL FLOOR DRAINS, HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ELECTRIC PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATIONS. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. LD Provide roof shop drawing indicating dimensioned locations and sizes for all roof mounted equipment, supports, openings and plumbing vents in ample time for proper coordination of all trades. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00 - 9 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST E. Submission of copies of the Engineer's drawings does not constitute shop drawings and is not acceptable. F. Submittal of complete engineering submittal data for products and equipment shall be made in sufficient copies to provide one (1) hardcopy of all data to be retained by the Engineer, additional copies as required by the Contractor, Architect and Owner. Provide an electronic copy in PDF format and CAD if available for record keeping purposes for Engineer,Architect, and Owner with close out documents described elsewhere in specifications. G. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT "MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SHEET"WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL FOR PROPER COORDINATION PURPOSES WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ACTUAL EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED OR SUBMITTAL WILL BE REJECTED. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Reference requirements stated elsewhere in the Specifications. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAPE ALL ADDENDA'S ISSUED DURING BIDDING TO HIS CONSTRUCTION AND RECORD DRAWING SET PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. PAY REQUESTS WILL NOT BE PROCESSED UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR HAS COMPLIED WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. C. In addition to other requirements, a master Record Drawing print set (separate from field sets)shall be kept in the General's site trailer and marked up weekly as the work progresses, to show exact dimensioned location and routing of all mechanical work which will be permanently concealed. Show routing and location of items cast in concrete or buried underground Work located in spaces with access, or above suspended ceilings, is not considered permanently concealed. Show complete routing and sizing of any significant revisions to the systems shown. Show the location of all valves and their appropriate tag identification. Indicate locations of all existing active and inactive piping uncovered during construction. Keep marked up set at site for review at site meetings. D. The marked-up and colored-up prints will be used as a guide for determining the progress of the work installed for draw requests. They shall be inspected periodically by the Architect and Owner's Representatives, and they shall be corrected immediately if found either inaccurate or incomplete. This procedure is mandatory. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating and/or marking all items, including but not limited to floor plan changes, system changes, addendums, change orders,etc.on the prints to"As-Built" conditions. At the completion of the job, marked up As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for final review and comment.These corrected prints together with corrected prints indicating all the revisions, additions and deletions of work, shall form the basis for preparing a set of record drawings. F. Using the"Record Drawing Set", the Contractor shall print two(2)complete sets of prints one for submission to the Owner and one rolled in a 4" PVC pipe in main electric room mounted to wall and labeled. Tape all edges. The contactor shall provide pdf copies/scans for owner record purposes. G. The Contractor shall bear all the costs of producing the"Record Drawing Set". GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 10 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST H All equipments model and serial numbers must be included on start up forms turned in to the owner. For split systems, this includes all model and serial numbers for all indoor sections or components as well as outdoor units. These are required for owner inventory and for processing of any utility rebate forms. Utility rebates require the model and serial numbers associated with a given unit number to match in case the job is spot checked prior to issuing a rebate 1.11 CODES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES A. All work shall comply with the current applicable local, state and federal codes and ordinances. Follow recommended practices as set down by ASME, SMACNA, ASHRAE, NFPA, applicable Building Code, applicable Mechanical Code, applicable Plumbing Code, National Electrical Code(NEC),AGA,ADA AND OSHA, as they apply to this project, except in cases where local statutes govern. The contractor shall verify with the latest adopted local codes, ordinances and amendments that apply to this project with the authority having jurisdiction. B. In cases of difference between Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards and the Contract Documents, each Subcontractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any such difference, as applicable to his work. C. In case of conflict between the Contract Documents and the requirements of any Code or Authorities having jurisdiction, the most stringent requirements of the aforementioned shall govern. D Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable Building codes, State laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Architect. 1.12 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL A. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical, moisture absorption, metallic corrosion and weather damage from the time of delivery until completion of the project. This includes erection of temporary shelters and covering items in the building with protective covering. Store items subject to moisture damage such as controls in dry, heated space. Failure to comply with the above to the satisfaction of the Owner/Architect will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the equipment or material in question. Upon such rejection,the damaged equipment or material will be completely replaced with new by the Contractor at no charge to the Owner. B. Provide covers on all ends and openings of pipes, conduits, ducts, etc. to keep out insects, dirt, dust and debris during entire construction process. This includes properly covering unassembled ductwork, etc. stored on jobsite prior to installation. 4 C. The Manufacturer's directions are to be followed from delivery, storage, protection and installation of equipment and materials. Notify the Architect in writing of conflicts between l requirements of Contract Documents and manufacturer's direction. D. Large pieces of equipment which are too large to permit access through doors, stairways or access opening shall be placed in the space before enclosing the structure. After equipment is placed, it shall be thoroughly protected from damage. 1.13 CLEAN-UP A Remove debris and waste materials from within the construction areas and transport off-site, daily. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 11 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST B. Keep the construction area clean, free from hazard, and orderly arranged. C. Pay all costs of waste removal and disposal Reference General Conditions for further information. D. Dispose of waste materials in accordance with all regulations which govern. E. Take all precautions to protect persons who enter the construction area from hazardous conditions, hazardous waste, toxic waste, or other unsafe conditions. F. Upon completion of construction, remove all debris, waste materials, unused materials, temporary constructions, vehicles, tools, fencing, etc. to Owner's satisfaction. G. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical moisture absorption, metallic corrosion and weather damage from time of delivery to completion of project. Replace any damaged materials. PART 2—PRODUCTS 201 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide only new equipment and materials B. On all major equipment components, provide manufacturer's name,address,model number, and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location. C. All materials furnished under these specifications shall be the standard product of manufacturer's regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest approved standard design. D. GUARANTEE 1. The Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide a ONE (1) YEAR guarantee for all work under the Electrical, HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection Trade. However, ' such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. In any case, such guarantees and warranties shall commence when the Owner accepts the mechanical/electrical system, as determined by the Architect. 2 All materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under each Section shall carry a ONE (1) YEAR warranty against all defects in material and workmanship. Any fault under any Contract, due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of the Contractor for the work under his Contract, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other system resulting from this failure. 3 The Contractor shall guarantee that all elements of the system, which are to be provided under his Contract, are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. 4 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of any systems or equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Contractor for his respective work, as applicable. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 12 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 5 Furnish, before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above requirements. r PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The Contractor shall notify the General Contractor and other Subcontractors in ample time of the location of all chases, sleeves and openings required in the construction for the proper installation of his work. The Contractor shall do all core drilling of individual holes and all r cutting for his work except square or rectangular openings in the structural slabs which shall be cut by the Contractor at locations shown on the drawings. In no case, however, shall a beam or column be cut without the approval of the Project Structural Engineer. f B. On completion of this work or as work progresses the Contractor shall make all repairs and do all patching required as a result of the work under this contract. All patching shall be performed in a manner that will restore the surrounding work to its original conditions and to r the satisfaction of the Owner. t4 C. Any cutting and patching necessary as a result of the Contractor's failure to notify the General Contractor of all the required openings shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 3.02 OBLIGATIONS/RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the Owner in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the Architect/Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner/Architect. B. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, safety, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the work under his Contract. C. The Contractor shall provide, without extra charge, all incidental items required as a part of the work, even though not particularly specified or indicated, and if he has good reason for objecting to the use of a material, appliance, or type of construction shown or specified, he shall register his objections with the Architect/Engineer, in writing;otherwise, he shall proceed with the work under the stipulation that a satisfactory job is required. 3.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Schedule, obtain, and pay for all fees and/or services required by local authorities and by these specifications, to test the mechanical systems as specified in these specifications. ` B. Request for Tests: Notify the Architect a minimum of 24 hours in advance of tests. In the event the Architect does not witness the test, certify in writing that all specified tests have been made in accordance with the specifications. C. Deficiencies: Immediately correct all deficiencies which are evidenced during the test and repeat test until system is approved. Do not cover or conceal piping, equipment or other portions of the mechanical installations until satisfactory tests are made and approved GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 13 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST D Operating Tests: Upon request from the Architect, place the entire mechanical installation and/or any portion thereof, in operation to demonstrate satisfactory operation. E. Log of Tests: The Contractor shall set up a testing log form to be kept at the job site with the record drawings. All tests shall have pertinent data logged at the time of testing. Pertinent data is to include: date, time, description, personnel, system tested (and extent), test conditions, test results, etc. F. Completion: Upon completion of the mechanical installation, demonstrate to the Architect's satisfaction that the systems have been installed in a satisfactory manner in accordance with the plans, specifications, and applicable codes. Demonstrate dynamic operation of all systems. Show that all controls are operable and are properly adjusted in accordance with the requirements of the final systems balance,that all systems are properly balanced,that all equipment operates properly,that filters and strainers are clean, and that all components of all systems are installed and adjusted for proper operation. 1. Prior to final inspection, all work under this Division to be completed, insure all equipment is operational and final testing and balance reports have been submitted and approved. 3.04 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to final acceptance, instruct an authorized representative of the Owner on the proper operation and maintenance of all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls under this contract. Make available a qualified technician for each component of the installation for this instruction. Give these operation instructions after the operation and maintenance manuals have been furnished to the Owner. Submit written certification, signed by the Contractor,and an authorized representative of the Owner, that this has been completed. 3.05 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Each Contractor shall compare his Drawings and Specifications with those of other Trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect and obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, all trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect. B. Each Contractor shall coordinate the location of his systems so that all outside air intakes are r located in such a way as to prevent cross-contamination from plumbing vents, flue pipes, exhaust fans, etc. Such a distance shall be not less than 10 feet. C. Locations of conduit, ducts, piping, sprinkler heads and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Exact routing and location of system shall be determined prior to fabrication or installation. Coordinate routing of major electrical conduits with Electrical Contractor prior to fabrication of ductwork and piping. D. Offsets and changes of direction in all conduit, ducts and piping systems shall be made as required to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings. E. Where discrepancies in scope of work as to what Trade provides items, such as starters, disconnects,flow switches and the like exist, such conflicts shall be reported to the Architect prior to signing of the Contract. If such action is not taken, the various Trades shall furnish such items as part of their work for complete and operable systems and equipment, as determined by the Architect. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 14 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST F. The HVAC and Plumbing Subcontractors shall verify with Electrical Subcontractor the available electrical characteristics for all motors and equipment before ordering and submitting of respective gear. Verify actual connection points prior to installation and roughing-in. Mechanical and Electrical Contractor are responsible for coordination of electrical requirements and final fuse sizes of all A/C equipment. When Mechanical Contractor substitutes equipment that requires additions or upgrades to electrical system, he shall bear all costs arising from such substitutions. Reference "Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet" in specifications. G. The Contractors are to avoid routing conduit through fire rated assemblies where practical. Each trade is responsible for proper coordination of required sleeves or block-outs with rated assembly installers. Each trade is responsible for providing sleeves, as required, for his work. Each trade shall verify acceptable tolerances around penetrating item in fire assembly before beginning fire sealing. H. Mechanical Contractor and Controls Contractor shall coordinate all requirements of equipment and controls to insure a fully operational system. I I. Coordinate all plumbing rough-in through floor(s) with structural concrete TEE's/structural steel. Do not pass through stem of TEE's. 3.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide one (1) Operation and Maintenance manual for training of Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of systems and related equipment in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications. In addition, organize manuals and include data and narrative as noted below(bind each manual in a hard-backed loose-leaf binder. Use 8-1/2"x 11" white paper). Provide PDF copy of O&M for owner records B. Operating Sequence and Procedures: 1. Contents: In each chapter, describe the procedures necessary for personnel to operate the system and equipment covered in that chapter. Also, include a copy of ISystem Balancing Report. i 2. Typewritten Operating procedures: Write procedures for start-up, operation, and I shutdown. a. Start-up: Give complete step-by-step instructions for energizing equipment, making initial setting and adjustments whenever applicable. b. Shutdown Procedure: Include instructions for stopping and securing the equipment after operation. If a particular sequence is required, give step- by-step instruction in that order. C. Maintenance Instructions 1. Provide a schedule of preventive maintenance for each product. Recommend frequency of performance for each preventive maintenance task: i.e., cleaning, l inspection, etc. D. Manufacturer's Brochures. Include manufacturers' descriptive literature covering all appurtenances used in each system,together with illustrations, exploded views and renewal parts lists. Provide nearest manufacturers' representatives name, address and phone number. I a GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 15 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST E. Shop Drawings: Provide a copy of all corrected, approved submittals and shop drawings covering equipment for the project either with the manufacturers' brochures or properly identified in a separate subsection. F. Spare Parts Lists: Include a list of all equipment furnished for project, with a tabulation of descriptive data of all the spare parts proposed for each type of equipment or system. Properly identify each part by part number and manufacturer. G. All major Owner training sessions to be videotaped in non-pixelated video in Windows file format, 3.07 OPERATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION A. When any piece of mechanical or electrical equipment is operable and it is the advantage of the Contractor to operate the equipment, he may do so providing that he properly supervises the operation. All HVAC equipment shall be shut down when painting, sanding and similar construction operations detrimental to the equipment are being done. The warranty period shall, however, not commence until such time as the equipment is operated solely for the benefit of the Owner at his request or as listed in 'C'. Contractor shall clean any ductwork and equipment that is dirty due to equipment operation or improper protection. B. Any units that are operated during construction shall have filter media (Fiberbond Dual-Ply DustLok Media) placed over the exterior of return air grilles. Media shall be changed as frequently as required to keep ductwork clean. C. Regardless of whether or not the equipment has been operated,the Contractor shall properly clean the equipment, install clean filter media,properly adjust the equipment and complete all punch list items before final acceptance by the Owner. The day following final acceptance by the Owner will be the start date of the warranty period. 3.08 RECORD FOR OWNER ' A. Each Contractor shall accumulate and bind in an"Operating and Maintenance"manual the following data to be presented to the Owner at the completion of the Project. 1. All warranties and guarantees and manufacturer's instruction on equipment and material covered by the contract. 2. Approved equipment brochures, wiring diagrams and control diagrams. 3 Copies of approved shop diagrams. 4. Operating instructions for heating and cooling and other mechanical systems. Operating instructions shall also include recommended maintenance and seasonal changeover procedures. 5 Repair parts lists of all major items and equipment including name, address and telephone number of local supplier or agent. 6. Valve tag charts and diagrams herein before specified. 7. HVAC balance and test results. GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 16 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 8 HVAC equipment start-up forms that include model and serial numbers of each piece of mechanical equipment installed,by unit mark number. For split units provide this information for all components. 9 "As-Built"Drawings as specified under"Construction Drawings"(these are not to be bound in the O&M Manual). B. Provide reduced set of record drawing (11 x 17) indicating location and mark number of all mechanical equipment. 3.09 SITE OBSERVATION A. Periodically, the Engineer will visit the site and review the construction progress. Field Reports will be issued noting any discrepancies or items that do not meet the intent of the contract documents found during said site visit. The contractor must answer each item listed on each field report, item by item. B. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to personally make a careful inspection trip of the entire project, assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final acceptance before calling upon the Owner, Architect or Engineer to make final acceptance of the work. Subsequent trips required because of Contractor's failure to do so,will be made at Contractor's expense. C. The final acceptance of the work will be made jointly by the Architect and the Owner. 3.10 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL A. THIS IS TO BE DONE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HVAC EQUIPMENT. Contractor to submit Mechanical/Electrical equipment coordination sheet with equipment submittal for actual equipment (fans, unit heaters, HETD's, RTU's, AHU's, CU's, HP's, HRU's, Airhawks,AFU's,MAU's,etc)being installed. Reference chart at end of section. This is for Contractor coordination purposes. L_ GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 17 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST MEPIENERGY CONSULTANTS .01D 115 East Main Street COMMISSIONING•FIELD INVESTIGATIONS Round Rock, Texas 78664 PH- (512)218-0060 FIRM F-4095 FAX: (512)218-0077 PRE-CONSTRUCTION INSTRUCTION SHEET Submittal/RFI Requirements A. `Individual submittals' means separate submittals with unique submittal numbers. One single giant PDF will be rejected. B. 2 Submittal CATEGORIES (Reference Specifications) a. Not required unless deviating from specification b. PDF allowed. PDF SUBMITTAL/RFI FILE TITLE REQUIREMENT: For submittal sections listed below as allowed pdf's the following requirements must be met or the submittal will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked Each pdf submittal must be a separate pdf file PDF FILE: MUST BE NAMED AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME- SUBMITTAL No. XX- SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION JOB NAME- RFI No. XX- RFI DESCRIPTION Example: Texas ISD ES No. 2- Submittal 8- Plumbing Fixtures Example: Texas ISD ES No 2 - RFI 3 - Library Light Fixture Mounting Height EMAIL TITLE/SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS: Emails without Job Name and proper format will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked JOB NAME - SUBMITTAL No. XX - SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION JOB NAME - RFI No. XX- RFI DESCRIPTION C. If submittals are submitted early relative to construction phasing, submittals may be held, reviewed and returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing, not necessarily 2 weeks. In some cases,if submittals are received vastly out of order of construction,submittal may be rejected. D. Time Critical Submittal Coordination Items Mechanical to provide to General Contractor for Structural Roof Coordination a Mechanical to provide roof opening shop drawing as early as possible for structural coordination Per specifications. Mechanical to provide to General and Electrical Contractors for Gear Coordination b Mechanical to complete "MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SHEET" prior to electrical gear submittals for coordination with electrical contractor. Per specifications. Page 1 of 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 18 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST E. Do not submit non pre-approved substitutions during submittal time. These submittals will be automatically REJECTED. Substitution Pre-approval was at bid time. F. Review time for multiple resubmittals of non-approved equipment will result in Contractor being billed for review time that is not part of Engineer's Scope. Engineer will bill Contractor at Engineer's Current hourly rates. G. Email of all Submittals/RFPs must go directly to Architect. Do not Copy Engineer. H. Engineer is not the Contractors plan reference resource. Do not submit an RFI until drawings and specifications have been reviewed first. If the answer is clearly on the drawings the response will be"The answer is clearly on the drawings,Engineer is not the Contractors plan reference resource." I. Call before submitting a written RFI. J. All formal Job emails must come from Architect. K. Do not email send recurring jobsite meeting requests to Engineer. Engineer does not attend all weekly meetings. Architect will coordinate when Engineer is to be required at job site for specific meetings. l Shop Drawings and Cad Files j A Contractor Shop Drawings must use Architectural Backgrounds and Architectural RCP's (when available or lighting floorplan) and Mechanical Contractor Shop Drawings for coordination purposes. Do not request MEP floorplans, this will be cut and paste into an email for you to read. Engineer cannot send architectural backgrounds. B If no Architectural RCP is available for light locations. Lighting Floorplans will be released. C. Mechanical Floorplan will be released to Mechanical Contractor for aid in production of his own shop drawings. HCE mechanical drawings may not be submitted as shop drawings. D Fire Alarm, Sprinkler, Intercom etc all to use Architectural Backgrounds, must be obtained from Architect. I E. Schedule and Details sheets will not be released. L_ L L L LPage 2 of 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00- 19 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST MEP/ENERGY CONSULTANTS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST jFROM: DAT E. \ PROIECT �— RE: COMMISSIONING•HELD INVESTIGATIONS The following has been submitted for consideration on the aforementioned project Spe0ication Title Section, Page and Article/Paragraph: Drawings and Details Affected: Proposed Substitution/Description: Installer's Name: Manufacturer's name: ❑ Point by Point Comparative Data attached - REQUIRED BY A/E (_#of pages including cover) W v.f&ekl 1. All jwlilill ❑Pre-Bid Substitution(Prior Appoval): Include detailed analysis comparing proposed substitution against specified product, including redlined Specifications showing differences or deviations. ❑Specified product is not available. Explain in detail as attachment. ❑Cost Savings to Owner Indicate comparative cost analysis as attachment. ❑Other. Explain. Emicdr dor ft, .d l mbiad (Attach complete explanations and technical data,including laboratory test,if applicable) Include complete information changes to Drawings and/ or Specification that proposed substitution would require for its proper installation Fill in blanks below A. Does substitution affect dimensions shown on drawings? ❑No ❑Yes B. Will undersigned pay for changes to building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by re- quested substitution? Flo ❑Yes C. What affect does substitution have on other trades? D. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? E. Indicate how proposed substitution meets LEED requirements (if applicable) F. Manufacturers guarantees of proposed and specified items are. ❑Same Different(explain on attachment) The Contractor and Subcontractor certifies: .Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or supenor in all respectes to specified product. .Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. .Similar maintenance service and source of replacement parts,as applicable is available. .Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. .Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances .Payment will be made for changes to building design,including A/E design,detailing,and construction costs caused by the substitution. Submttbed k. (name,address,telephone and contact person o` Fox AVE Use: S R# manufacturer and installer of proposed substitution) ❑Accepted ❑Accepted as Noted ❑Not Accepted ❑Received Too Late ❑Incomplete Information ❑No Substitutions Accepted Reviewed by/date. Comments. Subcontractor's signature and date: Contractor's signature and date: AEP!ENEfGY COM1SUI-AY"S COPY TO: 115 E. Mein Street ❑FILE ❑OWNER ❑CONTRACTOR Round Rock, Terns 78664 ❑ENGINEER ❑ (512)218-0M06701-once coww taawt:•nen rt ts-:..rue (512P 18-007Lax GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00-20 of 2l CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST i MEPIENERGY CONSULTANTS MECH / ELEC EQUIPMENT COORDINATION SHEET 0' u COMMISSIONING•HELD INVESTIGATIONS THIS IS REQUIRED - NOT OPTIONAL MARK# UNIT MANUFACTURERS MARK# UNIT MANUFACTURER'S TYPE RECOMMENDED 0 w TYPE RECOMMENDED 0 w MOCP Q MOCP cn O a O tZ l l i i F END OF SECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS 20 00 00-21 of 21 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST SECTION 20 01 00 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes specific requirements, products, and methods of execution which are typical throughout the mechanical work of this project. Additional requirements for the specific systems will be found in the sections specifying those systems,and supersede these requirements. B. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Obtain approval from Architect prior to cutting any structural elements or furring members. B. Structural Interferences: Should structural members prevent the installation of piping,ducting or equipment, notify the Architect before proceeding. C. Consider minor changes in position of equipment, piping,or ducting,as part of the contract at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Coordinate with Structural and Architectural work to determine acceptable locations for sleeves and supports which are required but may not be specifically shown on the plans. SCHEDULE INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES AND SPECIAL SUPPORTS IN MANNER TIMELY TO THE WORK OF OTHER CRAFT. Anticipate minor offsets necessary for proper coordination with other work, and reroute systems appropriately. E. It is the Contractor's responsibility to properly use all information found on the Architectural, Structural, Civil and Electrical Drawings where such drawings affect his work. 1.03 DIMENSION AND FIT A. Cut materials accurately from measurements taken on the JOB SITE. B. Do not spring or bend pipe to fit conditions or make up joints. 1.04 INTERFERENCES A Interferences between piping and other trades shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines requiring grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict,the following order of precedence shall generally be observed. 1. Building Lines 2 Structural Members 3. Soil and Drain Piping 4. Vent Piping BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 - 1 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 5 Refrigerant Piping 6 Supply, Return, O/A Ductwork 7 Exhaust Ductwork 8 Chilled and Hot Water Piping 9. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Piping 10, Natural Gas Piping 11. Electrical Conduit 12 Fire Protection Piping 1.05 SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS A. Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access j space provided. i B. Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, coils, system components,and other products to allow proper service of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement. C. Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed to provide proper serviceability. 1.06 ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS A. Arrange all work to provide permanent,convenient, and safe access to all serviceable and/or operable products. Layout work to optimize net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise Architect, in a timely manner, of areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested B. Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, floors, etc., for access to traps, valves, dampers, automatic devices, and all serviceable or operable equipment in concealed spaces. Location of panels shall be submitted for approval in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. 1.07 ROUTING A. Route all pipelines and ductwork parallel with building lines, and as high as possible, except where under ground or shown otherwise on the plan. B. Route piping and ducts to clear all doors,windows, and other openings and to avoid all other 4 pipes and ducts, light fixtures, and similar products. C Conceal all pipes and ducts where routed through finished areas, unless authorized by Architect or otherwise indicated on plans. i BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -2 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL PRODUCTS A. Provide all products new, unused, and undamaged, of standard manufacture, and of latest design and best quality. ALL ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND COATINGS MUST MEET OR EXCEED GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM SCAQMD RULE 1168 AND 1113. ALL PAINTS MUST MEET VOC LIMIT OF GREEN SEAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARD GS-11.ALL INSULATION IS TO BE FREE OF UREA-FORMALDEHYDE AND/OR BE GREENGUARD CERTIFIED. B. When a manufacturer's name appears in these specifications or schedule, it is not to be construed that the manufacturer's material does not have to meet the full requirements of the specifications or that his standard catalogue item will be acceptable. C. All equipment installed on this project shall have local representation, local factory authorized service and local stock of repair parts. D. All materials exposed within a plenum shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2.02 Where more than one type of material(i.e., cast iron or PVC)is specified,the Contractor may choose one type, however, he must state which type of material he proposes to use in his submittal. ONLY ONE TYPE OF MATERIAL MAY BE USED IN A SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEM, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. (I.E. WHEN DIFFERENT SIZES OF THE SAME TYPE SYSTEM REQUIRE DIFFERENT MATERIALS PER SPECIFICATIONS.) 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS A Steel Pipe: All steel piping and fittings are to be domestically manufactured (USA). 1. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION IN SUBMITTAL STATING LOCATION OF MANUFACTURING. 2. Threaded: Schedule 40, ASTM A53 grade B or ASTM A120, American Standard pipe thread. Pipe 2" and under to be made up with threaded fittings. 3. Welded: Schedule 40 black, ASTM A53 grade B or ASTM A120, ANSI B16 butt weld fittings of type and wall thickness to suit pipe. Weld-O-Lets and Thread-O-Lets may be used on pipe 2-1/2"and larger where branch is a minimum of two pipe sizes smaller than main. Pipe 2-1/2"and over to be made up with welded fittings. Pipe 2" and under to be made up with threaded fittings. 4. Grooved Pipe: Schedule 40 ASTM A120 or ASTM A53 grade. Standard cut or rolled groove to coupling manufacturer's specifications. Do not use in systems exceeding 2000 F. operating temperature. a. Couplings: Standard weight with gasket selected by manufacturer for service intended. b. Fittings: Full flow malleable iron, ductile iron or steel. C. Submit calculations of expansion allowance of joints and obtain approval prior to eliminating any special expansion compensators.. swing joints, flexible connections, or vibration isolators. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 - 3 of 14 r CITY OF ROUND ROCK { HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST d. Manufacturers: Victaulic or Gruvlok. B. Copper pipe: r 1. Type "K" or "L" hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings with openings machined to accurate capillary fit for the pipe. Pipe to conform to Standard Specifications for copper water tube. Type'M' may only be used for A/C condensate drain lines. ` 2 Use"lead free"(0.00% lead content)solder for all domestic water piping. Submittal on the product to be used must include this information. Lead free solder to conform to ASTM B 32 and flux to conform to ASTM B 813. Soldered joints must be done in accordance with ASTM B 828. Lead free shall mean a chemical composition equal to or less than 0.2 percent lead. fC. Domestic Copper Pipe (2" and larger): (Contractor Option) 1. Copper tubing systems from two inches(2")through six inches(6")shall be installed using mechanical pipe couplings of a bolted type with a central cavity design pressure-responsive gasket along with grooved end copper fittings. 2 All copper tubing shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications. 3 Couplings-Coupling for copper shall consist of cast ductile iron housing,a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-responsive design,with nuts and bolts to secure unit together. [ a. Housings - Shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536 (Grade 65-45-12) with a copper alkyd enamel paint coating. b. Gasket - Gaskets shall be molded of synthetic rubber in a central cavity, pressure-responsive configuration conforming to the copper tube size(CTS) outside diameter and coupling housing, of elastomers having properties as f designated in ASTM D-2000. C. Water Service-Gaskets supplied for water services from-300 F to+2300 F shall be a Grade"E" EPDM compound, with copper color code, molded of materials conforming to ASTM D-2000, designation 2CA615A1 5B44F1 7Z, recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range. 4. Flanged Connections: Shall be, engaging directly into roll grooved copper tube and fittings and bolting directly to ANSI Class 125 cast iron and Class 150 steel flanged components; installer to supply standard flange bolts. Flange casting shall be as in 3, a. above with a corresponding gasket as in 3, b. 5 Fittings - Fittings shall be full flow copper fittings with grooves designed to accept grooved end couplings. a. Standard fittings shall be two inch (2") through four inch (4") copper per ASTM B-75 alloy C12200, five inch (5") through six inch (6") bronze sand castings per ASTM B-584-87 copper alloy CDA 844 (81-3-7-9). 6 Butterfly Valves — Lug style, grooved end butterfly valves are to be rated for bi- directional dead end service to the full working pressure of the valve with the down stream flange removed. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -4 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST a. 2'/z-6"valves shall have either lever lock handles or gear operators Valves in 2 '/2" or 3" sizes may have two-position handle as per service requirements and manufacturer's recommendations. 1) Valve housing shall be bronze per CDA-836 (85-5-5-5). 2) Disc shall be aluminum bronze or ductile iron. 3) Operator bracket shall be steel-black enamel coated. 4) Operator - Two (2) position detent or manual lever lock shall be steel-black enamel coated. 5) Seat to be molded to the body of the valve for bi-directional dead end service 7. Tube Preparation: Copper tube shall be to ASTM B-88(drawn tubing)and prepared in accordance with the latest published manufacturer's specifications, as applicable. Pressure ratings and end loads for roll grooved copper tubing are based upon test on copper tube prepared in accordance with manufacturer's specifications using manufacturer's approved rolled grooving tool for grooving copper tube. 8 Assembly: Couplings, fittings, adapters and tubing shall be assembled in accordance with the latest published instructions from the manufacturer for the particular product installed. ` 9. Reference hanger spacing in specification. In addition, use the following recommendations for support installation: a. Copper tubing joined with grooved type couplings requires support to carry the weight of tubing and equipment. The support or hanging method must be such as to eliminate undue stresses on joints, tubing and other , components. b. The support system for mechanical grooved type tubing couplings must consider some of the special requirements of these couplings. 2.04 VALVES A. Select valves of the best quality and type suited for the specific service and piping system used. Minimum working pressure rating 125 psig steam or 150 psig W.O.G. All valves on insulated lines to have extended handles to allow operation without disturbing insulation seal. B. Manufacturer: Nibco, KITZ, Jenkins, Milwaukee, Stockham,other recognized manufacturer of equal reliability. C. Globe Valve 2" and Smaller: Teflon disc, bronze body, bronze trim. D. Ball Valves 3" and Smaller: Brass or bronze body, virgin TFE seat rings, blow-out proof stem, reinforced thrust washer, '/4 turn full open/full close, FULL PORT, CSA-ULFM approval. E. Swing Check Valves 2" and Smaller: Bronze body, horizontal swing, Y-pattern, renewable disc. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 - 5 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST F Butterfly Valves: Reference Section 2.03, C. above. G. Drain Valves: Hose end gate valve or gate valves with hose connection. Do not use sillcocks in lieu of drain valves H Valves Specified Elsewhere Provide special valves such as motor operated valves, relief valves, temperature regulating valves, etc., as specified under the individual system or as indicated on the drawings. I. USE FULL PORT BALL VALVES RATED FOR SERVICE INTENDED FOR ALL ISOLATION VALVES THREE INCHES (3")AND SMALLER. 2.05 UNIONS A. Provide unions adjacent to all tanks and equipment and where required for disconnect and maintenance of equipment. B. Union for Steel Pipe: Ground joint malleable iron. C. Union for Copper Pipe: All brass. D. Union Between Dissimilar Metals: Dielectric Union designed and advertised to be unaffected by heat, cold or fluid in pipe. EPCO or approved equal 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Escutcheons: Nickel or chrome plate with screws or springs for holding plate in position. B. Automatic Air Vents: Hoffman#79, Marsh or equal. C. Gaskets: Gaskets 1/16 inch thick for all pipe sizes 10 inches and smaller and 1/8 inch thick for all pipe sizes 12 inches and larger. Gaskets to be ring type between raised face flanges and full face type between flat face flanges with punched bolt holes and pipe opening. Gasket material shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer: Crane, John-Manville, or equal. D. Strainers: Cast iron or bronze body basket or wye type strainers provided with '/z" valved drain and a '/<" air vent cock, unless the strainer design is devoid of air pockets. Strainers shall have removable cylindrical or conical screens of nickel, copper, or brass and suitable flanges or tappings to connect with the piping they serve. Strainers 2'/z"and larger shall be provided with flanged covers. The free area of each screen shall not be less than three (3) times the area of the strainer inlet and shall be suitable for the service intended. Manufacturers Crane, McAlear, Sarco or Armstrong. 2 07 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES lA. General: 1 Securely fasten all mechanical work to the structure to prevent hazard to human life and limb, and to prevent damage to products of construction under all conditions of operation. l BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -6 of 14 0 i CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST B. Pipe Supports: 1. Single Pipes: a. Support all horizontal runs of steel, copper pipe under 2" and all cast-iron soil pipe on suitable hangers spaced not more than 5 feet on centers. Support all steel, and copper piping 2"and larger not more than 10 feet on centers. Support all PVC piping not more than 4 feet on center. Support piping in a manner to prevent binding, undue swing, and the transmission of vibration to the structure. b. Support single pipes from clevis hangers equal to Anvil fig. 260. Install hangers for insulated piping outside the insulation using high density section of insulation and sheet metal shield or saddle. Provide copper plated hangers in contact with copper pipe. 2. Trapeze Hangers: Where pipes are clustered, parallel,and in same plane,they may be supported by trapeze hangers. Provide rods and angle-irons sized to suit load imposed. Minimum channel length to be six inches(6"), maximum rod spacing to be twenty-four inches (24") on center. Piping to be securely attached to trapeze hangers. Provide sheetmetal shield or saddle for all insulated piping running horizontally. �- 3. Piping on Walls: Secure with hook-plates, clips or fabricated steel brackets. 4. Supports from Steel Beams and Similar Construction: Use appropriate beam clamps. 5. Provide inserts for poured concrete and expansion bolts for pre-cast slabs. 6. Guide and anchor piping where necessary to control expansion and contraction. Provide supports and hangers with non-corrosive and rust-resistant finish. ' Galvanize or plate hanger rods after threading. Hangers other than those specified not permitted. USE ONLY GALVANIZED HANGERS AND HANGER RODS FOR ALL PIPING IN CRAWL SPACE. ' 7. Provide inserts for poured concrete and expansion bolts for pre-cast slabs. Use HiltiDrop-in Anchor or Kwik Bolt II Stud Anchor System. Verify allowable place of anchors with Structural Engineer. 8. Provide pipe supports according to the following schedule: PIPE SIZE - INCHES ROD SIZE - INCHES '/z"through 2" 3/8" 2'/z"through 3" 1/2" 4"through 6" 5/8" 8"through 12" 3/4" 9. Manufacturers: Anvil International, C&P, Fee and Mason, Elcen or SuperStrut C. Support all piping on roof with pipe stands/roller equal to MIRO Industries Model 4-RAH-PC or Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc., Type PP10 with roller for piping 2-1/2" and smaller. For piping over 2-1/2", up to and including 8"use MIRO Industries Model 6-RAH-PC or Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. (PPH)Type PS-1-2. All pipe stands to sit on walk board(coordinate type and methods of support with Roofing Contractor). Walk board to be a minimum of 3" larger BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -7 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST on each side than support. Provide minimum pipe height above roof deck as required by r' jurisdiction having authority(at least 6"). Provide supports for piping under 2"at six feet on center. Provide supports for piping 2"and over at eight feet on center. PIPE PROP will not be acceptable. r D. Ductwork Support: Refer to Section 23 30 00-Air Distribution. E. Inserts: Provide all inserts required for installation of horizontal piping In poured concrete provide wrought steel or malleable iron and adjustable type. Where expansion bolts are necessary to secure piping or equipment, use malleable iron type with expansion case,to be inserted by drilling concrete. Power driven inserts not permitted for supporting piping to ceiling. i F. Miscellaneous Iron and Steel: 1 Provide all steel supports and hangers to support all equipment or materials unless I noted otherwise. 2 All work shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands, brackets and framework shall be properly sized and rigidly constructed in a manner to withstand anticipated loads. 3 Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be performed by experienced metal-working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted. 4 Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling, cutting and fitting shall be done as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of l other Trades. 5. Members shall be generally welded except that bolting may be used for field assembly where welding would be impractical. Welders shall be skilled and certified. 6 All shop fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given two(2) f coats of weatherproof primer paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices. `l 2.08 ACCESS DOORS A. Doors shall be Karp, Inland Steel Products, Milcor, Miami or Walsh-Hannon, constructed of steel with primer coat of rust inhibitive paint, and continuous piano hinge. Doors shall be key operated with flush operated cylinders, keyed alike. Key lock system shall be coordinated with the Owner and shall be approved by the Architect. Provide six(6)keys of type used for access panels for Owner's use Obtain receipt of key delivery and submit to Architect for record. 1 Suspended Lath and Plaster Ceilings - Style: "M'with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel. 2 Masonry Non-Rated Walls - Style: "M"with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel 3 Masonry Fire Rated Walls - Fire rated with UL, Yz hour"B" rating, 16 gauge frame. 20 gauge sandwich type insulated panel. 4. For access doors larger than 16" in either direction, provide two (2) locksets. I � I BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -8 of 14 L CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING A. Provide equipment concrete pads, treated support runners, roof curb supports, mounting accessories, supports, hanger expansion joints, adapters and any other appurtenances to adapt fixtures and equipment supplied to the conditions of use. , B. Provide vibration eliminators as specified(if not specified elsewhere use vibration eliminators recommended by equipment manufacturer) at all pieces of equipment subject to vibration. (Exception, curb mounted equipment does not require vibration isolator rails except when specifically scheduled). C. Independently support piping and ductwork at equipment so that no weight is supported by the equipment. D. Securely fasten fixtures and equipment to the building structure in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. E. Provide steel base plates for floor mounted fixtures and equipment to distribute the weight so that the floor load is not more than 100 lbs. psf, unless special structural reinforcement is submitted for approval. F. At wall attached fixtures and equipment weighing less than 50 pounds, provide backing plates of at least 1/8 x 10 inch sheet metal or 2 x 10 inch fire retardant treated wood securely built into the structural walls. Submit attachment details of heavier equipment for approval. G. Electrical conduit shall not be hung from equipment or plumbing piping. 3.02 SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves as required where pipes pass through walls, floors, or ceilings. Make sleeves as follows: 1. In non-fire rated bearing walls, foundations, masonry or concrete walls and floors, use schedule 40 black steel pipe. 2 In non-rated construction, use minimum 20 gauge galvanized sheetmetal. 3. In fire rated walls, floors and assemblies, install sleeves as required by UL System Number. B. In non fire rated areas install sleeves flush with surfaces. In mechanical rooms or any wet floor where seepage may occur, install sleeve 1 inch above floor and caulk. Caulk both sides of penetration using UL listed one part firestop synthetic elastomer sealant,flexible at normal working temperatures, having smoke developed 50,fuel contributed 50,and flame spread 25 rating. Install thickness per manufacturer's recommendation. Manufacturer: Dow Corning FireStop 2000 Sealant, Flame Stop V, 3M: CP-25. C. Waterproof all piping and sleeves through building exterior skin, including walls, roofs and interior floor penetrations to prevent leakage. Coordinate with the Architect on caulk material to use at exterior. D. Size sleeves for cold piping to allow for continuous insulation through sleeve. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00 -9 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST f 303 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING A. SEALING OF PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER UL "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY." UL SYSTEM NUMBERS INDICATED ARE FOR A PARTICULAR LISTED INSTALLATION AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND INTENT. OTHER LISTED UL SYSTEM DESIGNS MAY BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUBMIT MATERIALS, UL SYSTEM DESIGN NUMBERS AND UL DETAILS TO BE USED THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT AND IDENTIFY WHICH DETAIL IS TO BE USED FOR EACH SPECIFIC CONDITION. POST REVIEWED DETAIL AT JOB SITE FOR REFERENCE. 1 Only materials tested in the specific UL System Number may be used. a. Wrap Strip (UL System No. WL 5001): Nominal 1/4" thick by 2" wide intumescent elastomeric material. Manufacturer: 3M Type FS-195. ( 1) Use one (1)wrap strip for up to one inch (1") thickness insulation. 2) Use two (2) wrap strips for 1-1/2" inch and larger thickness insulation. !I b. Caulk Manufacturer: 1) 3M Type CP-25 WB+for all assemblies requiring 3M caulk. 2) For WL3045 and 3046 use Hilti FS611A Sealant l c. Steel Sleeve (Stud Wall) (UL System 1003): Cylindrical sleeve shall be l fabricated from minimum 0.019"thick(no.28 gauge)galvanized sheet steel and having a minimum 2" lap along the longitudinal seam. Length of steel sleeve to be equal to thickness of wall plus 1"such that,when installed, the ends of the sleeve will project approximately '/z" beyond the surface of the wall on both sides of the wall assembly. The diameter of the openings cut on each side of the wall assembly (concentric with pipe) to be 2 to 2-1/2" larger than the outside diameter of pipe such that, when the steel sleeve is installed, a 1 to 1-1/4" annular space will be present between the steel sleeve and the pipe around the entire circumference of the pipe. Install sleeve by coiling the sheet steel to a diameter smaller than the through opening, inserting the coil through the openings and releasing the coil to let it uncoil against the circular cutouts in the gypsum wallboard layers. d. Steel Sleeve (Concrete or Block Wall) For cables, provide sleeve cast in floor/wall or mortared into CMU wall, optional sleeve for UL System No. CAJ 1175. e. Forming Material: Minimum one inch (1") thickness mineral-wool batt insulation material. Tightly pack into sleeve with minimum 1/2" recess on ends. Manufacturer: Thermafiber Safing Insulation. 2 Wire/Cables a. For Gypsum Frame Wall (Single Cable): Fireproof per UL System No. WL3001. Opening for cable to be hole-sawed through gypsum wall board layers. Diameter of opening to be 3/8" to 5/8" inch larger than outside diameter of cable. Cable to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. Caulk to fill annular space throughout thickness of gypsum wall BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00- 10 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST board layers and apply 1/4"bead of caulk to perimeter of cable at its egress from wall (both sides). b. For Gypsum Frame Wall (Multiple Cables): Use UL System No. WL3021, WL3045, WL3046 or equivalent to maintain rating of wall. C. For Concrete Walls/Floors or CMU Walls (Single or Multiple Cables): Fireproof per UL System No. CAJ3030. Cables to be a minimum ten percent(10%), maximum thirty-three percent(33%)of cross-sectional area of opening. Recess minimum one inch (1") thickness of mineral wool material into opening around cables. Caulk openings around cable to minimum depth of one inch (1"). Optional sleeve maybe used per UL detail requirements. 3. Firestop system shall be installed at top surface of floor and symmetrically on both sides of wall assemblies. 4. Materials used in firestop systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, provided with materials for specific UL System Number. 5. Reference Architectural for the exact location of all rated walls, floors, ceilings and ceiling/roof assemblies. B. Manufacturers: 3M, Metacaulk, Hilti, BioFireshield, STI or equal. C. In non-rated walls identified for sound insulation, provide 1/2"space between pipe and sleeve packed with multiple layers of forming material. Allow 5/8"minimum space on each side and caulk with acoustical sealant. D Final condition to prevent passage of fire, smoke, noxious gas and water. E. For non-rated mechanical/electrical room walls: Seal all piping and ductwork passing through walls, floors and ceilings with 3M caulk, Type CP-25+. F. Submit UL numbers and details for type of penetrations and materials to be used. All penetrations in fire rated walls, floors and ceilings must be installed per a UL listed detail specified for the application G Seal both sides of all floor penetrations into crawl space on both sides to prevent air and water migration. 3.04 WATERPROOFING AND COUNTERFLASHING A Provide and install all counterflashing of all conduit, pipe or duct and equipment which penetrates roofs, walls and other weather barrier surfaces. Metal Roofing Contractor shall provide and install all curbs and counter flashing for all metal roof penetrations. Verify detail with Architect before installation. B. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner to assure weatherproof installation. Any leaks developed shall be repaired at contractor's expense, to Architect's satisfaction. C. Conduits, pipes or ducts passing through slabs shall have the sleeve extended above floors to retain any water and the space between the conduit, pipe or duct and sleeve caulked with lead wool. The top shall be sealed with lead and the bottom shall be sealed with monolastic caulking compound. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00-11 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST D. All waterproofing, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided and installed by the Roofing Contractor and shall be compatible with roofing system so as not to void any roof warranties. Confirm installation with Architect. E. Slope all ducts to wall louvers to drain toward louvers Provide continuous sleeve thru wall and seal all joints. F. All piping and conduit penetrations through exterior walls shall be sealed on both side r of drain plane and at exterior finished wall surface to prevent moisture intrusion. 3.05 LABELING AND TAGGING A. Tag all valves with minimum 1/16"thick heat resistant laminated dark plastic labels engraved with readily legible white lettering 1/4" high indicating fluid in pipe and a "V" (valve) number (e.g. V-22). Securely fasten to the valve stem or bonnet with beaded chain. Provide an aluminum valve chart and frame with glass cover for typewritten valve chart. Install where directed. Coordinate valve numbers with mechanical contractor to avoid duplication. Refer to Section 20 00 00, and Manuals. I B. Label all equipment with minimum 1/16"thick heat resistant laminated plastic labels having engraved lettering 1/2" high and fastened in place with rivets, screws or adhesive backing. Example"WH-1.AHU-1,etc." If items are not specifically listed on the schedules,consult the Architect concerning designation to use. Refer to Section 20 00 00. Label all equipment r served by emergency electrical panels with red labels. C. Label all thermostats/sensors with minimum 1/16"thick heat resistant laminated plastic labels having engraved lettering 1/4" high and fastened in place with rivets, screws or adhesive j backing. Label is to correspond to rooftop and/or air-handling units. D. Provide access panel markers (minimum 1/16" thick laminated plastic type with engraved lettering)to indicate ceiling tile to be used for access for all A/C equipment,terminal units and plumbing shut-off valves. Use light green for plumbing and light blue for A/C equipment. Label to be attached to ceiling grid with rivets, screws or adhesive backing. Example,'AHU- 3A" access. E. Manufacturer: Seton Pipe Marking Products, MSI (Marketing Services, Inc.) or equal. 3.06 TYPICAL PIPING j A Provide insulating couplings or unions to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals when use of dissimilar metals cannot be avoided in one system. B. Close all openings in pipes with appropriate caps, plugs, or covers during storage and l progress of the work to preclude introduction of contaminants. C. Arrange systems and locate valves so that either entire system or separate sections thereof may be drained for service. All service valves located no more than 24 inches above the ceiling and normally accessible from an 8 foot ladder. D. Provide valves and unions adjacent to all tanks,batteries of plumbing fixtures and equipment, for disconnect purposes. Install all valves with stems vertical wherever possible, and in no case with stems below the horizontal. E. Ream ends of all pipe to full diameter. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00- 12 of 14 i CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST F. Provide pipe anchors, swing joints, and expansion compensators as required to control the LLL expansion of pipelines. G. Reduce pipe sizes using reducing tees or reducing fittings. Bushings not permitted except on tanks and similar equipment. H Provide escutcheons on all pipes passing through walls,floors, and ceilings in finished areas where piping is in counters, closets or cabinets, and subject to view when doors are open. Cover the pipe sleeve and secure plate in position. I. Install hangers at each change in direction and within 2 feet at each elbow or tee. This requirement is mandatory. J. Pipe hooks, wire, chains or perforated metal shall not be used for pipe supports. K. Insulate hangers for copper pipe from piping with at least two layers of 12 mil Polyken 826 corrosion control tape. L Install piping not to interfere with removal of equipment, ducts, and devices or block access to door or access openings M. Piping serving plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be securely supported near the point where pipes penetrate the finished wall. N. Test all piping in accordance with accepted trade standards if not specified elsewhere. 3.07 THREADED PIPE A. Cut all threads true and of depth to make up properly without leaks. B Make connections to show at least two threads and not more than four threads when tight. C. Make up joints with Teflon tape only as recommended by tape manufacturer, or as specified in specific piping sections 3.08 AUTOMATIC (MANUAL)AIR VENTS A. Install at highest point of chilled and hot water system, at chilled and hot water coils and at points necessary to relieve air in piping. Provide shut-off valve to facilitate maintenance of air vent. B. Route 1/4"copper line from discharge of air vent to floor drain in mechanical room. Slope to drain. 3.09 PAINTING AND CODING A Ductwork and Piping: Prime and paint all exposed angle braces, hanger rods or straps, damper rods, and quadrants with one coat aluminum paint after removing scale and rust. Prime and paint ductwork and piping exposed in finished rooms to match room finish. Prime and paint all black iron piping located outdoors or otherwise exposed to weather. Coordinate painting and color with Architectural paint specified elsewhere. All painting done by persons ` regularly employed at and skilled in that trade. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 01 00-13 of 14 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST B. Grilles, Registers, Etc.: Furnish all grilles, registers, etc., other than extruded aluminum or r plastic with prime coat paint by manufacturer. Furnish all ceiling grilles, registers and diffusers with factory applied baked enamel to match ceiling tile. Paint all ductwork and/or conduit visible through registers, grilles and other openings with one coat of flat black paint to a point four feet (4') from opening on straight duct or around bend, whichever applies. C. Pipe Coding: r 1 Identify piping with pressure-sensitive coded pipe marker at piping adjacent to equipment, at intervals along all piping not to exceed 20'and at points where piping disappears into or emerges from floors,walls or ceiling. Secure both ends of marker with pressure sensitive tape with flow arrow on roll to indicate flow direction Color code pipe markers and arrows indicating the liquid and/or use of the pipe. 2 Code piping to the following schedule: (SUBMIT ALTERNATE CODING) Cold Water CW Hot Water HW Hot Water Circulating HWC fI Tempered Water T 3 Manufacturers: Seton Pipe Marking Products, MSI or equal. ` END OF SECTION i I 1 l L l BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 0100-14 of 14 d CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST G. The drainage piping system will be designed with a minimum slope of 1/4-inch per foot for pipe sizes less than 3-inch and 1/8-inch per foot for sizes 3-inch and larger. H. The building will have sanitary sewer lines discharging to the site sanitary sewer system. I. Floor and wall cleanouts will be strategically placed to avoid being located in sensitive areas. J. Floor drains will be provided for each air handling device. equipment requiring drains, toilet rooms with water closets, and mechanical equipment rooms. A floor drain will be provided at each emergency shower unit. K. Each floor drain will be provided with a p-trap and a trap primer. 1.02 CONNECTION TO UTILITY SEWER AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS (storm drain piping is considered to be piping beyond 5-0"outside the building) A. Final wastewater connection point to extend approximately five feet(5)outside the building, as indicated on the drawings. Coordinate with Civil Drawings for wastewater service point to within five feet(5) of the building. Coordinate with site utilities to insure proper inverts for all lines and connection point prior to installation. Contact Architect immediately if any conflict is discovered. Make final connection to service line. Obtain all permits, pay fees and provide all services incidental to this work. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE UNDERGROUND INSIDE STRUCTURE (INCLUDES TO FIVE FEET FROM BUILDING PERIMETER) A. Service weight cast iron soil pipe with Tyseal neoprene gaskets. ' B. Schedule 40 PVC (SOLID WALL DWV pipe and fittings) as allowed by code. Material Data: Type 1, Grade 1 PVC 12454-B, ASTM D-1784. C Pipe 1-1/2"and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron drainage fittings ' 2.02 SEWER ABOVE GROUND INSIDE STRUCTURE A. Service weight cast iron soil pipe with tyseal neoprene gaskets or cast iron soil pipe with no- hub fittings. Reference 2.06 below. B. Schedule 40 PVC (DWV) as allowed by code. Material Data: Type 1, Grade PVC 1120, ASTM D-1784. Verify if area is used as plenum which requires 25/50 rating. C. Pipe 1-1/2"and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron drainage fittings. 2.03 VENTS A. All vent piping above slab to be cast iron soil pipe with tyseal neoprene gaskets or no-hub fittings. B. All vent piping under slab to be heavy weight no-hub fittings. C. Vents 1-1/2" and Smaller. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron fittings. LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 13 16 -2 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST D DWV copper with wrought or cast solder fittings E. Schedule 40 PVC (DWV) as allowed by code. Material Data. Type 1, Grade PVC 1120, ASTM D-1784. Verify if area is used as plenum which requires 25/50 rating. 2.04 CAST IRON PIPE/FITTINGS A. Tyseal Gaskets or MG Couplings. f B. Hubless couplings shall be composed of a stainless steel shield, clamp assembly and an elastromeric sealing sleeve conforming to the most current edition of CISPI 310, listed by NSF International, manufactured in the United States of America, and manufactured by Anaco, Mission, Tyler or Ideal. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING A. Install pipe and fittings to required grade with hubs and bottom half section in undisturbed soil. Follow manufacturer's installation requirements. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Refer to Section 20 01 00, 3.03 GRADING jA. Grade all horizontal runs of pipe in building and under floor slab at 1/4"per foot downward in direction of flow. If it is absolutely impossible to maintain a grade of 1/4"per foot, piping four (4) inches in diameter and larger may slope to a minimum grade of not less than 1/8" per foot. 3.04 SUPPORTING A. Support all horizontal runs of pipe in building at intervals not to exceed 5-0" and at each change of direction. Provide a support at the base of vertical risers with intermediate supports as required. Brace all adequately to prevent motion, per manufacturer's recommendation. Reference Section 20 01 00, 2.08, B., Mechanical Support Devices and j Pipe Supports for further requirements. 3.05 CLEANOUTS A Provide cleanouts as shown on plans and in an accessible location at base of all risers in soil, waste and drain piping and at each change in direction in horizontal runs of pipe. In long straight runs, provide a cleanout located at intervals of not more than 75 feet for piping four Il inches (4") and larger and located at intervals of not more than 50 feet for piping less than four inches (4"). i B. Cleanouts shall be located no closer than 24"to a wall. E 3.06 VENTING A. Provide a vent for each trap or as shown on the drawings LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 13 16 - 3 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST B. Extend each vent vertically to a point not less than six inches(6")above the extreme overflow level of the fixture served before offsetting horizontally. Whenever two or more vent pipes converge,extend each such pipe at least six inches(6") in height above the flood rim level of the plumbing fixture it serves before being connected to any other vent and utilize only approved drainage fittings and materials to connect piping. C. Provide a building main relief vent for waste piping not provided venting by fixture branch connections. Vent size shall be per code requirement, based upon fixture unit loading in the pipe vented. 3.07 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Extend vents through the roof a minimum distance of 6'' and terminate at least 15 ft. horizontally from operable windows, doors, or air intakes, and at least 3 feet above such opening. Do not terminate vents through roof at edge or valley of roof. B. Flash and counterflash vents through roof. Provide flashings not less than 18"square, with prefabricated 4-pound lead counterflashing. Extend vertical portion of flashing up entire length of pipe and turn down inside the pipe at least 1 inch with turned edge hammered against pipe. Coordinate with type roof and Architectural details and flash them into roof according to the roofing products manufacturer's recommendations. C. Protect the roof from tools and equipment. Remove all scraps on roof to prevent damage to roof. 3.08 GENERAL A. No piping shall be permanently concealed before the examination is completed by the authorities having jurisdiction. B. All fixtures used in conjunction with the conveying of waste substance shall be connected by means of a trap. C. All connections for floor mounted water closets and waste piping shall be made with ' appropriate closet flange and wax gaskets D. Insulate all exposed p-traps for handicapped lavatories and handicap sinks with"Nandi Lav- Guard" Insulation Kit (Phone: 203-875-2868) as required. E. Provide specialty shielded transition coupling as required at connections between PVC and cast iron fitting. F. Horizontal to horizontal connections cannot use double combo,double Wye and one eighth or sanitary cross fittings. 3.09 TESTING A. Test all piping in accordance with the requirements of the local codes. B. Repair leaks and retest system, repeating this process until piping system is free of leaks. C. Test shall be conducted and completed before any joints are concealed or made inaccessible. D. Maintain a log of tests indicating date, time, result of test and person doing test. LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 13 16 -4 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST E Under floor. 1 Test pipe under floors before connecting to sewers. 2 Maintain not less than 15 feet of hydrostatic head. 3 Repair all leaks and repeat until system holds for 2-hours without a drop in water level. END OF SECTION I LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 13 16 - 5 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST SECTION 22 30 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included. 1. This section describes certain components of domestic plumbing systems, including related specific requirements, products and methods of execution. Plumbing water, waste, vent piping and other primary distribution components of the plumbing system are included with related work specified elsewhere. B. SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 201 FLOOR DRAINS A. All floor drains, including floor sinks, are to be the same size as the waste line size indicated on plans. If size is not indicated, drain size shall be 3". Floor drains that tie in to acid waste piping are to have acid resistant coating or be stainless steel. Floor Drains and Floor Sinks in kitchen areas are to have Acid Resistant Enamel coating or be constructed from stainless steel. B PROVIDE TRAP PRIMING APPARATUS FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN AND FLOOR SINK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Whenever possible, use an inverted tee connection from sink tailpiece or device similar to Jay R Smith Prime-EZE for trap priming with gray water. Second choice is to use flush valve trap primer connection. As last resort, provide mechanical trap primer(Manufacturer: Precision Plumbing Products,"Oregon#1 or equal as required) connected to supply lines as small as possible, but never over 1-1/2" diameter. Provide minimum 12 x 12 access door or larger as required. When local jurisdiction(such as the City of Pflugerville, Tx.) does not approve the use of a standard mechanical trap primer (similar to Oregon #1) that activates from pressure differential and other methods are not practical, provide an electronic trap primer as last resort. Coordinate electrical requirements with electrical contractor. Proset"TRAP GUARD"device may be used in lieu of trap primers when allowed by local code authority having jurisdiction and building Owner. Before using Proset "TRAP GUARD" contractor must obtain written approval from local code authority having jurisdiction and provide copies to Architect and Engineer. C. Trap primers must conform to ASSE 1018 or ASSE 1044. D. Trap Primer Manufacturers: MIFAB, Precision Plumbing Products,Jay R Smith, Sloan,Zurn, Wade or Watts. E. Floor Drain/Floor Sink Manufacturers: Stain lessDrains, Kessel, MIFAB,Josam,Wade.Zurn or Jay.R. Smith, Watts. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 - 1 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 2.02 CLEANOUTS r A. Cleanouts shall be same nominal size of pipe lines up to four inches (4") and not less than four inches (4") for larger lines. B. Floor Cleanouts. Gas and watertight seal, internal taper ABS cleanout plug, stainless steel or nickel bronze finish scoriated round top with countersunk screw for installation flush with finish floor. MIFAB C1100R-3 Series. If floor has a waterproof membrane then add C clamp ring flange. C. Wall Cleanouts: MIFAB C1400-RD Series. Countersunk plugs, with smooth round access cover and polished stainless steel or nickel bronze finish. D. Manufacturers: StainlessDrains, MIFAB, Josam, Zurn, Wade, Watts or approved equal. E. Cleanouts that tie in to acid waste piping to be acid resistant. 2.03 FIXTURES A. Manufacturers: 1. The fixtures are chosen from standard manufacturers. 2 Provide all similar fixtures and trim from one (1) manufacturer, except where l specified otherwise. 3. Equality: The following manufacturers are considered equal, specified item(s)sets minimum standard for acceptability. a. Fixtures: American Standard, Crane, Eljer, Kohler, Elkay, Fiat, Sloan, Toto, Zurn, Caroma. 1) All water closet bowls shall have fully glazed trap. 2) All water closet bowls must meet MAP Testing (Maxim Performance Testing) at 1000 grams. b Faucets: American Standard, Bradley, Elkay, Chicago, Sloan, Zurn,T&S l Brass, Moen Commercial. Must have five(5)year Commercial Warranty. PROVIDE CONFIRMATION OF WARRANTY IN SUBMITTAL. lc Stainless Steel Sinks: Elkay, Bradley, Moen or Just. d. Carriers: MIFAB, J.R. Smith, Josam, Watts or Zurn. e. Flush Valves: Sloan Royal or equal by Zurn f Point of Use ASSE 1070 Lead Free Mixing Valves: Watts, Powers, Bradley, Leonard, Lawler, Symmons or Moen. g. Drinking Fountains/Electric Water Coolers: Elkay, Acorn Aqua Surf, Oasis or Halsey Taylor, must meet NSF Section 9 in its entirety and meet TCEQ Certification Requirements. Provide letter with submittal data. h. Wash Fountains: Bradley. Wiloughby or Sloan Stone. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 -2 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST I. Wall Pipe Supports: HoldRite or Equal J. Circulating Pumps: TACO, Grundfos, Armstrong, Wilo k. Stainless Steel Skullery Sinks: Elkay, Bradley, Just, Advance Tabco, Griffin. I. Provide wall carriers for ALL wall-mounted fixtures, including wash fountains. B. Traps, Stops and Supplies: 1. Provide traps, stops and supplies for all fixtures. 2. P-Traps: 17 gauge chrome-plated cast brass. Provide offset type as required to meet ADA space requirements. 3. Supplies: Flexible, chrome-plated, 7538 Series. 4. Stops: Removable key type, 2302 Series. 5. Supplies and stops are to meet current requirements of NSF61. 6. Manufacturers: American Standard, Brass Craft, McGuire or equal. C. Fixtures Specified Elsewhere, or Otherwise Furnished. Provide appropriate strainer, tailpiece, trap, waste and supplies. Rough-in and connect only. D. Faucets: 1. All faucets except commercial kitchen and bar sinks are to meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61 and be listed by NSF as residential drinking water faucets. 2. All faucets not NSF 61 listed, (as described in paragraph 1) must have tin lined waterways or other such material so water flowing through the faucet is not in contact with any material that could allow"Leaching" of lead into the waterway. 3. Commercial kitchen and bar sinks are to meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61 and be listed as commercial faucets. Faucets meeting the stricter residential standards can be used at contractor's option. 4 Faucets are not allowed to have more than the maximum total lead content as listed by NSF, TCEQ (Health and Safety Code) and EPA. 5. Any faucets which exceed lead concentration "Leaching" into water stream after a minimum of 45 days usage and proper flushing prior to testing shall be replaced by the manufacturer with an acceptable product. All costs of change out incurred will be sole responsibility of the manufacturer. 6 Lavatory faucets to have .5 GPM vandal resistant aerator. E. Waterways and tanks for all drinking fountains and water coolers shall be constructed of 3. lead-free( 0.00% lead) materials. All waterways to be totally free of lead. No lead solder is permitted. All drinking fountains and water coolers to meet latest criteria of TCEQ, EPA and be listed by NSF. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 - 3 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST F. All water line, fittings and fixtures in contact with potable water to be "lead free" AB1953 compliant. (.25% or less average lead content). All submittals to state items comply in submittal package 2.04 FIXTURE FLOW RATES A. The maximum flow rates for plumbing fixtures are to be no greater than quantities listed below: 1 Toilets— 1.28 gallons per flush GPF) on all projects . 2 Urinals—0.125 gallons per flush (GPF) on all projects 3 Lavatory(hand sink)—0.5 gallons per minute (GPM) on all projects 4 Shower—2.0 gallons per minute (GPM) on all projects PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 Store all fixtures and trim above ground in a covered location not subject to accidental damage by traffic or other construction activities. Handle fixtures and trim carefully to avoid chipping, denting, scratching, or other damage. Replace damaged items with same item in new condition. 3.02 Provide permanent metal and wire positioners, supports and fixture carriers to secure fixtures and piping rigidly in proper alignment without sway or side play. 3.03 Anchor all fixtures securely to withstand applied vertical load of not less than 250 pounds on the front of the fixture, without noticeable movement. i 3.04 Install all fixtures plumb, level and flush to the finished Architectural surface,so that the maximum gap between the fixture and the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch. Grout under water closets to level fixtures. Caulk the edge of the joint between fixture and surface with silicone or butyl type waterproof caulking compound. 305 Adjust all functional components for proper operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, or as otherwise directed. 3.06 Clean all fixtures and trim thoroughly to spotlessly clean condition. Obtain a written certification from the Architect that this has been accomplished. 307 Where floor drains or janitor sinks are located over any room, provide waterproof installation. 3.08 Ensure final location of cleanouts have access and ample clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. Check locations before installation. Contact Architect for alternate location if maintenance clearance is a problem. Cleanouts to be moved at no additional cost to Owner for failure to coordinate locations. 3.09 Coordinate slope of floors to floor drains with Architect. Adjust height of floor drain for proper drainage. 3.10 Provide all adapters,flanges, gaskets, etc. as required for proper installation of fixtures. Coordinate fixture placement before core drilling of floor or sleeve installation. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 -4 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 3 11 Insulate all exposed p-traps and water connections for handicapped lavatories with White"Truebro Handi Lav-Guard" Insulation Kit Model#102W (Use Model#105W when 5" offset strainer is used). (Phone: 203-875-2868), or equal products as manufactured by Brocar Products Inc., (Phone: 512- 847-1524). 3.12 No offset flanges will be allowed for installation of water closets. 3.13 Install all trap priming devices per manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shut-off valves at each mechanical or electronic trap primer for service. Install minimum 12" x 12" access doors as required for service of trap priming devices. 3.14 Provide a floor sink with trap priming device in each sprinkler riser room. 3.15 Cleanout locations: A. On each horizontal drain line 5 feet or greater in length. B. No more than 50 feet on center. C. At changes in director of 90 degrees or more (line size). D. At the end of each continuous waste line. E. At the end of each battery of fixtures. F. At each sink and urinal. G. Additional areas required for service and by code. END OF SECTION ' PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 30 00 - 5 of 5 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST SECTION 23 30 00 -AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Description: This section describes specific requirements, products and methods of execution relating to the project air distribution systems. B. Provide all air distribution systems as shown and specified, complete in every detail and in perfect operating order. C All equipment warranties to be per Specification Section 20 00 00, 1.17. D SPECIAL NOTE: All provisions and divisions of these specifications are a part of this section r of these specifications. The Contractor shall consult these divisions and provisions in detail for instructions and include all items pertaining to this work. The Contractor shall consult all other divisions of these specifications, determine the extent of impact on the work required to complete the work required by this section of the specifications or portion thereof and related work shown on the drawings 1.02 Provide all air distribution work in accordance with the minimum provisions of the latest approved editions of the following codes and standards. A. NFPA 90 A-Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. NFPA 90 B -Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning. C. SMACNA - Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards. D. TIMA - Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. E. SMACNA- Duct Liner Application Standard. F. SMACNA- Ducted Electric Heat Guide. G. AMCA Standard 210-74 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. H. AMCA Pub. 261 Directory or Products Licensed to Bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. I. AMCA Standard 300-67 Test Code for Sound Rating. J AMCA Standard 301-65 Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices L K AMCA Publication 511-75 Certified Ratings Program for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. lL ASHRAE Standard 52-76 Method of Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. M. ASHRAE Standard 70-72 Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets l and Inlets. 1.03 Where any references to "sheetmetal work" or "ductwork" appears in this section of these specifications or on the drawings, it shall be construed to include outside air ducts, supply air ducts, return air ducts, exhaust ducts, relief ducts, plenums, duct taps, grille taps, diffuser connections and all other related pieces and parts of the air conveying systems. L. I AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 1 of 9 t CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 1.04 Before starting shop drawings or fabrication of any duct work,the Contractor must have an approved reflected ceiling plan with which he can coordinate location of air outlets, lights, grille patterns, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FANS A. General Requirements for All Fans: 1. All fans constructed to AMCA Standards, AMCA listed and labeled. 2. Bearings: a. At factory assembled package units 1 HP and larger, provide 200,000 hour bearings (AFBMA L-50) selected at maximum fan rpm. b. At packaged equipment 3/4HP and smaller, provide manufacturer's standard bearings. c. Arrange equipment for easy access to lubrication fittings. Provide extended grease lines whenever easy access is not possible. 3 Balance fans statically and dynamically at factory. 4. Factory paint fan housing,fan wheel(except aluminum),frame and support brackets with prime coat and enamel finish coat at factory, after properly preparing surfaces. 5. Arrange fans to be cleanable and so that wheel, bearings, shaft, and drive are removable. Provide plug type cleanout doors or split fan housing. Gasketjoints and bolt airtight. 6 Provide vibration isolation for all fans per manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Assemble fans at factory and test with permanent motor for proper operation, ' alignment and balance. 8 All fans are to be of similar size and operational characteristics as fans scheduled. Smaller fans run at higher speeds will not be accepted. B. Ceiling Exhaust Fans: 1. Centrifugal wheel with inlet perpendicular to, or remote from, inlet grille. Acoustically insulated housing. 2. 85% free open area grille. 3. Electrical junction box on fan housing with cord, plug, and receptacle inside housing. 4. Fan, motor and wheel assembly removable through grille without disturbing housing. 5. Motor mounted on rubber-in-sheer isolators, grounded, maximum rpm shall not exceed scheduled rpm by more than 50 rpm. 6. Unit supplied with grille when indicated by model number scheduled. AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 -2 of 9 t CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 7 Provide and install roof cap or wall cap as shown. 8 Unit UL labeled. r 9. Integral backdraft damper, shatterproof, with no metal to metal contact. 10 Manufacturers: Greenheck, Acme, ILG, Penn, Briedert, Carnes and Twin City. 202 FAN ACCESSORIES A Flexible Fan Connectors: 1. Provide at inlet and discharge of each fan, ERV, MAU, air handling unit, etc. a. For Standard Application: 1) Material suitable to withstand the pressure encountered. Constructed from coated heavy glass fabric,flameproof and ozone r resistant. Joints to be sealed airtight. Minimum of 3" flex connection to be used. 2) Manufacturer: Duro-dyne Corporation "EXCELON" or equal. 2.03 DUCTWORK A. Low Velocity Ductwork Systems: 1. Definition: Ductwork systems where duct pressures do not exceed 2" W.G. maximum static pressure and duct velocity does not exceed 2000 FPM. Minimum duct gauge to be 26 gauge. 2. All ductwork connected to louvers is to be sloped back to louver to insure that any water entering the duct drains back to the exterior of the building. 3 Ductwork Construction: a. Ductwork, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be constructed of new, prime grade, continuous hot dip mill galvanized, lock forming quality steel sheets and shall have a galvanized coating.of 1-1/4 ounces total for both sides per square foot. The gauges of metal to be used and the methods of duct construction shall conform to the requirements for the class of work involved as set forth in the latest edition of "Standard Practice in Mechanical Sheet Metal"as published by SMACNA. Each sheet shall be stenciled with the gauge and manufacturer's name. If coil steel is used, coils shall be stenciled throughout on ten foot (10') centers with the gauge and manufacturer's name. Insulate per Specification Section 20 07 00. b. All dimensions are inside clear dimensions. Sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct liner where applicable. s C. Seal all transverse joints, seams and fitting connections with "Ductmate Proseal", Childers CP-146 or Foster 32-19, UL listed Mastic to prevent air leakage. Oil base caulking and glazing compounds are not acceptable. Duct sealant must meet VOC units per South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule#1168. AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 3 of 9 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 4 Rectangular Ducts: a. Where special rigidity or stiffness is required, construct ducts of metal two gauge numbers heavier. b. Rectangular low pressure ducts shall be constructed, braced and reinforced in accordance with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). 5. Round Ducts: a. Construct round ducts from steel sheets, U.S. Gauge thickness, per SMACNA standards. b. All exposed round ducts shall be double wall spiral duct per SMACNA standards with segmented fittings regardless of size. C. Supply, return and exhaust duct runouts to/from air device shall be gauges as follows: r 1) up to 12" diameter 30 gauge, + 2) 14" to 18" diameter 28 gauge, Provide minimum 26au e, 1" wide strap on heal and throat of 9 9 adjustable fitting to provide additional rigidity. s- 6. Transitions: E a. Provide tapered transitions at changes in duct size and at connections to fans and other equipment. b. Offset not more than 200, on diverging flow and 300 on contracting flow, unless called for otherwise on drawing. 7. Elbows and Turning Vanes: a. Use long radius, 450 and 900 fittings for all elbows and at tees, unless otherwise shown or space restrictions dictate use of square elbows. 1) Construct fittings with centerline radius equal to 1-1/2 times the duct width at the turn. 2) Where square vaned elbows are used, provide access doors as detailed below. 8. Flexible Duct: a. Do not use flexible duct except where specifically called for on the plans. b. At diffuser connections: 1) Provide duct listed as UL-181 Class I air duct, and constructed in compliance with NFPA 90A. AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 -4 of 9 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 2) Minimum length 4 feet, maximum length 5 feet for supply ducts. Minimum length 4 feet,maximum length 5 feet for return air ducts. Install with not more than one (1) 90 full radius degree bend. Minimum and maximum lengths are to be closely followed since the flex duct acts as the main source of sound attenuation in the air system. Install with some slack in runout. 3) Make joints with Nashua brand UL181A-P Duct Tape (Venture #1599B or Shurtape#PC857)and two(2) 1/2°wide positive locking straps, one on inner core and one on outer jacket. Use Panduit straps. 4) Minimum sound net insertion loss for duct as follows: BAND, HZ 125 250 500 1000 2000 Loss dB/ft. 2.1 3.0 2.7 3.0 2.7 5) Submit sound and construction data for proposed alternates. 6) Tough vapor barrier reinforced metalized polyester jacket, tear and I puncture resistant. 7) Airtight inner core with no fiberglass erosion into airstream. 8) R-Value: 6.0 @ 75°F. mean temperature if within building insulation envelope, or R-value of 8.0 if outside building insulation envelope. C. Do not use flex duct on exhaust systems. d. Manufacturers: Atco 36 Series, Certainteed, Thermoflex, Wiremold, Genflex, approved equal. B Entire interior of ducts shall be thoroughly cleaned of all oil residue and dust prior to installing. 2.04 DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Gravity Backdraft Dampers. 1. Provide backdraft dampers counter balanced to desired static pressure setting. Wide open static pressure drop not to exceed 0.15" W.G. 2 Damper blades aluminum with felt applied to tops of blades. Where dampers are exposed to outside temperature, provide neoprene edged blades. ` 3. Damper frames extruded aluminum; nylon bearings. 4. Assembly designed for operation at 20°F. t AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 5 of 9 C CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST B. Access Panels and Doors: 1 Low Velocity System Access Panels: a. Sheetmetal doors reinforced, cross-bracketed or otherwise stiffened to prevent rattle or vibration. b. Seal doors airtight with felt edged gaskets. C. Secure with hinges and sash locks. d. Panels and doors for insulated duct systems are to be insulated. 2.05 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Provide grilles, registers, and diffusers of the types and sizes called for on plans and in schedule on drawings. B. Finish with factory applied finish for extruded aluminum items, and with a prime coat for steel items. (Provide an additional factory baked enamel finish to match ceiling grid.) (Submit color sample for approval.) C. Equip diffusers with panels of the proper size to match the suspended ceiling layout or with the proper frame for surface mounting. Fully correlate diffuser and grille style, dimension and fit with ceiling. D. Manufacturers: Price, MetalAire, Titus, Tuttle & Bailey, Krueger, Anemostat, Carnes E. All air devices located in damp areas are to be constructed from all aluminum components. F. Provide minimum 12" deep externally insulated boot for sidewall type supply air devices. G. Provide square to round transitions as required. H Provide minimum 12"deep(top duct tap)or 24"deep(side duct tap)externally insulated boot for return air and transfer air devices. I. Provide minimum 12" deep boot for all exhaust devices. 2.06 LOUVERS AND HOODS A. Provide air exhausts through building skin, as shown. B. Louvers: 1. Size as shown, air pressure drop not to exceed 0.15"W.G.when handling 1150 FPM per square foot of free area. 2. Water penetration not to exceed .02 oz. per sq. ft. when handling 1150 FPM per square foot of free area. 3. 4" deep drainable louver constructed of .125" thick 6063-T52 extruded aluminum alloy with channel frame. 4. Provide with 1/8" X 1/8" galvanized hardware cloth bee screen. AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 -6 of 9 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 5 Finish to be factory primed for field painting or applied .7 mil thick anodized dark bronze as directed by Architect. 6 Manufacturers: Greenheck ESD-403, Arrow, Carnes, Greenheck, Ruskin, Empco, Pottorff, or approved equal. 7 Any plenum or ductwork attached to louver is to slope to drain back through louver to exterior of building C Hoods: 1 Construction of heavy duty aluminum sheets with rolled interlocking seams with galvanized hood support members, similar to Greenheck Fabrahood or equal 2. Provide with bee screen on outside air intake hoods and 1/4" x 1/4" galvanized bird screen on relief hoods. 3. Curbs are to be a minimum of fourteen inches(14") high above finished roof f surface and match slope of roof. 4 Manufacturers: Greenheck, Acme, Penn, Cook, Briedert and Carnes. 5. Provide 120 volt motorized damper. 207 UNIT HEATERS (ELECTRIC) A Provide UL listed electric unit heaters with voltage, phase, number of steps, heating and air delivery capacities, as scheduled. Suitable for vertical and horizontal mounting. B. Casings fabricated of die-formed heavy gauge steel and finished in high gloss baked enamel. LC. Steel finned tubular element Provide automatic reset thermal cutout for each element. D. Individually adjustable discharge louvers. E. Thermostat to match number of heater control steps. Wall mount or built-in as scheduled. F. Provide angle support between unit heater threaded rod supports and nearest wall to prevent unit sidesway. G. Manufacturers: Markel, Brasch, Modine, Trane, Berko or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK A Provide ductwork in accordance with SMACNA low velocity standards. B. Provide backdraft dampers for all exhaust fans if motor operated dampers are not called for. Provide one inch (1") mesh bird screen at all exhaust discharges. C. Seal all transverse joints, seams and fitting connections with KINGCO 11-376"Super Seal'or Ductmate Proseal U L listed G g g AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 7 of 9 E CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST D. Where ducts, exposed to view, pass through walls, floors or ceilings, furnish and install sheetmetal collars to cover the voids around the duct. E. This work shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from and after the date of acceptance of the job against noise, chatter, whistling or vibration and free from pulsation under all conditions of operation. After the system is in operation, should these defects occur, they shall either be removed and replaced or reinforced as directed by the Owner. F. Duct shall be erected in the general locations shown on the drawings, but must conform to all structural and final conditions of the building. Before fabricating any ductwork,the Contractor shall check the physical conditions at the job site, and shall make all necessary changes in cross sections transitions, offsets, etc., whether they are specifically indicated or not at no additional charge to the Owner. G Reinforce all ducts to prevent buckling, breathing, vibration or unnecessary noise. such reinforcing to be as recommended in the SMACNA manual plus any additional reinforcing as may be required to meet job conditions. H. Provide manually operated volume control dampers (with stand-off mounting brackets for externally insulated ductwork) in all branches, splits and taps for proper balancing of air distribution, whether shown on drawings or not, dampers to be either single blade or multi blade as shown in the SMACNA manual as required. They shall incorporate an indication device with lock to hold damper in position for proper setting I. Damper operators in all unfinished areas shall be Young Series 400 of the exact style, type and size required. All other operators shall be Young#315 and/or#896 opposite end from the operator. Where dampers are installed in ducts located above accessible type ceilings, damper operators shall not be extended through the finished ceiling. J. All square elbows shall have turning vanes per the SMACNA manual requirements. K. Where ducts connect to fans, including roof exhausters, flexible connections shall be made using "Ventglas" fabric that is fire-resistant, waterproof, mildew-resistant and practically air tight, and shall weigh approximately thirty ounces per square yard. There shall be a minimum of two and one-half inches(2-1/2")distance between the edges of the ducts. There shall be a minimum of one inch (1") of slack for each full inch of static pressure on the fan system. L. Furnish and install screens on all ducts, fans, etc.furnished by the Contractor which lead to, or are outdoors. Screens shall be 16 gauge, three-eighths inch (3/8") mesh in removable galvanized steel frames. M. All holes in ducts for damper rods and other necessary devices shall be either drilled or machine punches (not pin punches), and shall not be larger than necessary. All duct openings shall be provided with sheetmetal caps if the openings are to be left unconnected for any length of time. All panels of ducts twelve inches (12") and larger shall be cross broken. N. Furnish and install a minimum 16 x 16 x 2 internally insulated (foil facing to airstream)filter rack with a hinged type access door with cam or spring lock and filter in all unfiltered raw outside air ducts that connect directly to return air plenums. O. All ductwork that is connected to any exterior louver or wall cap, etc. shall be sloped to drain outside. AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 8 of 9 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 302 DUCTWORK SUPPORTS A Support all ductwork to prevent sag, undue play, and swing All horizontal ducts shall have a support within 2' of each elbow and within 4' of each branch intersection. Provide a hanger within twelve inches (12") from unit supply and return. Return air plenums on back of air handling units must have a minimum of four(4) support straps. B Low Pressure Ductwork 1. Duct 40" and Less: Provide with 1" x 18 gauge straps fastened to ductwork, and to building construction. Space not more than eight feet(8')on center. Hanger straps shall lap under duct a minimum of one inch (1") and have a minimum of one (1) fastening screw on the bottom and two (2) on the side. C Vertical ducts supported where they pass through the floor lines with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/4" angles. D. Recommend methods of fastening bracing to ductwork, including riveting, bolting and tack welding. E Provide 1" x 20 gauge straps, minimum 8' -0" o.c. for all round sheetmetal runouts that are 18" in diameter or less (except Spiral Ducts). F. Spiral ductwork is to be supported with 2"x 18 gauge strap bands around duct with a 3/8"bolt and nut connection at top. Connect to structure with minimum 3/8"all thread rods, minimum 8'-0" o.c. 3.03 ACCESS A Furnish all fans with consideration of location of motor and drive. B. Furnish and install in the ductwork, hinged access doors to provide access to all manual and automatic dampers, fusible links, cleaning operations, etc. 3.04 Fully coordinate and work directly with the Balancing and Testing Agency to provide all systems in perfect operating order. Make corrections and adjustments as required by the Balancing and Testing Agency in a timely manner. 3.05 For Each Dryer: Provide 4" diameter or 5" x 3" rectangular flue pipe up through the wall and ceiling cavity and terminate into Briedert Cap. Provide transitions as required. Provide 4" diameter tie in point for residential type dryer or stacked washer dryer as required. 3.06 CAP OPEN ENDS OF ALL DUCTS (INCLUDING SPIN-INS)AND EQUIPMENT WITH MINIMUM FOUR(4)MIL. PLASTIC TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND DUST FROM ENTERING OPENINGS AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. END OF SECTION L l AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 00 - 9 of 9 1. DIVISION 26 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL - WEST ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTENTS: 26 05 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL PROVISIONS 2605 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHEDULE OF VALUES 2605 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE & CABLE 26 05 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GROUNDING & BONDING 26 05 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANGER &SUPPORTING DEVICES 26 05 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RACEWAYS 26 05 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES &JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN 26 24 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 26 27 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEVICES 2628 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH 26 28 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUSES 26 28 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTACTORS 2651 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 265600. . . . . EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM �E OF TF,II � I x.........................00 B.J.oHENDRIX..... . � 94813 ;�r 10/19/2022 F-4095 E CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST SECTION 26 05 00 - GENERAL P PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Unless otherwise specified, provide all labor, equipment, supplies, materials, superintendence and r testing necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these specifications and as shown on the Drawings, subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. Complete such details of electrical work not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings. Include empty conduits as f required for all special systems and power for condensate pumps and HVAC control panels as required by the Mechanical Contractor Field coordinate exact locations. A. Submit a bid on the basis of a complete installation, including all labor, material, cartage, insurance, permits, associated fees and taxes. B. Include temporary electrical power and lighting that will be required for the interior of the r buildings. Provide lighting to satisfy OSHA requirements and the NEC. ff C. All Agreement Forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 of the specifications shall apply to the work specified in Division 26-28. D. Additional Site Visit Costs: The Contractor shall be charged with any cost resulting from uncompleted items that require additional site trips by the Architect/Engineer. f E. No attempt has been made to show complete design details of building construction on the Electrical plans. Refer to Architectural, Structural and Mechanical plans for additional details which will affect electrical work. No extra cost will be allowed for offsets in conduit and wiring to avoid other work or when minor changes are necessary to facilitate installation or maintenance. F. Electrical Contractor is to provide all parts and labor to make final connections to all equipment shown in contract documents. Power may be shown in general location, it is It expected that Electrical Contractor coordinate final locations for rough-in and connection requirements with exact equipment being installed. These items include but not limited to book security,exhaust fans, kilns, hand dryers,sensor operating plumbing devices,overhead { doors, powered curtain, fire alarm door hold opens, etc. G. NO TOXIC NOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS CONTAINING ASBESTOS, PCB AND LEAD SHALL BE PROVIDED OR INSTALLED. H. AN EXTRA COPY OF ALL FIELD REPORTS SHALL BE KEPT IN A SEPARATE NOTEBOOK. CONTRACTOR TO SET UP IN THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S TRAILER THESE REPORTS SHALL BE USED FOR CONTRACTOR TO CHECK THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL ITEM NOTED HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ALSO KEEP LOG OF WHERE EXTRA RECEPTACLES AND OUTLET BOXES CALLED OUT IN 26 27 26, 3.01 AND 26 05 80, 2.01. ARE INSTALLED. I. Electrical Contractor shall use Fire Alarm Contractor's Shop Drawings and Rough-In details on drawings for rough-in of all fire alarm devices. Any devices not roughed-in according to Fire Alarm Shop Drawings and drawing details shall be relocated at no cost to Owner. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 1 of 25 l CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST J. Sensor Operated Plumbing Devices: Plumbing Contractor to provide transformers from manufacture. Electrical Contractor to provide all other electrical materials and labor to provide complete and workable device. This includes but is not limited to receptacles for plug in transformers, line voltage wire/conduit for direct connect low voltage transformers, all low voltage plenum rated 16 gauge wire. K. Cad Drawings: Architectural Background Files — Architectural Files are background files, MEP drawings are not background files. To insure the most current Architectural files are used for shop drawings backgrounds, they must be obtained from the architect and cannot be given from the engineer. Reference Architect for cost of Architectural Files. MEP Drawings — These drawings cannot be used for shop drawings, as they are diagrammatic in nature only. Actual shop drawings prepared by sub-contractors must be used for coordination between all trades. If MEP floorplan files are requested they may be obtained with a signed confidentiality release form, only as outlined below. These files may be used in conjunction with this project only. There are no guarantees of compatibility or accuracy; all technical support will be billed hourly at current Engineer's Rates. Engineer does not charge for actual file,but does charge for time required to prepare the files in format as requested by the Contractor. Fees will be based on Engineer's current hourly rates. r Deposit of$500 must be paid prior to beginning file preparation and balance must be paid } prior to release of any files. Total fee based on actual time required by Contractor's request. - See submittal and shop drawing section for additional information. MEP CAD Files that will be released. -If no Architectural RCP is available for light locations. Lighting Floorplans will be released. -Mechanical Floorplan will be released to Mechanical Contractor for aid in production of his own shop drawings. HCE mechanical drawings may not be submitted as shop drawings. -Fire Alarm/Fire Sprinkler/Intercom etc... Contractors must use Architectural Revit Models t and CAD files for backgrounds and Architectural RCP's(when available or lighting floorplan) and Mechanical Contractor Shop Drawings for coordination purposes. This must be obtained from Architect. Engineer may not release architectural drawings. L. The Contractor binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the Owner hereto in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the Architect/Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder,without the previous written consent of the Owner/Architect. M. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, safety, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under his Contract. r N. The Contractor shall provide,without extra charge, all incidental items required as a part of the Work, even though not particularly specified or indicated, and if he has good reason for x objecting to the use of a material, appliance, or type of construction shown or specified, he shall register his objections with the Architect/Engineer,in writing;otherwise, he shall proceed with the work under the stipulation that a satisfactory job is required. O. Provide a completed Schedule of Values, see Specification Section 26 05 10. Preliminary t schedule of values shall be submitted to Architect/Engineer for review. f a GENERAL 26 05 00-2 of 25 Y I CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST 1.02 SITE INSPECTION A Prior to Bidding,the Contractor shall visit and examine the site verifying all existing items and familiarize himself with existing work conditions and understand the conditions which affect performance of the work of this Division before submitting bids for this work. The submission r of bids shall be deemed as evidence of such visits and examinations. B. All bids shall take the existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be allowed for work or change related to failure to examine site conditions. r 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A All work covered by this section of these specifications shall be accomplished in accordance with the respective drawings, information or instructions to bidders,and general provisions of these specifications. Any supplementary conditions, special conditions, addenda, or directives which may be issued by the Owner's representative herewith or otherwise shall be complied with in every respect B. Provide electrical connections and service to items described in all other sections of these specifications. C. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all wiring and connections required to fire/smoke dampers. Coordinate exact locations of dampers with Mechanical Contractor and relay requirements with Fire Alarm Contractor. r D. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all wiring and connections required to backdraft dampers at exhaust fans. Coordinate exact locations of dampers with Mechanical Contractor. E. Electrical Contractor to provide conduit and junction boxes for all sensors and exterior conduit for controls to mechanical equipment. Conduit for space sensor to extend from junction box to above accessible ceiling. Conduit for exterior equipment to extend from equipment through wall or roof to above an accessible ceiling. Any control wiring in exposed ceiling areas to be in conduit by Controls Contractor for protection. Controls Contractor to coordinate on all conduit requirements. Coordinate locations with Electrical Contractor. 1.04 WORK NOT INCLUDED j A Certain labor, materials, or equipment may be provided under other sections of these specifications, by utility companies, or by the Owner. When such is the case, the extent, source and description of these items will be as indicated on the Drawings or described in the specifications, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying with all parties involved as to the extent of his requirements of work. B. Unless otherwise indicated, motors shall be furnished by others, but connected by the Electrical Contractor as indicated on the Drawings. C. Unless otherwise specified, Mechanical equipment control low voltage wiring (less than 50 VAC) shall be provided and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. I 1.05 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY (Definitions) A "Provide": Includes all material, installation, labor subcontracts,appurtenances and mark-up required for a complete operable system as shown and specified,set in place,connected and ready to use. I GENERAL 26 05 00 - 3 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL-WEST B. "Furnish": Purchase and deliver to job site, material as shown and specified. C. "Install": Includes all installation, labor subcontracts, appurtenances and mark-up required for complete installation of equipment furnished by others. D. "Record Drawings": Drawings that reflect the electrical systems as actually constructed by the Contractor including conduit routing. . E. "Accessible" means arranged so that an appropriately dressed maintenance man may approach the area in question with tools and products necessary for the work intended, and may then position himself to properly perform the task to be accomplished, without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation. All clearances per NEC. F. Wherever the term "shown on drawings" is used in the specifications, it shall mean "noted", "indicated", "scheduled", "detailed",or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on the drawings. G. "Conduit"includes, in addition to conduit,all fittings, hangers and other accessories relative to such conduit system. H. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, imbedded in construction, crawl spaces, etc. 1.06 DIAGRAMMATIC DRAWINGS: A. The drawings are in general diagrammatic, and the location of outlets, switches,motors,etc., on the drawings does not necessarily mean that such units shall be placed at that exact spot, as scaled on the drawings, but shall be located to function best. Use the drawings,and these specifications for guidance and secure the Engineer's approval of all changes in location. Coordinate all dimensions for floor boxes with Architect. Contractor shall not scale from drawings. B. Verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between locations shown on the drawings and measurements at the building. C. The Contractor is to draw electrical rooms and service to scale (1/4" minimum)with actual equipment to be used and submit to the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor must insure that all minimum NEC working clearances are maintained. Coordinate with equipment of other trades. D. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are shown in conflict with structural members and mechanical or other equipment, provide all required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment. E. The branch circuits and arrangement of home runs have been designed to compensate for voltage drop and other considerations to accomplish maximum economy. Re-circuiting will not be permitted without specific approval. Circuit numbers may change to achieve balanced loads on panels. F. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. G. Drawings and specifications are complimentary each to the other. What is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. GENERAL 26 05 00 -4 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST H Should the drawings disagree in themselves, or with the specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work or materials shall be used. I. Outlets and switches obviously placed in a location not suitable to the finished room or area shall be removed and relocated when so directed by the Architect at no cost to the Owner. The Architect shall have the right to make any reasonable change in outlet locations before rough-in without additional cost to the Owner. The contractor shall contact engineer when switches are inadvertently shown on hinge side of door prior to rough-in. r J Location of light fixtures shall be coordinated with reflected ceiling plans and/or room finish schedules. 1.07 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS A Submittals Provide submittals for all products and systems described in Division 26-28 and shown on the drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these specifications. B. Submit to the Engineer, after the award of the contract or as dictated by project schedule, a type written list of those items of equipment and appurtenances which will be furnished. Include the name or description of the item, name of manufacturer, model or type, catalog number and manufacturer's printed information. The information submitted shall include overall dimensions, weights, voltage rating, phase, wiring diagrams, etc., and nameplate data. Assemble cut sheets into separate submittals as defined in this section or by Specification Section. Submit priority items and long lead time first. Then follow with remaining items. This will allow for faster review and response to accommodate project schedule. Any submittal with all sections under one (1) submittal number will be returned and required to be broken into unique separate submittal numbers. The j Engineer's check will be general and does not relieve the Contractor of final responsibility to comply with the Contract Documents in all respects. f C. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve the I Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for quantity, dimension, fit or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. f Where deviations of substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the submittal by the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working installation is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Warranties cannot be reduced through the submittal process. D. Contractor shall indicate items being used on cut sheets by highlighting or arrowing to actual part number. Submittals may be returned without checking if submittals not appropriately marked. E `Individual submittals'means separate submittals with unique submittal numbers for each specification section. Separate PDFs for each Submittal number. F. HARDCOPY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: Hardcopy submittals will not be required by Engineer. G. PDF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT: For submittal sections listed below as allowed pdf's the following requirements must be met or the submittal will not get through email security and will be auto-deleted and not checked. Each specifications section must be a separate pdf file, one giant pdf for all sections will be rejected. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 5 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST PDF FILE: MUST BE NAMED AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME —SUBMITTAL No. XX—SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION EMAIL TITLE/SUBJECT: FOR SUBMITTALS MUST BE AS FOLLOWS: JOB NAME—SUBMITTAL No. XX—SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION Failure to follow these instructions will result in the submittal never reaching the engineer and not being checked. Delays cause by not following these procedures are the sole responsibility of the contractor. Emailed submittals must come from the Architect and must not be emailed directly from the contractor. Do not Carbon Copy the Engineer on Emailed submittals. H Multiple re-reviews required due to Contractor not following instructions, specifications,etc will be billed to Contractor at Engineer's current hourly rates. This shall be paid prior to submittal approval. I. Submittals will be returned in order of construction of the project, not necessarily in order submitted. If all sections are submitted under one binder/at one time and transmittal, each section will be returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing. Electrical Gear will not be reviewed until "Mechanical/Electrical Coordination Sheet" has been submitted. Electrical Gear and Light Fixtures may require extended review time. If submittals are submitted early relative to construction phasing, submittals may be held, reviewed and returned at the appropriate time for construction phasing, not necessarily 2 weeks. In some cases, if submittals are received vastly out of order of construction, submittal may be rejected. J. DO NOT SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS UNLESS DEVIATING FROM THE SCHEDULES/SPECIFICATIONS. Provide directly to General Contractor/CMR for inclusion into O & M Manuals. If deviating from the specifications submittal will be required. (Highlight items in each submittal content that are different to allow for proper review.): 1. 26 05 00—General Provisions 2. 26 05 10—Schedule of Values 3. 26 05 19—Wire and Cable 4. 26 05 26—Grounding and Bonding 5. 26 05 29—Hangers and Supporting Devices 6. 26 05 33—Raceways 7. 26 05 34—Outlet Boxes, Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes 8. 26 05 80— Empty Raceway Rough-In 9. 26 27 26— Devices 10. 26 28 15—Safety Disconnect Switch 11. 26 28 16— Fuses 12, 26 28 25—Contactors GENERAL 26 05 00 -6 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST K PDF Submittals Allowed for Product Cut-Sheets for are limited to the following items Separate PDF file for each Submittal number is required. Follow file format above. 1 26 24 16— Branch Circuit Panelboards 2 26 51 00— Interior Lighting System 3 26 56 00— Exterior Lighting System 4 Electric Rooms(coordinate with mechanical). Also, include other equipment and/or systems on plan. L. When requested, present samples of all materials proposed for use to the Engineer for his approval. M Certify Shop Drawings have been checked for compliance with Contract Documents. Certify that the materials submitted can be delivered and installed according to the construction schedule. N. Select all other materials, not specifically described on the Drawings or in these specifications but required for a complete and operable facility, and submit to the Engineer for approval. O Substitutions: ("Substitution Request"form must be submitted) 1 Substitutions must be made and accepted PRIOR to Bid. 2 Unless otherwise indicated, base bid on the equipment shown on the Drawings and hereinafter specified. 3 Request for approval to substitute materials, methods, or processes shall be made to Architect and if found acceptable, will be confirmed by an addendum to the Construction Documents. Where proposed substitutions are not incorporated into the Construction Documents by addendum PRIOR to time of the General Contract bid opening, all bids shall be held to have been made on the basis of the materials, methods and processes required by the Construction Documents. 4 All substitutions shall be of equal or better quality to the equipment specified. 5 Acceptance of the substitution by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for proper operation of the systems, compliance with specifications, necessary changes due to dimensional differences or space requirements, and completion of work on schedule. 6 It is not the intent of the Specifications to limit materials to the product of any particular manufacturer. Where definite materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, it has been done so as to set a definite standard and a reference for comparison as to quality, application, physical conformity and ether characteristics unless no substitutions are noted 7 Submit fully completed "Substitution Request" form located at end of this section. If this form is not submitted, all substitution request will be automatically rejected. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 7 of 25 i CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 8 For substitutions that require substantial review by engineer to ensure equality,the contractor requesting substitutions shall reimburse the engineer at current hourly rates for all review time. This shall be paid prior to submittal approval. This applies to all equipment not previously approved on construction documents. a. Light Fixtures Packages b. Alternate Transformers C. Alternate Surge Protective Devices d. Alternate Equipment/Gear Packages e. Contractor Cost Savings Packages Requiring Substantial Review Time 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED A. Prepare and submit working construction drawings as requested, specified, and otherwise necessary to demonstrate proper planning for installation and arrangement of all work. Layout drawings to scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or communication purposes. Show work of all trades, including Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical items which may be pertinent to proper and accurate coordination. B. Architectural drawings must be used for backgrounds in preparation of shop drawings and shall be obtained from the Architect. Confirm requirements and stipulations for obtaining floor plan backgrounds with Architect and with other sections of specification. Engineer's drawings and CAD files may not be used for Shop Drawings. Reference 1.01-L. C. Reference other specification for additional requirements. 1 Fire Alarm 2. PA System 3 Electrical Rooms 1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Reference requirements stated elsewhere in the specifications. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAPE ALL ADDENDAS ISSUED DURING BIDDING TO HIS CONSTRUCTION AND RECORD DRAWING SET PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. PAY REQUESTS WILL NOT BE PROCESSED UNTIL THIS REQUIREMENT IS MET. C. In addition to other requirements, a master Record Drawing print set (separate from field sets) shall be kept in the site construction office as the work progresses. Show routing and location of items cast in concrete or buried underground. Work located in spaces with access, or above suspended ceilings, is not considered permanently concealed. Show complete routing and sizing of any significant revisions to the systems shown. Indicate locations of all existing active and inactive conduit uncovered during construction. Keep marked up set at site for review at site meetings. D. Contractor to indicate conduit routing locations for all major runs and branch circuits under slab along with major junction locations. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 8 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST E The Contractor shall be responsible for updating all items, including but not limited to floor plan changes, system changes, addendums, change orders, etc. on the prints to"As-Built" conditions. At the completion of the job the marked up As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for final review and comment. These corrected prints together with all the j revisions, additions and deletions of work, shall form the basis for preparing a set of record drawings. F. Using the"Record Drawing Set",the Contractor shall print two(2)complete sets of prints one for submission to the Owner and one rolled in a 4" PVC pipe in main electric room mounted to wall and labeled. Tape all edges. The contactor shall provide pdf copies/scans for owner record purposes. Remove Engineer's seal from record drawings. G. The Contractor shall bear all the costs of producing the"Record Drawing Set". H. Electrical riser diagrams shall be laminated and mounted in the main electrical room or as directed by the Engineer. 1.10 CODES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES A. Comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and all other applicable Federal, State and local codes and ordinances. All codes and standards shall be per the latest adopted r edition with all supplements and official interpretations included. Provide disconnecting means for all equipment per NEC. The Drawings and specifications take precedence when they are more stringent than codes, standards, ordinances, and statutes take precedence when they are more stringent or conflict with the Drawings and specifications. I B. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances and Industry Standards, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Architect. C. All work shall also satisfy applicable local codes, ordinances,and regulations of the governing bodies, and all authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Where alterations to, or t deviations from, the drawings and specifications are required by the authority having fl jurisdiction, report the same in writing to the Owner's representative and secure his approval before proceeding. 1.11 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL A. Investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the manufacturer shall be required to ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through such restricted areas in the building. B. Retain all portable and detachable parts or portions of installation such as fuses, key locks, adapters, blocking clips, and inserts until final completion of work. Deliver parts to the Owner Lor his authorized representative and attach an itemized receipt to obtain request for final payment. C Product Handling. L1 Use all means necessary to protect the work and materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. L2 In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 9 of 25 L CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST 3 Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4 Provide suitable box or crate electrical equipment and cover with waterproof covers to protect against dirt, moisture or accidental damage during shipment or outdoors at the job site. 5 Store all conduits on skids. 1.12 SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS A. Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access space provided. B. Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, conduits,junction boxes, panels and other products to allow proper service of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement. C. Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed to provide proper serviceability. 1.13 ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS A. Arrange all work to provide permanent, convenient and safe access to all serviceable and/or operable products. Layout work to optimize net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise Architect, in a timely manner, of areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested. B. Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, floors, etc. for access to automatic devices and all serviceable or operable equipment in concealed spaces. Location of panels shall be submitted for approval in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. 1.14 UTILITY COSTS A. Provide complete utility service connections. The locations and elevations of the various utilities included within the scope of this work have been obtained from city and/or other substantially reliable sources as a general guide only, without guarantee as to accuracy. Verify the locations, elevations, and availability of all utilities and services required, and be adequately informed as to their relation to the work. B. Include all service charges required by the electric utility or telephone/data/cable utility. Reference General Conditions for further information. Keep all utility company charges as a separate line item in bid. If cost is not available from utility company, indicate utility contact person, telephone number and date of contact. 1.15 CLEAN-UP A. Remove debris and waste materials from within the construction areas and transport off-site, daily B. Keep the construction area clean, free from hazard, and orderly arranged. C. Pay all costs of waste removal and disposal. Reference General Conditions for further information. GENERAL 26 05 00 - 10 of 25 CITY OF ROUND ROCK HERITAGE TRAIL -WEST D Dispose of waste materials in accordance with all regulations which govern. E. Take all precautions to protect persons who enter the construction area from hazardous conditions, hazardous waste, toxic waste, or other unsafe conditions F. Upon completion of construction, remove all debris, waste materials, unused materials, temporary constructions, vehicles, tools, fencing, etc to Owner's satisfaction. G. All equipment and materials shall be protected from physical moisture absorption, metallic corrosion and weather damage from time of delivery to completion of project. Replace any damaged materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide only new equipment and materials. B. On all major equipment components, provide manufacturer's name,address, model number, and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location. C. All materials furnished under these specifications shall be the standard product of ( manufacturer's regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the f{ manufacturer's latest approved standard design. D. Guarantees: 1. The Contractor and Manufacturers shall provide a ONE (1)YEAR guarantee for all work under the Electrical Trade. However, such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the manufacturer and the Contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. In any case, such guarantees and warranties shall commence when the Owner accepts the mechanical/electrical system, as determined by the Architect and shall remain in effect for a period of ONE (1) YEAR thereafter. 2 All materials, items of equipment,all lighting,and workmanship furnished under each section shall carry a ONE (1) YEAR warranty against all defects in material and workmanship. Any fault under any contract, due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of the Contractor for the work under his Contract, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure. 3. The Contractor shall guarantee that all elements of the system, which are to be provided under his Contract, are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. 4 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of any systems or equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be r